Electrical Safety Code Bulletins 2009

Bulletins

Copyright by Paperless (all rights reserved)Reproduction authorized per License Agreement with Kimberly Murphy (AKDG) 5/19/2011 2:59:17 PM

© Electrical Safety Authority

Ontario Electrical Safety Code - Bulletins

Page 1 of 4

What’s New - May 2011

Bulletins

All changes in the bulletins are Italic underlined and have been marked with a vertical line in the left margin.

Updated/New Bulletins – please replace/ insert as indicated.New Bulletin Replaces

BulletinTitle Change

0-3-4 0-3-3 Errors and omissions in 2009 On-tario Electrical Safety Code

Updated

8-3-6 8-3-5 Services and feeders for residen-tial occupancies

• Re-formulated to clarify application of Rules 8-200 & 8-202.• Added Q&A about back-to-back

Dwellings”26-18-5 26-18-4 Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter (AFCI)

in sleeping facilities of a dwelling unit

for the purpose of applying Rule 26-722(f) regarding AFCI protection for bedroom receptacles

30-12-0 Luminaires in buildings of residen-tial occupancies

50-1-1 50-1-0 Installation of Solar Photovoltaic Systems

Deleted content of paragraph (4) about voltage rating of photovoltaic circuit and added a reference to new bulletin 50-3-0

50-3-0 Voltage rating of a photovoltaic source circuit

68-7-7 68-7-6 Swimming pool, hot tub and spa installations

Added answers for frequently asked questions

GI-2-5 GI-2-4 Telephone Listing Updated

Flash Notices

There will no longer be a paper edition of the Flash Notices. A complete listing and a full release of the Flash Notices are available thru the ESA’s Website www.esasafe.com and the CD version of the Bulletins

Index

11-01-FL Damage to Underground Conductors during Excavation-Customer Owned Services




Page 2 of 4

Safety Alerts

There will no longer be a paper edition of the Safety Alerts. A complete listing and a full release of the Safety Alerts are available thru the ESA’s Website www.esasafe.com and the CD version of the Bulletins

Index

10-23-AL The Electrical Safety Authority Warns of Unapproved Straightening Irons11-01-AL Intertek warns of Incredible Nails Set Bearing an Unauthorized ETL Listing Mark11-02-AL UL Warns of Class 2 Power Units Bearing Unauthorized UL Marks11-03-AL UL Warns of Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) Elbows and Bends With Inadequate Corrosion

Protection11-04-AL Intertek Testing Services Warns Consumers of Turboion Croc Designer Ceramic Ball Hair

Dryer11-05-AL UL Warns of Electric Signs with Unauthorized UL Marks11-06-AL ESA warns Consumers and Chiropractic Professionals of Unapproved Chiropractic

Equipment11-07-AL Intertek Testing Services Warns Consumers of HerStyler products bearing an Unauthorized

11-08-AL The Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about LED Pool Lights Sold by Executive Pools & Spas

11-09-AL UL Warns of Hair Straightener Flat Iron with Unauthorized UL Marks for Canada




Page 3 of 4

Recalls

There will no longer be a paper edition of the Recalls. A complete listing and a full release of the recalls are available thru the ESA’s Website www.esasafe.com

Index

RCL10-61 The Home Depot Canada Recalls Holiday Light Strings Due to the Potential Risk for Shock or Fire

RCL10-62 Diogen Lighting Recalls Westinghouse LED String Lights Sold by Zellers Due to the Potential Risk for Shock or Fire.

RCL10-63 XS Cargo Recalls Electric Food SlicerRCL10-64 UPM Marketing Recalls Line Voltage ThermostatsRCL10-65 Ryobi Recalls RTS20 Ten-Inch, Portable Table-Saw Due to Injury HazardRCL10-66 Extech Instruments Corporation Recalls Clamp Meters and Multimeters due to Shock HazardRCL10-67 Haier America Trading, L.L.C. Recalls Chest Freezer Sold in US Only Due to Fire

HazardRCL10-68 American Tack and Hardware Co. Inc. (AmerTac) Recalls Forever-Glo Cylinder Nite Lites Due

to Fire and Burn HazardRCL11-01 Cilek Canada Recalls Biconcept Racecar BedRCL11-02 Wal-Mart Canada Corp. Recalls Durabrand Panini Maker Due to Laceration HazardRCL11-03 Wal-Mart Canada Corp. Recalls Durabrand Sandwich Maker Due to Laceration HazardRCL11-04 Sonias Salon & Spa Systems Recalls Spa EquipmentRCL11-05 Wal-Mart Stores Inc. Recalls Electric Heaters Due to Fire and Burn HazardRCL11-06 Makita Recalls Portable Gas Generators Due to Fire HazardRCL11-07 Schneider Electric Recalls Xantrex GT Series Single-Phase Grid Tie Solar InvertersRCL11-08 Metal Ware Recalls Food Dehydrator Due To Fire HazardRCL11-09 Hoover Inc. Recalls WindTunnel Bagless Canister VacuumsRCL11-10 AmerTac Recalls Night Lights Due to Fire and Burn HazardRCL11-11 Canadian Tire Voluntarily Recalls the Yardworks 950W GeneratorRCL11-12 Schneider Electric Canada recalls 9001SKRU Multi-Speed Push Button Units due to the

possibility of Misoperation

RCL11-14 Groupe SEB Canada Inc. Recalls T-fal Maxi Fry Deep Fryer Due to Potential Fire HazardRCL11-15 Liebherr Recalls Built-In Refrigerators Due to Injury Hazard; Door Can DetachRCL11-16 R.E Royal Trading Inc. recalls Curling Irons and Flat Irons

Specs

A full release of the Specs will be available thru the ESA’s Website www.esasafe.com




Page 4 of 4

How to Use These Bulletins

What are they?

The Ontario Electrical Safety Code is a regulation that applies to all types of electrical installations. Unavoid-ably, it is sometimes written in a general fashion. Differences of opinion arise on how one should interpret the

them there is an interpretation issued concerning that rule. To assist, we have added the Rule number and Ontario Electrical Safety Code page to the titles.

Please refer to the table on the front page as it lists the changes for each bulletin. All changes in the bulletins are Italic and underlined. In addition, there will be a vertical line in the left margin beside those portions that have changed since the bulletins were last issued.

-lete, and thus there are gaps in the sequence of this middle number. The Index contains an up-to-date list of


i© Electrical Safety Authority


ContentsElectrical Inspection Bulletins May 2011

Bulletin Title Date Reference Rule

Section 00-3-4 Errors and Omissions in 2009 Ontario

Electrical Safety CodeMay-11 Update

Section 22-3-13 Inspection process May-09 2-004, 2-0052-5-3 May-09 2-100(3)2-7-27 Approval of electrical equipment Jan-10 2-022, 2-0242-8-6 Combustible electrical wiring and cables May-09 2-1262-9-4 Working space about electrical

equipmentApril-10 2-308, 2-310

2-10-7 Electrical equipment near combustible gas equipment

Jan-10 2-322

2-11-18 Oct-10 2-0102-12-9 April-10 2-024(3), 10-400, 10-404, 12-526,

12-1122, 12-1166, 12-1514 and 16-200

2-14-5 Guidelines on reporting serious electrical accidents

May-09 2-007

2-15-1alarm systems

May-09 2-003, 2-004

2-16-2 Appeals under the OESC process July-09 2-0182-18-1

buildings, lots and services)May-09 2-004(5)

2-19-2 Panel board and breaker replacement May-09 2-0342-20-1 May-09 2-3062-21-0 Electrical installations that are not

compliant with the Ontario Electrical Safety Code

July-09 2-018, 2-030

Section 44-3-6 Sizing of neutral conductors July-09 4-0224-5-10

conductors and cablesMay-09 4-028, 4-030, 4-036

4-7-8 Cable ampacities May-09 4-0044-8-4 Diesel locomotive, industrial motor lead

cable (DLO)May-09 4-006

4-11-2 Size of cables in underground services May-09 4-004 and 14-104Section 66-1-13 Consumer’s services May-09 6-206, 6-300, 6-312, and 2-130


ii © Electrical Safety Authority


6-3-5 Dual lugged and multiple meter mounting bases

May-09 6-104, 6-200

6-5-1 Service to public transit shelters,

and etc.

May-09 6-200, 6-206

6-7-3 Hot splitters/Tapping existing services July-10 6-200, 6-212 and 12-3032

6-8-1 Transformer rated, meter mounting equipment

May-09 6-100

Section 88-3-6 Services and feeders for residential

occupanciesMay-11 8-200, 8-202

8-4-1 Feeder sizing for portable classrooms May-09 8-204Section 1010-10-5 Grounding of the neutral of a generator May-09 10-204(1)(c) and 10-206(2)10-11-4 Grounding electrodes and conductors May-09 10-700, 75-40610-14-5 Bonding of non-electrical equipment July-10 10-400, 10-406 and 10-81410-15-1 System grounding in a meter base May-09 10-204 and 10-81210-16-1 Grounding & bonding requirements for

deep well submersible pumps installed in wells with metal casings

May-09 10-700 and 26-954(d)

10-17-2 Entry of system ground conductors into service entrance rated combination panel boards

May-09 10-806

10-18-1 Grounding the primary side neutral on wye-delta connection

May-09 10-106

10-20-2 Grounding of portable generators May-09 10-204 and 10-20610-21-1 Jan-10 10-812 and 10-70210-22-0 Requirements for converting a delta

service to a grounded wye serviceOct-10 10-204, 10-812, 4-022, 4-026,

4-028, 14-012, 14-102Section 1212-2-15 Marking of underground installations and

cables for submarine useMay-09 12-012

12-7-12 Entry of single conductors to metal enclosures

May-09 4-008, 12-3022(7) and 18-062

12-19-10 Nonmetallic sheathed cables wiring methods

April-10 2-034, 2-200, 4-004, 12-500 to 12-526 and 12-3012

12-20-2 Wiring for log type construction May-09 12-10012-21-4 May-09 12-1300, 12-150012-25-1 Unused Wiring (Abandoned or

Redundant)May-09 2-126, 12-114 and 12-3000

12-26-2 Conductors over portable classrooms May-09 12-31012-29-1 Raceways installed underground or

where moisture may accumulateMay-09 12-928(1)

12-30-2 Support of free-air vertical drops of EMT July-09 12-140412-31-0 Application of Appliance Wiring Material

(AWM)Jan-10 12-100


iii© Electrical Safety Authority


12-32-0 Use of RA90, ACWU90 and TECK90 Cables in Underground Raceways

Oct-10 12-614, 12-902, 12-1014 and Table 19

Section 1414-1-1 Conductor sizes for adjustable trip circuit

breakersMay-09 2-100 and 14-104

14-2-6 Using the primary protection of a trans-former to protect a panel board

Jan-11 14-606, 26-256

14-4-1 Interrupting and withstanding rating May-09 14-012, 14-014 and 2-03414-5-1

breakers and panelboards May-09 14-418

14-6-1 Ground fault protection May-09 14-102Section 1818-1-15 May-09 18-00418-4-5 May-09 18-00418-7-0 Hazardous locations equipment approval

requirementsMay-09 18-050, 2-024, 2-034

Section 2020-1-2 Wiring in commercial garages, repairs

and storageMay-09 20-102(5) and 20-108(2)

20-3-1 May-09 20-102(5)20-4-1 Wiring methods for diesel fuel dispensers

located in hazardous areasMay-09 20-002, 20-004

20-5-1 Automotive teaching areas of educational facilities

May-09 20-100 and 20-400

Section 2222-1-4 Residential sewage lift pumps May-09 22-100 and 28-60422-2-2 Wiring in Category I locations where

excessive moisture in the form of vapour or liquid is likely to be present

May-09 Section 22

22-3-3Barns

Oct-09 22-002, 22-100, 22-200-22-204, 22-300 and 22-400

22-4-0 Alternative wiring methods for sewage lift and treatment plants

May-09 18-004 and 22-700 to 22-710

Section 2424-1-4 Wiring in patient care areas May-09 24-10424-2-2 May-09 24-00024-7-1 Home dialysis units located in residential

occupanciesMay-09 24-106

24-8-0 Essential electrical systems and life safety systems in patient care areas

Oct-09 24-300, 24-302, 46-002 and 46-108(5)

Section 2626-13-11 Receptacles in washrooms and bath-

roomsMay-09 26-700(11), 26-710(f),

26-14-4 Electric range installations May-09 26-712, 26-742 and 26-74426-15-2 Disconnect switch location for furnaces

and ground source heat pumpsMay-09 26-806, 28-604


iv © Electrical Safety Authority


26-18-5 Arc fault interrupter (AFCIs) in sleeping facilities of a dwelling unit

May-11 26-722

26-20-2 Panel boards – Location, Working Space and Mounting Height

May-09 26-402, 2-308, 2-310, and 6-206

26-22-1 Sprinklered equipment May-09 26-00826-23-1 Receptacle requirements in kitchens of

dwelling unitsJan-10 26-712(d)

26-24-0 Heating Ventilating Air Conditioning (HVAC) Installations

Jan-10 2-004, 12-1302, 12-610, 12-618, 12-010, 12-112, 26-750, 26-806, 28-604

26-25-0 Tamper-Resistant Receptacles April-10 26-712(g) and 26-712(h)26-26-0

utility rooms and laundry rooms/areas in residential occupancies

April-10 26-710(e), 26-720(b) and 26-720(c)

Section 2828-1-2 Manual motor controllers May-09 28-602(3)Section 3030-4-9 -

ingsJan-10 30-302(1)

30-6-6 Installation of recessed luminaires, re-placement surface mount luminaires

Jan-11 30-408, 30-900 to 30-910

30-11-1 Fluorescent luminaires - disconnecting means

May-09 30-308(4)

30-12-0 Luminaires in buildings of residentialoccupancy

May-11 2-034, 12-3000, 14-010, 26-722, 30-318, 30-500, 30-502 and30-504

Section 3232-3-4

classroomsJan-10 12-300 to 12-318 and 32-100

32-5-0 July-09 32-204, 32-206 and 32-212Section 3636-1-23 Plan submissions for high voltage instal-

lationsMay-09 2-010 and Section 36

36-3-3 Visible isolation – High potential installa-tions

May-09 36-214

36-5-9 Isolation of live parts in stations May-09 36-11036-6-19 The installation of tamper resistant

transformers kiosks, tamper resistant pad mounted transformers, pad mounted

in proximity to building

May-09 2-024, 26-010, 26-014, 26-242, 26-300 to 324, 36-006 and 36-300 to 310

36-8-7 Lightning arrester application May-09 26-500 36-000, 36-308(2)(c)36-10-15 High voltage grounding and bounding May-09 36-300 to 36-31236-11-4 Disconnecting means for transformers May-09 26-250, 14-402, 36-204 and 36-

20836-12-2 Loop feeder & ring buss May-09 36-204, 36-208, 14-414, 14-502

14-506 and 26-250


v© Electrical Safety Authority


36-15-4 High voltage equipment standards /Transformer cooling fan/ Transformer designations

May-09 36-110, 2-024(4) and 26-010

36-16-1 Cable insulation (voltage) ratings May-09 36-10036-17-2 Disconnecting mean and overcurrent

protection for customer-owned high voltage installations

May-09 36-000 and 36-204

Section 4646-1-5 Emergency lighting unit equipment May-09 46-30446-4-2 Emergency power supply wiring and

overcurrent protectionApril-10 46-000, 46-108(5), and 46-206

Section 5050-1-1 Installation of Solar Photovoltaic Systems May-11 Section 50; Rules: 84-020, 84-

024, 84-030; Tables 11 and 1950-2-2 Grounding and bonding of solar photovol-

taic systemsJan-11 10-102, 10-204, 10-208, 10-400,

10-702, 10-808, 10-814; Tables 16 and 17

50-3-0 Voltage rating of a photovoltaic source circuit

May-11 50-006

Section 6868-7-7 Swimming pool, hot tub and spa

installationsMay-11 Section 68

Section 7575-3-4 Surface attachments methods for mast Jan-11 75-324, 6-112

75-6-0 Roadway lighting systems May-09 2-024, 2-132, 8-102, 30-1002, 30-1030, 75-002, and 75-604

Section 7676-1-9 Temporary services Oct-09 76-008, 76-016 and 75-248(3)Section 8484-1-6 Interconnection of electric power

production sourcesOct-10 Section 84 and Rule 2-010

84-2-0 Renewable generation point of connec-tion

Jan-11 14-010, 14-100, 14-414 and 14-606

Telephone ListingGI-2-5 Electrical Safety Authority Telephone

ListingsMay-11



Ontario Electrical Safety Code - Bulletins 0-3-4

Page 1 of 5

Bulletin 0-3-4

Issued May 2011Supersedes Bulletin 0-3-3

Scope

The intent of this Bulletin is to recognize errors and omissions in the 2009 Ontario Electrical Safety Code. Please, mark in your Code Book.

(1) Section 10 (2) Section 12 (3) Section 14(4) Section 18 (5) Section 58 (6) Section 75(7) Tables (8) Appendix B(9) Appendix D(10) Appendix G(11) Appendix J

(1) Section 10

Rule 10-618

(2) Section 12

(3) (4)…”

(3) Section 14

Rule 14-418

(4) Section 18

Rule 18-004

(5) Section 58

Rule 58-000



Ontario Electrical Safety Code - Bulletins0-3-4

Page 2 of 5

Rule 58-300

(6) Section 75

Rule 75-604

Rule 75-606 (2)

-ence note 16 applies to AC90, not ACWU90.

Table 19 Add Reference Note 2 to entry for Teck Cable as shown:

Table 19 Allowable temperature for Type ACIC and SW-ACIC in wet locations is 90° C:

Table 37 Delete commas after “enclosed” (two places)

(8) Appendix B

Appendix B note for Rule 2-102:Replace “moulded switch” with “moulded case switch” (two places).




Page 3 of 5

Revise text “...levels greater then than those for...”

Appendix B note for Rule 10-206, Notes to Figure 5:In Note (a), replace “[see Rule 10-206(1)(c)] “ with “[see Rule 10-206(1)(a)(ii)] ”In Note (b), replace “[See Rules 10-206(3) and 10-702(b)] ” with “[See Rule 10-702(b)] ”

Appendix B note for Rule 10-812Delete one arrow in Figure 7:

Figure 7

Appendix B note to Rule 14-418

Appendix B note for Rules 18-050 and 18-066Temperature and gas groups table.

Note (2) should read as notes (2) and (3):(2) This substance is not listed in IEC 60079-20.

(3) The name is incorrectly stated in IEC 60079-20 as “1,2-epoxypropene”. Propyleneoxide is also known as 1,2-epoxypropane.Minimum ignition temperature for gasoline should read 280° C.


Appendix B note to Rule 18-150(2)(e)




Appendix B note

Appendix B Revise title for note to rule 24-106(6) to read “Rule 24-106(5)”.

Appendix B Insert title “Rule 24-106(1)” above text “Extent of a patient care area is outlined in CAN/CSA-Z32.”

Appendix B Revise note for Rule 26-012 to read:

Rule 26-012Dielectric liquid-filled circuit breakers or switches should have their vents piped directly to an outside area in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions or recommendations.

Construction criteria for service rooms are provided in Section 3.5 Articles 3.6.2.1 and 9.10.10.3 of the National Building Code of Canada. Where a service room is required by this Code, it must be separated from the remainder of the building by a fire separation having a 1 h fire-resistance rating, unless the service room is sprinklered.

Appendix B note Rule 68-054



“5.2.1” (three places).

Page 4 of 5




Table D1Size range for Type SIS equipment wire – Revise to read “14 to 4/0”.

(10) Appendix G

Appendix G Revise first entry for Rule 26-012 to read:Rule 26-012 3.6.2.1.(6) and 9.10.10.3, Construction of service room required by Canadian Electrical Code, Part I

(11) Appendix J

Revise diagram references to Zone 1 & 2 to read Division 1 & 2 respectively.

Annex JB Table following the note for Rule JB18-062: Minimum ignition temperature forgasoline should read 280° C.

Index – revise entries as shown:Equipment, space for 2-122 2-308Voltage, drop 8-102, Table D3, Table D4

Page 5 of 5




Page 1 of 2

Bulletin 2-3-13Inspection process

Rules 2-004 and 2-005

Supersedes Bulletin 2-3-12

Scope

(1) Additions and alterations to existing installations(2) Rough wire inspection requirements

(1) Additions and alterations to the existing installations

Contractors shall comply with the requirements of Rules 2-004 and 2-005 of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code, especially regarding additions and alterations to existing installations.

Question 1

Answer 1No

Rationale 1

dwelling unit consisting of a detached house, one unit of row housing, or one unit of a semi-detached, duplex,

condominium type buildings. Time share type units are not typically owner occupied. Time share condos are

Direction 1Rule 2-005 does not apply to a time share type units, where the units are intended to be rented to the public,

dwelling.

Question 2

Answer 2

Replacements of the existing receptacles with GFCI receptacles as part of knob and tube wiring inside residential installations. For more information refer to Flash notice, Knob and tube wiring in residential installations 09-09-FL.Replacement of existing receptacles in residential homes with aluminum branch circuit wiring, with re-ceptacles approved for copper conductors only using approved wire connectors for copper to aluminum

09-08-FL.




Page 2 of 2

DirectionThe following are required to be completed at the time of a rough wire inspection.

All cables shall be installed, strapped and supported as required.All required outlet boxes shall be installed and securely fastened.All cables shall have their outer jacket removed and be terminated in outlet boxes where an outlet box will be required for the wiring device, luminaire, or equipment.All bonding connections shall be completed at all outlet boxes including provision of a bonding conductor

Any joints or splices in the wiring at outlet boxes shall be completed.Protection plates to be installed where required.

-rized by an inspector.




Bulletin 2-5-3

Rules 2-100(3)


Background

is required. In particular, circuits to ranges, dryers, water heaters, furnaces, kitchen split receptacles, electric -

plied and the permitted maximum rating of the overcurrent device (where fuses are used).

Where special fuses (e.g., Type P, Type D, HRC Form 1) are required, the fuse type shall be shown adjacent to the permitted maximum rating of the fuse.

Question

AnswerYes, the Code requires that at each distribution point, circuit breakers, fuses, and switches shall be marked, adjacent to, in a conspicuous and legible manner to indicate clearly which installation or portion of installation

-

general lighting and receptacle circuits, an attempt should be made, e.g. basement, living/dining room, bed-room receptacles etc.

Page 1 of 1




Page 1 of 4

Bulletin 2-7-27

Rules 2-022 and 2-024Issued January 2010

Supersedes Bulletin 2-7-26Scope

(1) Approval requirements

(c) Recognized component marks(2) Approval of devices on class 2 circuits

-credited by the Standards Council of Canada to approve electrical equipment (Rule 2-024). Only equipment bearing one of the marks or labels shown in the following tables is approved.

To meet the requirements of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code, equipment must be approved to Canadian

with one Underwriters Laboratories mark, indicates the equipment with those marks is also compliant with United States standards.

-ant with United States standards.

, CE mark, is manufacturer self-declaration mark and is not recognized in Canada.

Note 1-

ation agency info, visit the Electrical Product Safety section of www.esasafe.com.




Page 2 of 4

Canadian Standards Association (CSA)

Curtis Strauss Entela

Intertek Testing

(LC)

(MET)

NSF International

Quality Auditing Institute QPS

TUV Rheinland

Underwriters’

Canada (ULC

Underwriters’




Page 3 of 4


Electrical Safety Authority (ESA)

See Note 2

Entela

See Note 2

Intertek Testing

QPS

See Note 2

Underwriters

Canada (ULC)

Note 2-

ment that is added or connected to the panel.




Page 4 of 4


-tories Inc. (UL)

Note 3Electrical components bearing these marks may have restrictions on their performance or may be incomplete in construction, and are intended to be used as part of a larger approved product or system. The recognized component marks are found on a wide range of products, including some switches, power supplies, printed wiring boards, some kinds of industrial control equipment and thousands of other products..

Electrical equipment does not require approval if it is connected to the load side of an approved class 2 power supply whose power output does not exceed 100 V•A and is operating at less than 42.4 V peak or dc with the exception of(i) luminaires, decorative lighting strings, signs or displays with incandescent or halogen lamps;(ii) luminaires, decorative lighting strings, signs or displays incorporating a ballast with operating voltages

greater than 42.4 volts peak or 42.4 DC;(iii) electromedical equipment;

(v) equipment that incorporates heating elements.




Bulletin 2-8-6

Rule 2-126


(1) Flame spread requirements for electrical wiring and cables with combustible outer jackets(a) Ontario Building Code Part 3 buildings(b) Ontario Building Code Part 9 buildings

(2) Removal of abandoned electrical wire and cables from plenum chambers(3) Flame Spread Ratings Where the Wires and Cables are Part of Equipment

outer jackets

BackgroundRule 2-126 Flame Spread Requirements for Electrical Cables and Wiring states that all wiring and cables in-

There has been confusion on what ratings are required, and this bulletin has been prepared to deal with the common questions. The Appendix B note to Rule 2-126 provides the applicable building code article number

Part 3 buildingsPart 9 buildings

-

Group A, assembly occupanciesGroup B, care or detention occupanciesGroup F, Division 1, high hazard industrial occupancies

(b) All buildings exceeding 600 square meters (6460 sq. ft.) in building area or exceeding 3 stories in building

Group C, residential occupanciesGroup D, business and personal services occupanciesGroup E, mercantile occupanciesGroup F, Divisions 2 and 3, medium and low hazard industrial occupancies

Page 1 of 3




1 IF the building is... AND the cables or wires are routed...

THEN the markings of cables or wires to meet

requirements are...

2 permitted to be of combustible construction

anywhere EXCEPT an air han-dling plenum (see row 6)

FT1 (OBC 3.1.4.3).

3 required to be of non-combus-tible construction

under a raised computer room FT1 (OBC 3.1.5.21).

4 required to be of non-combus-tible construction (a) an air handling plenum, (see

row 6)or(b) in a service room separated from the remainder of the build-

less than a 1 hour rating (see row 5)

FT4 (OBC 3.1.5.18).

5 required to be of non-combus-tible construction

in a service room separated from the remainder of the build-

less than a 1 hour rating

not required (OBC 3.1.5.17).

6 EITHER combustible or non-combustible construction

in an air handling plenum FT6 or 1C FT4 (OBC 3.6.4.3).

Note:located in non-combustible raceways, concealed spaces in walls or concrete slabs.

(a) of 3 storeys or less in building height;(b) having a building area not exceeding 600 square meters (6460 sq. ft.); and

Group C, residential occupanciesGroup D, business and personal services occupanciesGroup E, mercantile occupanciesGroup F, Divisions 2 and 3, medium and low hazard industrial occupancies

Cables or wires installed in Part 9 buildings other than dwelling units shall be marked as a minimum FT1. (OBC 9.34.1.5)

in a Part 9 buildings other than a dwelling unit shall be marked minimum FT6, except for single conductor cables which shall be marked minimum FT4. (OBC 9.34.1.5)

Page 2 of 3




Although not a requirement of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code, users should also be aware of the Appendix B note to Rule 2-126 and the requirements of the Ontario Fire Code to remove abandoned electrical wires and cables from within plenum spaces.

-ets, or sheaths, and non metallic raceways shall be removed from a plenum unless

(c) their removal could affect the performance of cables in use.

RationaleTests conducted by NBCC/NFCC indicated that the smoke produced from the FT4 and FT6 rated cables in

-dition, the FT4 and FT6 rated cables also produced irritant gases that could result in incapacitation or further restrict the ability of occupants to evacuate.

-cant quantities which build up with successive generations of cabling changes.

of machines. An example might be a large industrial production machine where there may be ventilated type cable tray forming part of the machine which contains control and power wiring.

Direction-

dance with the Ontario Building Code. For purposes of this ruling, wires and cables which are approved as part of the machinery are considered in or on the machinery.

are not part of the approved machinery and are attached to the building or, for example, in cable trays at-tached to the building must meet Rule 2-126.

RationaleIn discussion with the Ontario Buildings Branch, the opinion given is that the building code has jurisdiction over the building structure and fabric but not over contents which do not form part of that structure or fabric.

Page 3 of 3




Page 1 of 6

Rules 2-308, 2-310 and 2-312Issued April 2010


Scope

(1) Minimum working space around electrical equipment (2) Questions and answers about working space around electrical equipment(3) Entrance to and exit from the working space around electrical equipment

The requirements of Rules 2-308 & 2-310 are particular to certain types of equipment (i.e. equipment with or without draw-out parts). To assist in application, the following table, Table B1 summarizes the application of each rule.

EQUIPMENTRATING

EQUIPMENT WITH EQUIPMENT WITH

Below1200 amps

AND at750 volts or less

1 m plus depth ofall drawout parts of the equipment

(see Note 1)Subrule 2-308(2)

1 mSubrule 2-308(1)

Either:

At or above1200 amps (regard-

less of operating Voltage)

Above750 volts (regardless of Amperage rating)

1.5 m plus depth of all drawout parts of the equipment (see Note 1)

Subrules 2-308(2) and 2-310(2)

1.5 m

Subrule 2-310(2)

1 m plus depth of all drawout parts of the equipment

where possible to leave the room or space around the equipment without passing a potential failure point on path to exit (see Notes 1 & 2)

Subrules 2-308(2) and 2-310(2)

1 m

where possible to leave the room or space around the equipment without passing a potential failure point on path to exit (see Note 2)

Subrule 2-308(2)

Note:1. The depth of draw-out parts required in the table above is based on the additional space that is required

for the operation of draw-out type equipment in either the connected, test, or fully disconnected position




Page 2 of 6

If the design of the equipment allows the draw-out parts to be in the connected, test, or fully disconnected position without opening the cell door, then no additional space shall be required for equipment draw-out and the measurements required by Rules 2-308 and 2-310 can be measured from the front face of the equipment.

2. For equipments rated 1200A and higher or over 750V, Rule 2-310(2) requires the minimum working space about electrical equipment mentioned in Rule 2-308(1) to be increased from 1 m to 1.5 m if a person in-side an electrical room or the space around electrical equipment can NOT leave the space without pass-ing a potential failure point on path to exit.

Where space is restricted and the working space cannot be increased to 1.5 m, as mentioned in Appendix B, then a second exit (or more if needed) in the room in different locations shall be provided such that an individual can leave the space without passing a potential failure point on path to exit. Subrule 2-310(3)

Notes:

-

B1, is different, the largest clearance measurement is required).(3) Equipment manufacturer shall be consulted to get the distances of equipment draw out parts (referred to

(5) If the equipment has no draw-out parts, no additional space shall be required, as referenced in Subrule 2-308(2).

Equipm

ent (1)

Equipm

ent (2)

Equipm

ent (1)

Equipm

ent (2)




Page 3 of 6

(6) No minimum dimension is required behind or on the side of electrical equipments if working space is not required by Subrule 2-308(1).

Question 1

Answer 1No, the Code requires a minimum working space of 1 m (39”) with secure footing be provided and maintained in front of electrical equipment such as panelboards (Rule 2-308(1)).

Question 2

Answer 2No, the Code requires a minimum working space of 1 m (39”) with secure footing be provided and maintained in front of electrical equipment (Rule 2-308(1)).

Question 3

Answer 3Yes. The Code requires a minimum working space of 1 m (39”) with secure footing be provided and main-tained in front of electrical equipment (Rule 2-308(1)). However, this requirement can be eased for equip-ments which have no renewable parts (such as fuses or switches) as in the case of a splitter installed above a

Question 4

Answer 4

front of electrical equipment such as panelboards. The Code also requires that working space around electri-cal equipment be kept clear of all obstructions. (Rules 2-308 and 2-310).

Question 5When switchboard is used as service entrance equipment, what are the OESC minimum requirements for the

Answer 5OESC requires the headroom clearance to be at least 2 m for consumer’s service equipment (as per Subrule 6-206(1)(c)). However, if that service equipment is a switchboard, where bare live parts are exposed at any time, then Subrule 2-308(4) shall apply and a headroom of 2.2 m is the minimum required.

Question 6




Page 4 of 6

Answer 6This is interpreted as meaning a space that is at least 1 m in depth in front of the panel and at least 1 m in width or the width of the panelboard, whichever is greater. In addition, OESC requires the headroom clear-ance to be at least 2 m for consumer’s service equipment (as per Subrule 6-206(1)(c)). The panelboard does not have to be centered in the width of the working space; it can be off center. (See Figure B2)

service entrance panels. Also, in a dwelling unit, Subrule 26-402(2) requires mounting the panel as high as

-mation regarding the location of panel boards.

Subrule 2-310(1) requires that each room or space containing electrical equipment (such as transformers, overcurrent devices, switchgear, disconnecting means, panelboards, etc.) to have unobstructed means of egress in compliance with Ontario Building code (OBC). The purpose of this rule is to ensure that personnel have ready means of exit from an electrical room in case of an accident.

OBC requires a minimum width of 750 mm with no obstruction for egress means (OBC Articles 3.3.1.22 and 9.9.5.4.). Also, Rule 2-312 requires that passageway (exit path) and working space around electrical equip-ment to be kept clear of obstruction as shown in Figure B3.




Figure B3, Illustration of Rule 2-312

Below are two examples of installations that do not provide a clear egress means of 750 mm and hence do not comply with 2-310 and 2-312.

space around electrical panel

Unobstructed width of

egress shall be not less

than 750 mm in width

Fixed or moveable

appliance such as

furnace, water

heater, washer or

dryer, etc

1 m x 1 m

Min. required

working space

in front of

electrical panel

Unobstructed width of

egress shall be not less

than 750 mm in width

Fixed or moveable

appliance such as

furnace, water

heater, washer or

dryer, etc

1 m x 1 m

Min. required

working space

in front of

electrical panel

Panelboard

Hot Water Tank

This is the only entrance to/exit

from the working space around

the panelboard. This installation

does NOT comply with OESC

Rules 2-310(1) & 2-312 as the

egress width is less than 750 mm.

Furnace

500 mm (20 inch) actual measured distance

between furnace vertical duct and the wall

Panelboard

Hot Water Tank

This is the only entrance to/exit

from the working space around

the panelboard. This installation

does NOT comply with OESC

Rules 2-310(1) & 2-312 as the

egress width is less than 750 mm.

Furnace

500 mm (20 inch) actual measured distance

between furnace vertical duct and the wall

Page 5 of 6




the working space around electrical panel

Note:Installing the washer/dryer stack in the position shown violates OESC Rule 2-312 which requires the pas-sageways and the working spaces around electrical equipment to be free of obstruction and arranged to give persons ready access / egress to and from the working space.

Page 6 of 6




Page 1 of 3

Bulletin 2-10-7

Rule 2-322Issued January 2010


Rule 2-322 states that arc producing electrical equipment shall not be installed within 1 metre of the discharge of a combustible gas relief device or vent.

The electrical equipment includes, but is not limited to, receptacles and switches, an air conditioning unit and related disconnecting means (which must be located within 3 m of the AC unit as per Rule 28-604(5)). This interpretation is consistent with the rules concerning the use of electrical equipment in Class 1 Zone 2 loca-tions.

Permanently installed electric metering equipment (other than metering equipment with integral internal con-tacts for recording or remote reading) is permitted to be located within 1 metre of the combustible gas relief vent.

Figures B1 & B2 illustrate two examples of installations that comply with the minimum requirements.

Figure B1

Figure B2




Question:Is it permitted to install arc producing electrical equipment (e.g. a/c unit) at a distance of less than 1 metre from the discharge of an approved Over Pressure Cut-Off (OPCO) combustible natural gas relief device or vent?

Answer:Yes, if an approved Limited Relief OPCO device is installed, arcing electrical devices may be installed no closer than 0.3m (12 inches) from the point of release. The over pressure relief device must be marked “LR-OPCO” (see the example in the photo).

Background:Under CSA standard B149.1S1.07 section 5.5.9, the clearances from relief devices installed outdoors are listed in Table 5.2. For Natural gas CSA 6.18 certified OPCO (overpressure cut-off) regulators with limited relief of (1.5m3/h) or less, the clearance from a source of ignition is 0.3m.

Page 2 of 3




On residential sites where there is very little space to locate the A/C unit and natural gas vent at 1 metre separation, the use of a natural gas certified OPCO regulator is an acceptable solution to the problem of separation. This may also be applied where there is an outdoor receptacle located at a distance of less than 1 metre from the vent.

Page 3 of 3




Bulletin 2-11-18

Rule 2-010


Scope

(1) Requirements for plan submittal

(3) Information required

Rule 2-010 of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code contains the requirements for the submittal of plans to ESA’s Plan Review Department.

Electrical work on any electrical installation shall not commence, until plans have been submitted and exam-

(a) a three phase consumer service or stand by generation, equal to or in excess of 400 Amp circuit capacity; (see Note 1);

(b) a single-phase consumer service or stand by generation equal to or in excess of 600 Amp; (see Note 1);(c) a feeder greater than 1000 amp;(d) any installations involving consumer owned electric power generating equipment, with a rating in excess

(e) any installation operating in excess of 750 volts, excluding (i) installations of pole lines exclusively within the scope of Section 75; or (ii) that portion of an underground installation between a supply authority owned transformer and the

related supply authority owned switch.

-tion Department.

(a) the name and address of the person responsible for their preparation; (b) the type of building or electrical installation and the site where the work will be carried out;(c) the location of the service and distribution;(d) the supply voltage and the single line diagram of the service and distribution;

-spective panelboards;

(f) the KVA or ampere rating, interrupting or withstand rating, ampere rating for continuous operation (80 or

Page 1 of 2




100%) of each item of equipment;(g) the type and size of raceways;(h) the number and rating of conductors in raceways;(i) the rating of cables;

(k) the size and location of grounding conductors;(l) a description of underground parts of the installation; and(m) for an addition to an existing electrical installation, any information related to the existing installation

affected by the works and a report on the existing loads or the maximum demand loads of the existing installation recorded for the last twelve months; and

(n) for an electrical installation of more than 750 volts, the vertical and horizontal clearances of live parts, and a description of the grounding and of the mechanical protection of live parts.

In addition to the above, the following is required to facilitate the plan review: i. Detailed calculations for the minimum ampacity of service or feeder conductors. (Note: The calculated

minimum ampacity shall not be less than the minimum requirements of Section 8 of the Ontario Elec-trical Safety Code).

ii.are required to be provided with an emergency power supply by the Ontario Building Code. (Refer to Bulletin 46-4-* for additional information) Examples of life safety loads are: emergency lighting

Note 1:Single Family Dwelling, Residential Installations

on branch circuits or utilization equipment is not required.

Electrical Safety AuthorityPlan Review Department400 Sheldon Drive, Unit 5Cambridge, OntarioN1T 2H9

1-800-746-6480 1-800-957-2738519-624-3564 519-624-3570

All required data should be submitted as a complete package, by one submitter where possible to facilitate the plan review and timely report.

The fee for low voltage plan review is as per ESA’s fee guide.

Page 2 of 2




Rules 2-024(3), 10-400, 10-404, 12-526, 12-1122, 12-1166, 12-1514 and 16-200Issued April 2010


Scope

(2) Approval(3) Aerially Supported Cable(4) Controller Unit, Bonding Jumper(5) Equipment support

located outside of the conduit or cable assembly containing the circuit conductors (Rules 12-526, 12-1122, 12-1166, and 12-1514).

pole or standard bonded.

DirectionBased on past practice and satisfactory experience it is acceptable for bond conductors installed underground

minimum #6 copper and located in the same trench as the circuit conductors and positioned to be mechani-

metal poles back to the main service switch and then to the controller cabinet. See Diagram 1.

Notwithstanding Rule 10-404(2), where there are multiple raceways between equipment, only one bond con-ductor is required. The bond conductor is permitted to be installed external to the raceways.

Rationale

hazard situation.

In the event that a metal pole is struck by lightning the discharge of energy would be dissipated into the mass of the earth through the #6 bond conductor loop and associated ground electrodes, there by protecting the control equipment located in the controller cabinet.

This bond path and method of installation is acceptable and will allow all overcurrent devices to operate under fault conditions.

Page 1 of 4




NotesThe Ontario Electric Safety Code requires a minimum of two ground rods to be installed at the service en-trance switch; any additional ground electrodes would exceed that minimum requirement, as in diagram 1.

Pedestrian push buttons installed below 2.5m in a metallic box are not required to be bonded if supplied from

meters in length. Only one bond conductor is required regardless of the number of non-metallic ducts in-stalled, to comply with Rule 10-404.

associated power control actuation or interconnection devices.

power, control, activation or interconnection devices.

Page 2 of 4




Service entrance switches and controller cabinet assemblies shall be approved.

Ontario Provincial Standard (OPS) shall be deemed acceptable. The applicable standard shall be surface printed on the cable jacket.

RationaleCables manufactured to the IMSA and OPS standard have been installed and accepted for many years and

that requires them to be robust.

-nicipal Standards (MS) or the Ontario Provincial Standard (OPS).

2-024(3)

Cables and conductors shall be of types suitable for exposure to the weather as listed in Table 19 and ap-proved for this type of installation. Additionally, cables and conductors shall be marked for sunlight resistance (“SR” or “SUNLIGHT RESISTANCE”) where installed and used subject to direct rays of sun, as per Rule 2-130.

For example, Rule 30-1102 permits Types RW75, R90, RW90, TW, TWU, TW75, and TWU75 conductors to be lashed to a messenger cable for outdoor lighting where exposed to the weather. Type RWU conductorsshall also be permitted, although not listed in Table 19.

RationaleThe cable manufacturers have indicated that Type RWU cables will withstand the effects of ultra violet light and exposure to the weather (when marked as such) and the lashing will not have an injurious effect on the insulation.

The Ontario Provincial Standard and the NEMA Standard require controller units to have a bond jumper in-

controller units.

Page 3 of 4




Rationale

this Bulletin.

Rationale

-tion and this method of equipment support has been found to be more than adequate.

The industry standard for temporary signals in most cases complies with all the minimum requirements of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code for a permanent installation. ESA will issue a permanent connection authoriza-

meets the OESC requirements for a permanent installation.

Page 4 of 4


Bulletin 2-14-5Guidelines on Reporting Serious Electrical Incidents

Rule 2-007


An owner, contractor or operator of a facility shall report any serious electrical incident.

Why?

Within forty-eight hours after occurrence of a serious electrical incident that includes the following.Any electrical contact that causes death.Any electrical incidents that causes critical injury, such as; an injury that places life in jeopardy, major loss of blood, loss of limb, produces unconsciousness, fracture or amputation of arm or leg, but not

suspected of being electrical in origin which might have caused

Any electrical contact with electrical equipment operating at over 750 volts.

Who should you call?Call the Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) at 1-877-372-7233 or 1-877-ESA-SAFE and if it is a workplace injury, then you must also call the Ministry of Labour.

What should you do?When a reportable incident occurs, follow the guidelines listed below;Ensure that there is no further danger in and around the incident scene.Ensure that the injured, other workers and public are protected. Perform the task with minimum disturbance to the incident scene, leaving the scene undisturbed, leave ar-ticles or wreckage as is unless it causes a hazard or represents a danger to the public.Secure the incident scene. Provide barricade, signs to prevent people from entering and disturbing evidence.

When – Time of day, dateWhere – Location of the incident, address, or street intersectionWhat – Provide as much information on the circumstances of the incidentWho – The personnel involved in the incident, the number of people if it is multiple injuries/people or damage that the incident has caused.

Call the Ministry of Labour if it is a workplace injury.



Page 1 of 2


FAX number – 1-800-472-5485 Phone number – 1-877- ESA SAFE (1-877-372-7233)

Caller name __________________________________________________________________________Telephone Number ____________________________________________________________________Agency the caller is representing _________________________________________________________Address of Incidents Site________________________________________________________________

Nature of Incident Yes No

Fatality

Loss of Consciousness

Major Blood loss

Amputation of major limbs1

Loss of eye sight

explosion, critical injury or property damage

Was there electrical contact with Over 750 Volts

Comments________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

1

In addition, report the incident to the Ministry of Labour if the incidents resulted in an occupational fatality and injury.In addition, report the incident to the Ministry of Labour if the incidents resulted in an occupational fatality and injury.



Page 2 of 2




Bulletin 2-15-1

Rules 2-003, 2-004


Scope

(2) Relevant sections of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code(3) Relevant sections of the Ontario Fire Code

IssueThere have been questions raised as to what are the inspection requirements associated with the testing and

-sociation and the Electrical Contractors Association of Ontario

Direction

accurate record keeping is made available to the Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) upon request. Examples of

Background

Authority an application for inspection for any work on an electrical installation. There has been some con-

to do the test. Strictly speaking this involves the breaking and remaking of a connection. Similarly, during the

replaced. Again, strictly speaking, this would involve the breaking and remaking of a connection.

alarm systems. Persons performing this work are required to be recognized in accordance with Division C,

Page 1 of 4




systems are covered by the regulations of the Ontario Fire Code.

Rationale

of components fall under this category. ESA would rely on the record keeping that is required under the Fire Code and associated standards as the application for inspection, as permitted by Subrule 2-004(5). These records would be available to the Electrical Safety Authority upon request.

NoteIt is the Owners responsibility for record keeping… Rule 2-004 (5) states that inspections as required by the Inspection department may be made at such time and in such manner as the inspection department deter-mines. Rule 2-003 states that it is the owner’s responsibility to maintain a record of electrical installations. The Service Provider will provide S536 documents to the Owner.

Alarm Systems”., and requires an Application for inspection (Rule 2-004(1) of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code)

2-003 Record of electrical installation workThe owner, owner’s agent, or operator shall maintain a record of all electrical installation acceptable to the in-spection department in any public building, commercial or industrial establishment, apartment house, or other building in which the public safety may be involved, and shall produce this record to any inspector at any time

2-004 Inspection

before or within 48 hours after commencement of the work whether or not electrical power or energy has been previously supplied to the land, building, or premises on which the work was performed; andshall pay the fees prescribed by the inspection department; andbe in compliance with Ontario Regulation 570/05 made under Part VIII of the Electricity Act, 1998.Inspections as required by the inspection department may be made at such time and in such manner as the inspection department determines.

Application

alarm system required under Article 6.3.2.2 of Division B and every person who repairs, replaces or alters

Page 2 of 4




(a) have successfully completed a program or course acceptable to the Fire Marshal,-

ment attesting to the successful completion of a program or course referenced in Clause (a), and(c) perform the inspection, test, repair, replacement or alteration in accordance with Article 6.3.1.8. and Sub-section 6.3.2. of Division B.(2) Despite Sentence (1), a person who has not successfully completed the required program or course may perform the work described in Clause (1)(c) provided that(a) the work is done under the supervision of a person who has successfully completed a program or course required by Clause (1)(a),(b) no more than two persons work under the supervision of the person referred to in Clause (a) at the same time, and (c) the supervision is provided at the work site.(3) Any person supervising another as permitted in Sentence (2) (a) shall advise the owner in writing that the work has been completed in accordance with Article 6.3.1.8. and Subsection 6.3.2. of Division B, and(b) is deemed to be the person referred to in Article 1.2.1.3.

1.2.1.3 Despite Article 1.2.1.1. of Division A, any person who performs the work described in Article 1.2.1.1. of

Application1.2.2.1 This subsection applies to every person who performs annual tests of an interconnected smoke alarm system required under Article 6.3.2.6. of Division B and any person who repairs, replaces or alters compo-nents of such an interconnected smoke alarm system.

1.2.2.2 (1) Any person who performs the work described in Article 1.2.2.1 on an interconnected smoke alarm system shall(a) have successfully completed a program or course acceptable to the Fire Marshal,

-ment attesting to the successful completion of a program or course referenced in Clause (a), and (c) perform the test and maintenance in accordance with Article 6.3.2.6 of Division B.(2) Despite Sentence (1), a person who has not successfully completed the required program or course may perform the work described in Sentence (1) provided that(a) the work is done under the supervision of a person who has successfully completed a program or course required in Clause (1)(a),(b) no more than two persons work under the supervision of the person referred to in Clause (a) at the same time, and (c) the supervision is provided at the work site.(3) Any person supervising another as permitted in Sentence (2) (a) shall advise the owner in writing that the work has been completed in accordance with Article 6.3.2.6 of Division B, and (b) is deemed to be the person referred to in Article 1.2.2.2.

Page 3 of 4




1.2.2.3 Despite Article 1.2.1.1. of Division A, any person who performs the work described in Article 1.2.2.1 of this Division on an interconnected smoke alarm system is responsible for complying with Article 1.2.2.2 of this Division.

6.3.2.1. (1) The owner shall ensure that any person performing the annual tests or annual inspections re-quired by this Subsection and any person performing repair, replacement or alterations referred to in Article 6.3.1.8. is in compliance with the requirements of(a) Clause 1.2.1.2(1) (a) of Division C, or(b) Sentence 1.2.1.2(2) of Division C.

Alarm Systems”.

Page 4 of 4




Page 1 of 1

Bulletin 2-16-2

Rule 2-018


To support the resolution of appeals related to the Ontario Electrical Safety Code (OESC) and the Electrical Distribution Safety Regulation (EDSR), procedural rules and business processes have been developed and an independent review panel of industry representatives was established.

dispute with the Inspector involved, the Senior Inspector and the Technical Advisor.

If a resolution is not achieved through consultation with the Inspector involved, the Senior Inspector and the Technical Advisor, an appeal may be made to the Electrical Safety Authority’s (ESA) Director of Appeals re-garding the defect notice or non-compliance order.

For more information about the Appeals Regulation and process, please visit the Government and Regulation section on the ESA’s website at www.esasafe.com




Bulletin 2-18-1

Rule 2-004 (5)

Supersedes Bulletin 2-18-0Issue

-tion.

Direction

-tion provided on the application for inspection.

RationaleIn the interest of safety we have provided direction to our inspectors that we will not do any inspection on any

or Lot number.

Background

If the information is missing, incomplete or inaccurate, the inspector may be forced to make assumptions as to whether the site visited is indeed the intended target of the request for inspection.

This can create confusion, errors and potential safety issues. When an inspector issues a connection authori-zation to energize a service, the Local Distribution Company (supply authority) uses that same location infor-

energized, with serious consequences.

In the case of new sub-divisions confusion can exist because there may be more than one builder on the

Page 1 of 1




Rule 2-034


IssueQuestions have been asked regarding acceptable brands and types of new circuit breakers for use in older brand names of panelboards that are no longer manufactured.

BackgroundThere have been several issues with respect to replacing breakers in panels where the panel board manu-facturer is no longer in existence or has been acquired by another manufacturer. In consultation with various manufacturers, Table B1 was constructed to provide breaker replacement information for the various panel-boards used in the province of Ontario. Table B2 has been provided by Cutler Hammer as a more compre-hensive cross reference regarding breakers that they currently manufacture under the Cutler Hammer brand name that are compatible with panelboards having older brand names.

DirectionAll panelboards are required by the product standards to be marked with the make and type of breakers that are acceptable for use in that panelboard. A replacement breaker is permitted to be of a different brand name than the original panelboard provided that it is the same type as one of those marked on the panel. The circuit

manufactured under the Cutler Hammer brand name are permitted to be installed in older C.E.B., Sylvania, and Commander brands of panels that are marked for use with this type of breaker.

Panel Board: WestinghouseReplacement Breakers(1) Westinghouse(2) Commander (3) Cutler-Hammer

Replacement Breakers(1) Westinghouse(2) Commander(3) Cutler-Hammer

Panel Board: ITEReplacement Breakers(1) ITE(2) Siemens

BryantReplacement Breakers(1) Bryant(2) Hubbell

Page 1 of 2




Original Manufacturer/ Panel Name

Panel Name

Bolt-on Breaker TypePlug-inBreaker Type

QBL BQL BQLT BQGF BAB GFCBB DNBA BR DNPL GFCB

C.E.B. (Ground Fault n/a) X

Sylvania (Ground Fault n/a) X

Commander B/BC/BQ X

Challenger PL/PM/PMF X X X

Commander QL/QM X X X

Westinghouse GL, GLC, WL, WIB, Novaline, NLC X X X

Cutler-Hammer QM/QL X X X

Cutler-Hammer CPL/CPM X X X

Cutler-Hammer CBL/CBM X X X

Page 2 of 2




Bulletin 2-20-1

Rule 2-306


Subrule (1) requires electrical equipment, other than in dwelling units, that may require maintenance to be

required for assistance in determining severity of potential exposure, planning safe work practices, and select-

on the equipment.

The marking referred to in Subrule (1) shall be located so that it is clearly visible to persons before examina-tion, adjustment, servicing, or maintenance of the equipment.

CSA Z 462, Workplace Electrical Safety in the Workplace, provides assistance in determining the severity of potential exposure, planning safe work practices, and selecting personal protective equipment to protect

ANSI Z535.4, Product Safety Signs and Labels, provides guidelines for the design of safety signs and labels for application to products.

IEEE 1584, Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations, provides assistance in determining the arc

Rationale-

cidents and deaths while working on energized electrical equipment. The rule requires the equipment to be

Page 1 of 1




Page 1 of 3

Bulletin 2-21-0

Rules 2-018 and 2-030

Scope

(1) Introduction

(b) Deviation and postponement (3) ESA response on non-Code compliant installations

(a) Defect response(b) Deviation and postponement response

(1) Introduction

The Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) is responsible for public electrical safety in Ontario as designated by Ontario Regulation 89/99 and is responsible for enforcing the Electricity Act and Regulations, including the Ontario Electrical Safety Code, Ontario Regulation 164/99.When the Electrical Safety Authority performs an inspection of an electrical installation and determines that the installation does not comply with the Ontario Electrical Safety Code (OESC), the non-compliances are

deviation from the Code may be granted for non-compliance.

– An ESA Inspector determines that the electrical installation does

Defect - An ESA Inspector determines that the electrical installation does not comply with the OESC;

that the non-compliant installation represents moderate risk. Warning Defect – An ESA Inspector determines that the electrical installation does not comply with the

-spector determines that the non-compliant installation represents low risk.

– An ESA Inspector determines that the electrical installation does not comply with the OESC however the installation does not create undue hazard to persons or property and presents a mi-nor degree of deviation from the OESC requirements.

- The electrical installation does not comply with the OESC however the installation does not create an undue hazard to persons or property and presents a moderate degree of deviation from the OESC requirements.




department that the installation does not conform to this Code shall remedy all defects in work that is not ap-proved within such time and in such manner as the notice from the inspection department directs.

Failure to remedy defects as directed by the Electrical Safety Authority will initiate policy that may lead to the disconnection of power, prosecution under the Electricity Act or deferment (electrical contractors).

where applicable).

(a) Defect response

inspection department, immediate action to ensure public safety is required as per ESA policy.Defectcorrected and re-inspected before the defective part of the job can proceed.o If previous postponements or warning defects have been repeated (Applicant has not changed be-

haviour), then a defect may be issued even if the non-compliant installation presents a low risk.Warning Defecton the job can proceed.o Warning defect may also be issued if previous postponements have not changed the Applicant be-

haviour and were repeated.

Page 2 of 3




Page 3 of 3

The follow-up on all non-Code compliant installations will be as per the inspection department policy. Although the Ontario Electrical Safety Code is not retro-active, ESA will follow-up on non-compliant installations at ex-isting installations where it deems public safety is at risk (General inspections, Hazard investigations etc.).

The inspection department may grant a deviation or postponement from the requirements of this Code. A deviation or postponement is lawful in respect of an electrical installation where adequate proof that the devia-tion or postponement does not create an undue hazard to persons or property under the circumstances has been provided to the inspection department.

– An ESA Inspector documents and communicates a postponement to the Applicant. The postponement will clearly explain there is an expectation for compliance to the Code in the future.

- An ESA Inspector advises the Applicant to apply for Deviation. The deviation will require a review and analysis by ESA.




Page 1 of 2

Bulletin 4-3-6Sizing of Neutral Conductors

Rule 4-022


(1) Minimum size of service neutral for single dwellings(2) Unbalanced loads and size of neutral

Rule 6-308 permits the use of a bare neutral conductor in a consumer’s service subject to the restrictions of

have the same ampacity as a conductor with insulation of the same temperature rating as the ungrounded conductors. This means that the neutral is sized purely on the basis of unbalanced load and will be the same size whether bare or insulated.

To avoid differences of opinion in determining the minimum size of neutral permitted for 120/240 volt single phase services in single dwellings, the following shall be acceptable.

The neutral conductor size shall be not less than the minimum size of grounded conductor required by Rule 10-204.

Notes:The minimum size of the neutral is based on the ampacity of the ungrounded circuit conductors, not the am-pere rating of the electrical service.

For example, two 3/0 AWG RW90 copper ungrounded circuit conductors will be installed in an above ground raceway to supply a 200 ampere service. Table 2 tells us that the ampacity of the 3/0 conductors is 210 amps. Table 16 forces us to use the 300 amp row of the table and therefore requires a #4 AWG copper neutral con-ductor.

If 2/0 AWG RW90 copper ungrounded circuit conductors are used as permitted by the footnote to Table 2, then our ampacity is 200 amps and Table 16 permits a #6 AWG copper neutral conductor to be used provided that it is compatible with the lugs it will be terminated in.

The minimum size of the neutral conductor can never be less than the minimum size required by the terminat-ing lugs of the equipment that the neutral is connected to.

In addition, bare neutral conductors must be insulated where passing through a meter base and in service switches where there is danger of inadvertent contact with live parts.

the harmonics produced from non-linear loads.




Page 2 of 2

For example, Rule 4-022(2)(a) does not allow any reduction in the neutral size for that portion of a load

discharge lighting (e.g. Metal Halide). The Code does not permit a reduction in neutral size for this type of

harmonic current produced by these types of non-linear loads.

that must be considered when sizing the neutral conductor. Examples of these types of loads are computers, variable frequency drives, and uninterruptable power supply systems.

The neutral conductor provides a return path for the current carried by the individual phase conductors of a three phase system. The 60 Hz phase currents will cancel each other when they return through the common neutral and it will carry only any imbalance between these currents.

Any triplen harmonic currents produced by non-linear loads at frequencies other than 60 Hz do not cancel each other and will combine in a common neutral. This can result in the neutral conductor carrying a much higher current than predicted when considering only the 60 Hz phase current imbalance. If a reduced neutral is installed based only on the maximum 60 Hz imbalance and some of the load consists of non-linear harmon-ic producing loads, then there is possibility the reduced neutral may be overloaded by the triplen harmonic currents resulting in overheating.

It is essential that the neutral conductor be sized to handle both the 60 Hz unbalanced load currents and the triplen harmonic current generated by connected non-linear loads.

In the case of existing installations where there may be harmonic concerns, the size of neutral conductor should be recalculated considering the total unbalanced current including both unbalanced load current and zero sequence harmonic currents.




Bulletin 4-5-10

Rules 4-028, 4-030, and 4-036


(4) The use of tape to mark or identify conductors(5) Colour of non-metallic sheathed cable outer jackets

In the 2009 edition of the OESC, Rule 4-028(1) has been amended and no longer requires that insulated neu-tral conductors in consumer’s services up to and including 200 A be coloured white or natural grey.

Rule 4-028(1) now simply requires that all insulated neutral conductors up to and including No. 2 AWG, in any

along the entire length of the conductor.

Rule 4-030 requires that insulated neutral conductors larger than No. 2 AWG shall either be continuously

to be white paint, white sleeving, white tape, or other equivalent means.

each accessible point in the circuit by the use of white paint, white sleeving, white tape, or other equivalent means.

Safety NoteThere was a near miss reported where the neutral and a phase conductor were interchanged accidentally at the supply connection point to a consumer’s service.

Historically, utilities have used white to identify one of the phase conductors in their systems, which can po-tentially lead to errors when a consumer’s service is connected to a supply authority system.

Although not required by the Code, it is considered good practice to bare the consumer’s neutral conductor at the weather head on three phase services to reduce the likelihood of a utility worker treating the white con-ductor as a phase conductor.

Rule 4-036 requires that insulated bonding or grounding conductors up to and including No. 2 AWG in size

In sizes larger than No. 2 AWG the conductor is permitted to be labelled or marked in a permanent manner with a green colour or green colour with one or more yellow stripes at each end and at each point where the

Page 1 of 3




conductor is accessible. Paint, sleeving, tape, or other equivalent means are acceptable.

In the past it was permitted to use the red conductor of a three conductor armoured or non-metallic sheathed cable as the insulated bond conductor for circuits requiring an isolated bond connection provided that the red conductor ends were marked green.This practice is no longer permitted and Rule 4-036 shall be complied with in respect to the colouring of insulated bonding and grounding conductors. Product is readily available with both an insulated green bond

4-036.

Where equipment operating at 120V is installed on a circuit converted from 240V operation, such as may oc-

equivalent means.

each layer being half-lapped...” (See Figure B1)

Note

Where there are longer lengths of cable at larger enclosures such as switchboards a minimum of 150mm of

Figure B1

Page 2 of 3




QuestionWhy are some non metallic sheathed cable (NMSC) jackets coloured blue, some red, some yellow, some

AnswerThe colouring of the jacket of non-metallic sheathed cable is not mandated by the Code. Some cable manufactur-ers are colour coding the jackets of cables intended for different purposes as a marketing tool. White is intended for general purpose circuits, blue is intended for AFCI circuits, yellow for 20 amp kitchen circuits, and red for 240 volt circuits. Inspectors will check the wire size (gauge) rather than the cable jacket colour to ensure the correct wire has been used for the connected load.

Page 3 of 3


Bulletin 4-7-8

Rule 4-004


Scope

condition(2) Ampacities for 3 single conductor cables and 5 single conductor cables in parallel underground installa-

tions(3) Ampacities determined by calculation(4) Cable ampacities for short lengths of conductor between enclosures

(a) Table for single conductor ampacities in underground installations (b) Table for multi-conductor conductor ampacities in underground installations

-

select the correct diagrams and tables in the Code.

condition

Installation Condition Material Cable Ampacity tables

Single Conductor Cables in Free Air

CopperAluminum

Appendix BAppendix B

Table 1 Table 3

Not more than three Conductors in Raceway

CopperAluminum

Table 2 Table 4

More than 3 conductors in race-way

CopperAluminum

Table 2 + Table 5CTable 4 + Table 5C

Single Conductor Cables Un-derground- Direct Burial

- In Conduit

CopperAluminumCopperAluminum

Diagram B4-1 Diagram B4-1 Diagram B4-2 Diagram B4-2

Table D8 Table D9 Table D10 Table D11

Multi Conductor Cables Underground- Direct Burial

- In Conduit

CopperAluminumCopperAluminum

Diagram B4-3 Diagram B4-3 Diagram B4-4 Diagram B4-4

Table D12 Table D13 Table D14 Table D15



Page 1 of 4


Notes:• Where a cable run is installed under more than one condition, Rule 4-004(14) applies.• Cable ampacities cannot be more than the Tables 1 and 3 values despite the values assigned in Ta-

bles D8 and D9, due to the restriction in Rule 8-104(7).

parallel underground.

The code has not published ampacities for 3 and 5 single conductor cables in parallel. The following Table B2 may be used.

underground installtions

InstallationCondition3 single conductor cables per phase, direct buried are shown for 4 conductors in

parallel.

Diagram B4-1, Detail 5

Use the same ampacities as are shown for 4 conductors in parallel.

Tables D8 and D9, Detail 5

5 single conductor cables per phase, direct buried are shown for 6 conductors in

parallel.




3 single conductor cables per phase in separate under-ground raceways

are shown for 4 conductors in parallel.




5 single conductor cables per phase in separate under-ground raceways

are shown for 6 conductors in parallel.




When the calculation method for IEEE/ICEA publication Power Cable Ampacities, IEEE S135 is used as an alternative to the tables contained in the Ontario Electrical Safety Code, data on load factor and thermal resis-tivity of the soil must be submitted as described in Appendix B (of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code).

In the absence of guidelines in the Code, the value of load factor may be calculated from the ratio -

Average Demand During a 2-Hour PeriodMaximum Average Demand Within a 15-Minute Period

During the 2-Hour Period



Page 2 of 4


and non-electrically heated. For other types of buildings, load factors less than 100% must be referred to the Electrical Inspection Department for approval.

The above standards suggest that a soil thermal resistivity of 90 degrees Celsius - centimetres per watt (indi-cated as RHO-90) is satisfactory for most applications. This is true for concrete and for moist or sandy clay.

Questions have arisen on using free air cable ampacities (Tables 1 and 3 of the Ontario Electrical Safety

In short runs between physically close equipment, ampacities from Tables 1 and 3 are acceptable where the length of single conductor cable outside the equipment exceeds the total length inside the equipment.In nipples between the equipment and in short runs of cable where condition (1) cannot be met, ampacities shall be those in Tables 2 and 4.

Direct Buried Copper - Table D8B Aluminum - Table D9B

Required Ampacity 1/c 2/c 3/c 4/c 1/c 2/c 3/c 4/c

400 Amps 500 kcmil 2/0kcmil

N/A N/A 600 kcmil 4/0 AWG 1/0 AWG N/A

600 Amps 750 kcmil 250kcmil

2/0AWG

1/0AWG

1250kcmil

350 kcmil 4/0 AWG 2/0AWG

800 Amps 1250kcmil

500kcmil

4/0AWG

2/0AWG

N/A 600 kcmil 350 kcmil 4/0AWG

1200 Amps N/A 750kcmil

500kcmil

250kcmil

N/A 1250kcmil

600 kcmil 350kcmil

In Raceway - Copper - Table D10B Aluminum - Table D11B


400 Amps 500 kcmil 2/0AWG

N/A N/A 600 kcmil 4/0 AWG 2/0 AWG N/A

600 Amps 750 kcmil 250kcmil

3/0AWG

1/0AWG

1250kcmil

350 kcmil 250 kcmil 3/0AWG

800 Amps 1250kcmil

500kcmil

350kcmil

3/0AWG

1750kcmil

600 kcmil 500 kcmil 350kcmil


600kcmil

350kcmil

N/A 1250kcmil

1000kcmil

600kcmil

Page 3 of 4 © Electrical Safety Authority



Notes:This table is only a guide.

Direct Buried - Copper - Table D12B Aluminum - Table D13B


400 Amps 500 kcmil 2/0 AWG N/A N/A 600 kcmil 4/0 AWG 1/0 AWG N/A

600 Amps 750 kcmil 250 kcmil 2/0 AWG N/A 1250kcmil


800 Amps 1250kcmil


1750kcmil



500 kcmil 350kcmil

N/A 1500kcmil

750 kcmil 500kcmil

In Raceway - Copper - Table D14B Aluminum - D15B


400 Amps 500 kcmil 3/0 AWG 1/0 AWG N/A 600 kcmil 4/0 AWG 2/0 AWG 1/0AWG

600 Amps 1000kcmil


1500kcmil


800 Amps 2000kcmil


N/A 750 kcmil 500 kcmil 350kcmil


600 kcmil 500kcmil

N/A N/A 1000kcmil

750kcmil

Notes:This table is only a guide.



Page 4 of 4


Bulletin 4-8-4

Rule 4-006


Question

Answer

CSA surface printing (example below) in conjunction with Table 19 provides guidance regarding where it may be installed.

The example above is approved for use in Canada as an RW90 cable; therefore it may be used as permit-ted by Table 19 for RW90 type cables, in raceways, for dry and wet locations. It has EP insulation rated up to 1KV. The cable is oil resistant and has a TC rating, which is listed in Table 19 for use in cable tray, provided




Page 1 of 2© Electrical Safety Authority


Bulletin 4-11-2

Rules 4-004 and 14-104


Scope

(1) Minimum underground conductor sizes - residential(2) Minimum underground conductor sizes - non residential(3) Cable approvals

The size of conductor requires consideration of Rules 4-004(15) and (16), 14-104 and Table 13, as well as Tables 2 and 4 and the notes to those tables.

The following tables (Table B1, B2 and B3) summarize the minimum requirements for USEI aluminum con-ductor.

Switch Rating Min size USEI 90 Alu-minumRule 8-104

Min size USEI 75 AluminumRule 4-004 (16)

Max Fuse Rating

Max Breaker Rating

100 # 2 #1 100 100

200 4/0 250 kcmil 200 200

Switch Rating Calculated Min Size USEI 90 Alu-minum Rule 8-104

Min size USEI 75 Alu-minum Rule 8-104

Max Fuse RatingRule 14-104, Table 13, Rule 4-004 (16)

Max Breaker RatingRule 14-104, Table 13

200 155A 3/0 Not permitted

200 165 3/0

200 180 4/0 200 200

200 200 4/0 250 kcmil 200 200

Please be aware the double dagger note to Table 4 assigns a 185 A ampacity to 4/0 aluminum conductors for ONLY residential services and subservices. The switch/conductor/overcurrent device combinations for non residential installations appears below.


This shaded distinction is made because the demand factors for residential installations tend to over estimate the current actually drawn. For non residential installations, this may not be the case.

Switch Rating Calculateddemand up

Min Size USEI 90 Aluminum Rule 8-104

Min size USEI 75 Aluminum Rule 8-104

Max Fuse RatingRule 14-104, Table 13, Rule 4-004 (16)

Max Breaker RatingRule 14-104, Table 13

200 155A 3/0 Not permitted

200 165 3/0

200 180 4/0 200 200

200 185 4/0 250 kcmil 200 200

200 200 250 kcmil 250 kcmil 200 200

indicate the maximum rating of overcurrent device which may be used for the installation.

Approved USEI cable meets the requirements of Canadian Standards Association standard C22.2 No 38 and

etc.)”.

Cable which is similar and bearing other designations, as used by some utilities, may not be required to com-ply with the long term insulation resistance tests and the deformation of insulation tests in C22.2 No 38 and cannot be accepted under the provisions of this bulletin.

Where utilities use unapproved underground cables, and these terminate on the customer’s service equip-

(a) for services up to and including 400 amperes, the underground conductors must be terminated at the line side of the outdoor meter socket or at the line side of the service entrance switch where indoor metering is used;

(b) the lugs or wire connectors on the outdoor meter socket or the service entrance switch must be AL/CU;

socket or the service entrance switch.

Where it is not possible to meet these conditions, the utility conductors must terminate in a pull box (a splitter is not acceptable) and the joints between the utility conductors and the continuing approved conductors must be made by the utility.






Bulletin 6-1-13

Rules 6-206, 6-300, 6-312, and 2-130


(1) Consumer’s service equipment location(2) TEE services (3) Temporary connection of a permanent residential service(4) Underground consumer’s service raceway entry into a building(5) Sealing and draining of service raceways at the point of entry to a building(6) Terminating a consumer’s raceway on top of the service box(7) Overhead services and the use of USEI90

Rule 6-206 requires that the service box or other consumer’s service equipment shall be as close as practi-cable to the point where the consumer’s service conductors enter the building.

(a) 1.5 m into rooms or areas of combustible construction; or

cable with a continuous metal sheath or interlocking armour and the conduit or cable is mechanically pro-

-placed or upgraded.

A service panel with a lock off means on the main breaker is acceptable for temporary connection on new house construction, provided that the panel is protected from the weather by plastic or other suitable covering until the roof is on.

Subrule 6-300(3) requires that an underground consumer’s service raceway enter a building above ground where practicable. If it is not practicable, then the raceway must be suitably drained or installed in such a way that moisture and gas will not enter the building.

The intent of the subrule is to prevent water leaking into either the building or the electrical service equipment and causing damage.

Page 1 of 3




Above ground or grade will be interpreted as any part of the building that is more than 150 mm above the

Rule 6-312(1) requires that a consumer’s service raceway which enters a building above grade level shall be sealed and suitably drained.

Questions have been asked regarding the sealing of raceways entering into unheated areas of buildings such as garages, etc.

In the interest of consistency, all service entrance raceways penetrating an outside wall shall be sealed and drained as required by the rule so as to prevent air movement and potential condensation in electrical equip-ment.

Rule 6-312(2) states that a consumer’s service raceway shall not be terminated on top of a service box ex-cept where drained outside. Compliance with this requirement will usually require the installation of a conduit

means of compliance are also acceptable.

point of entry into the building so as to provide an outdoor drainage point is not practicable and there is no visible evidence of moisture in the existing service equipment, then the service raceway shall be permitted to enter the top of the service box. Examples of where it may not be practicable to relocate the point of entry are older buildings with thick stone walls or where there are other structural or mechanical restrictions.

Acceptableinstallations

Not acceptable installations

Finished grade

LB fittings

Min 150 mm to bottom of conduit

Page 2 of 3




We have been asked if USEI90 may be used in an overhead service.

Electrical Safety Code), whether supplied from underground or overhead. This applies to line and load sides of the meter base in both cases. The cable is suitable for installation exposed to the elements as the jacket

-proved for the purpose and be so marked.

Page 3 of 3




Bulletin 6-3-5 Dual Lugged and Multiple Meter Mounting Bases

Rules 6-104, 6-2006-104, 6-200


Scope(1) Dual Lugged Meterbases(2) 400 Amp Self Contained Meter Mounting Devices (3) Ampere Rating of Individual Consumer’s Services Where Multiple Meter Mounting Devices are Used(4) Five & Six Gang Meterbases

Background:Meter mounting devices (meterbases) are available with dual lugs and questions have been asked about using them as a splitter to supply two consumers’ services. There has been inconsistent interpretation of the code in this matter.

Direction:The Ontario Electrical Safety Code Rule 6-200(2) permits more than one service box to be connected to a

1. The subdivision is made in an approved dual lug meter mounting device rated at not more than 600 A and 150 V to ground; and

2. The meter mounting device is located outdoors.

Where the service boxes are in the same occupancy, the service boxes shall be grouped where practicable in accordance with Rule 6-102(2); where it is not practicable, a permanent diagram shall be posted at each service box indicating the location of all other service boxes in accordance with Rule 6-102(3).

For all installations, the number of conductors per lug shall not exceed the number for which the lug is ap-proved.

Self-contained 400 A rated meter mounting devices contain current transformers with automatic circuit closing devices to short out the secondary windings of the current transformers upon removal of the meter. Those concerned with installation and maintenance on services with such meter mounting devices should be aware that removal of the meter does not isolate the service.

Multiple meter mounting bases used in residential installations require demand calculations to determine the maximum number and ratings of sub-services. If no demand calculations are available, then the total of the ratings of the switches fed from the multiple meter mounting bases shall not exceed the ampere rating of the meter base.

Multiple meter mounting bases are also acceptable for non-residential installations. The combined ratings of the switches/breakers supplied from the meter base shall not exceed the rating of the meter base.

Page 1 of 2




Question:

AnswerYes, it is permitted to install up to six gang meterbases for the connection of up to six consumer’s services provided that Rule 6-200(2) is complied with.

6-200(2) Where acceptable, or unless prohibited by a code or standard under a rule or by-law of the sup-ply authority concerning the number of service boxes, more than one service box shall be permitted

(a) The subdivisions are made in a multiple or dual lug meter mounting device rated at not more than 600 amperes and 150 V to ground; and

(b) The meter mounting device is located outdoors; and (c) For other than consumer’s services to residential occupancies, the ampere rating of the

multiple meter mounting device is not less than the sum of the ampere ratings of the ser-vice boxes supplied from the meter mounting device.

Rationale:

the number of subdivisions is limited to four, unless a deviation is allowed.

-cessfully in the past without undue hazard to persons or property.

Rule 6-104 Number of Consumer’s Services Permitted in or on a Building

The number of consumer’s services of the same voltage and characteristics, terminating at any one supply service, run to, on, or in any building, shall not exceed four, unless there is a deviation allowed in accordance with Rule 2-030.

6-200 Service Equipment

(3) For the application of Rule 6-104, each subdivision of the meter mounting device shall be considered a consumer’s service.

Page 2 of 2




Bulletin 6-5-1

Rules 6-200and 6-206


Scope

(1) Requirements for service entrance equipment(2) Example of acceptable service installation for bus shelters and phone booths

as a branch circuit.

following requirements for service entrance, service conductors and grounding and bonding, Rule 6-

The service box must be an approved weatherproof service entrance box. For cabinet and pedestal-type equipment, the service entrance switch may be part of an approved assembly. The service head shall be in accordance with Rule 6-114.

Service conductors shall be No. 10 AWG, type TW75 or equivalent in accordance with Rule 6-302. Service conduit size is ½ inch minimum. Where connected to an overhead line, the service head installation must conform with Rules 6-112 to 6-116.

The neutral at each service entrance box shall be grounded to one 3 meter ground rod, or a ground plate buried not less than 600 mm. The installation of one ground rod is an easement to the normal requirement for two rods as per Rule 10-700 (2). The installation of a ground electrode may not be practicable in downtown areas, or where there are concrete sidewalks at the base of the pole. See Diagram B1 for suitable alternate grounding method for bus shelters in these circumstances.

to the system neutral with a minimum No. 6 AWG copper conductor in a manner acceptable to the communi-cation utility.

Page 1 of 2




3.5 meters above grade

# 6 AWG barecopper loop

Concrete Slab

½ inch rigid conduit

Grade level

½ inch rigid conduit with 2 No. 10 AWG TW75 or equivalent copper conductors and 1 No. 8 AWG copper stranded conductor

Fixture connection box

Approved weatherproof service box

½ inch minimum rigid conduit

Conduit straps

750 mm drip loopsRule 6-302 (1)

Minimum depth per Table 53

120 Volt supply

15 amp overcurrent device

Expansion Coupling

One Ground Rod, Note 1

One ground rod at the service entrance switch is normally required unless site conditions (e.g. concrete sidewalk) make its installation impracticable. In such cases the bare loop in the structure base may be used.(2) Drawing not to scale(3) Shelter to be approved(4) Mechanical protection of raceway may be required in accordance with Rule 12-932 where exposed on the side of the pole and on the shelter.

Page 2 of 2




Bulletin 6-7-3

Rules 6-200, 6-212 and 12-3032Issued July 2010


Scope

(1) Existing hot splitters(2) Taps off existing service equipment

(1) Existing hot splitters

IssueThere are many installations in Ontario that do not have a main service switch. They are called hot splitters

Periodically we receive questions concerning the need to install a main service switch, or whether it is accept-able to add another sub service to the existing hot splitter. There are three options to consider.

Apply Rule 8-106 (8). Where the installation meets the requirements of Rule 8-106 (8), and does not exceed 6 subdivisions, then allow the additional service without the installation of a main service disconnect.

Where the demand load over the past 12 months is not available and there are no more than 6 subdivisions, obtain a written demand calculation for the complete installation. Where the calculated demand does not exceed the rating of the splitter equipment, then allow the additional service without the installation of a main service disconnect.

If the subdivision of the main service exceeds 6 sub services or the requirements of Option 1 and 2 cannot be met, a single main disconnect shall be installed.

Rule 6-212 (1) states that service equipment enclosures shall not be used as junction boxes for conductors tapping off to other apparatus.

IssueOn an existing service sometimes the only way to supply power to new apparatus is to tap into the existing service box.

DirectionNotwithstanding Rule 6-212(1), based on past practice and satisfactory experience, a deviation is permitted for a maximum of one tap on the line or load side of the service box with the following conditions:

(a) An independent clamping means is provided for each conductor as per Rule 12-3032(2)(a)(i), e. g. multiple barrel lug as shown in Photo B1; and

(b) The tap conductor is installed as permitted by Rule 14-100.

Page 1 of 2




Where the tap is made on the load side of a service box by drilling and tapping the bus bar, such drilling and tapping shall be performed according to the switchgear/equipment manufacturers’ recommendations.

Where the tap is made on the line side of service box, the conductors, methods of termination and equipment shall comply with Section 6 requirements.

Photo B1 – Double barrel lug

Page 2 of 2




Bulletin 6-8-1

Rules 6-100


This Bulletin is intended to give direction for the installation and acceptance of revenue recovery Electricity Meters, and Instrument Transformers.

they are experiencing with respect to the standards that apply to the design and installation of these devices or more particularly the acceptance of ratings marked on the device.The Constitution Act assigns authority for weights and measures to the Federal Government.This Bulletin is to provide consistent direction with respect to ESA’s jurisdiction over revenue billing devices,

-bution Companies, licensed by the Ontario Energy Board (OEB).

The Federal Legislation:

Code or Ontario Electrical Safety Code; and-

ers (CTs) and Potential Transformers (PTs) associated with the revenue billing device.

Electricity Meters, Instrument Transformers and Auxiliary Devices”.

Page 1 of 2




Metering Accuracy CT’s are used where a high degree of accuracy is required from low-load values up to full-load of a system. An example of this application would be the current transformers utilized by utility compa-nies for large capacity revenue billing.

These meter mounting devices, owned by the consumer, incorporate a current transformer owned by the LDC.The size and rating of these current transformers has give rise to questions, as to their rating, and operating ability under full loading.

be multiplied to obtain the maximum current that can be carried continuously without exceeding either the limiting temperature rise from a 30º C ambient temperature, or rated accuracy class limitation. (taken from the CAN3-C13)

Therefore, rating factors are taken into consideration when selecting CTs.

a 200/5 CT with an RF of 2 can operate at 200 X 2 = 400 amp maximum; a 300/5 CT with a RF of 1.5 could operate at 300 X 1.5 = 450 amp maximum

There is some confusion as to selection of current transformers which are rated based on Continuous current rating factor (RF). Based on testing requirements set out in CAN3-C13 CTs with a rating below 400/5 can be used in a 400 amp meter base, providing the Continuous Current Rating factor of the CT is equal to or greater than 400 when multiplied by the rating factor.

Direction

(meters, and associated CTs and /or PTs), with a measurements Canada Approval number. Therefore cus-tomer as well as utility billing meters, and instrument transformers are deemed to be approved if they have a measurements Canada Approval number, which are owned by the Local Distribution Companies, or a Meter utility licensed by Measurement Canada. (CAN3-13-M83)

However all other equipment such as the meter mounting device, check meters, cabinet, conductors etc, of the consumer’s installation from the service box or its equivalent up to and including the point at which the supply authority makes connection is required to meet the requirement of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code.

Page 2 of 2




Bulletin 8-3-6

Rules 8-200, 8-202


Scope

(1) Calculation of the minimum ampacity of service or feeder conductors:• Supplying one single dwelling unit (as defined in Section 0);• From a main service supplying two or more single dwelling units such as row-housing, triplex

and quadruplex stacked units;• Supplying one dwelling unit (as defined in Section 0) such as apartment unit; and• From a main service supplying two or more dwelling units.

(2) Classification of different types of row-housing

The intent of this section of the bulletin is to clarify the code requirements to calculate the minimum ampacity of the service required to one dwelling unit. This section also elaborates on the correct determination of the minimum ampacity of service or feeder conductors from a main service supplying two or more of these dwell-ing units.

The following examples show the method for calculation carried out for single dwelling units (as per Rule 8-200) versus apartment units (as per Rule 8-202). The ampacity calculations are based on single phase, 120/240V service.

a) supplying one single dwelling unit (as defined in Section 0)

Assuming a single dwelling unit with total living area of 140 m2 (determination of area shall be based on Rule

Rule Ref. Load DesignationCalculated load

(W)

8-200 (1)(a)(i) 2 5000

8-200 (1)(a)(ii) Basic load for additional area 1000

8-200(1)(a)(iii),62-116

Electrical space heating (N/A)

40008-200(1)(a)(iii),

Air conditioning (4kW @100% = 4000 W)

8-200(1)(a)(iii)8-106(4)

The greater of electrical space-heating and air condi-tioning loads above

Page 1 of 4




Rule Ref. Load DesignationCalculated load

(W)8-200(1)(a)(i)

Electrical Range (rated up to 12kW) 6000

8-200 (1)(a)(ii) Electrical water heaters (tankless, for pools, spa, steamers, etc.) (N/A) N/A

8-200(1)(a)(vi) - Clothes Dryer (5kW)

1250

Total Calculated load for the unit 17250The calculated min. ampacity (A) of the service (240V, single Phase) 71.87 A

8-200 (1) - 100 A

The selected standard ampacity for the service equipment and feeder con-ductors for this dwelling unit 100 A

and quadruplex stacked units

Applying Rule 8-200(2)(a) to calculate the minimum ampacity of a service or feeder conductors from a main service supplying eight (8) of the above single dwelling units in a row-housing installation together with an as-

• Service ampacity, obtained from Subrule 8-200 (1), less the electrical heating and air conditioning loads = 100A - (4000/240) = 83.3 A

8-202 (3)(a)(i) = 83.3 x 100% 83.3 A8-202 (3)(a)(ii) 65% of the load of the next 2 units (A) = 83.3 x 2 x 65%8-202 (3)(a)(iii) 40% of the load of the next 2 units (A) = 83.3 x 2 x 40% 66.64 A8-202 (3)(a)(iv) 25% of the load of the next 3 units (A) = 83.3 x 3 x 25% 62.48 A

• Adding other loads as per Rule 8-200 (2) (b) which references Rule 8-202 (3)(b), (c) and (d)

8-202 (3)(b) Total electrical space heating loads (A) N/A N/A 8-202 (3)(c) Total air conditioning loads (A) = (4000/240) x 8 x 100% 133.33 A

8-202 (3)(d) Other loads outside of the dwelling units at 75% (exterior lighting, etc.) = (3000/240) x 75%

Total Calculated load for eight units (A) 463.41 A

Page 2 of 4




Assuming an apartment unit with total living area of 140 m2 (determination of area shall be based on Rule 8-

Rule Ref. Load Designation Calculated load (W)

8-202 (1)(a)(i) 2 35008-202 (1)(a)(ii) Basic load for the second 45 m2 15008-202(1)(a)(iii)

Basic load for additional area 1000

8-202(1)(a)(iv),62-116

Electrical space heating (N/A)

40008-202(1)(a)(iv)

Air conditioning (4kW @100%)

8-202(1)(a)(iv)8-106(4)

The greater of electrical space-heating and air condition-ing loads above

8-202 (1)(a)(v) Electrical Range (rated up to 12kW) 6000

8-202(1)(a)(vi) - Clothes Dryer (5kW)

1250

Total Calculated load for the apartment 17250

8-202 (1)(a) (240V, single Phase) 71.87 A

8-202 (1) The required min. service ampacity after applying Rule 8-202(1)(b) 71.87 A

The selected standard ampacity for the service equipment and feeder conductors for this apartment unit 100 A

Applying Rule 8-202(3)(a) to calculate the minimum ampacity of a service or feeder conductors from a main service supplying eight (8) of the above apartments in a building, with an assumed 3kW of common area light-

• Calculated ampacity, obtained from Subrule 8-202 (1)(a), less the electrical heating and air-conditioning loads = 71.87A - (4000/240) = 55.2 A

• Applying Rule 8-202 (3)(a)(i) to (v)

8-202 (3)(a)(i) = 55.2 x 100% 55.2 A8-202 (3)(a)(ii) 65% of the load of the next 2 units (A) = 55.2 x 2 x 65% 71.76 A8-202 (3)(a)(iii) 40% of the load of the next 2 units (A) = 55.2 x 2 x 40% 44.16 A8-202 (3)(a)(iv) 25% of the load of the next 3 units (A) = 55.2 x 3 x 25% 41.4 A

Page 3 of 4




• Adding other loads as per Rule 8-202 (3)(b), (c) and (d)

8-202 (3)(b) Total electrical space heating loads (A) N/A N/A

8-202 (3)(c) Total air conditioning loads (A) = (4000/240) x 8 x 100% 133.33 A

8-202 (3)(d) Other loads outside of the apartment units at 75% (exterior lighting, etc.) = (3000/240) x 75%

Total Calculated load for eight units (A) 355.23 A

The important point to keep in mind is that Rule 8-200(2) refers to using the larger individual unit service sizes resulting from Rule 8-200(1) (a) or (b) (in this case 100A) as the basis for sizing the main service minimum ampacity for a group of single dwelling units, rather than the calculated 71.87A resulting from Rule 8-200(1)(a).

NoteThe result in case of apartment building is different because it is required to use the calculated ampacity for one unit obtained from Rule 8-202(1)(a) in determining the minimum ampacity of building main service.

Background-

ing Rules 8-200 and 8-202.

Question-

Answer

a form of row housing. Rule 8-200 shall be used to determine the minimum ampacity for the main service feeder supplying two or more of those units.The same concept applies to stacked townhouses with individual ground access.

Rationale-

ing, or one unit of a semi-detached, duplex, triplex, or quadruplex house.”

Back to back row housing units which do not have back yards and instead share a common rear wall are still considered as row housing (single dwelling units) for application of the OESC. Stacked units of row housing with individual ground access will also be considered as row housing.

Page 4 of 4




Page 1 of 1

Bulletin 8-4-1

Rules 8-204


BackgroundThe table below shall be permitted to be used to indicate the service feeder size for a given number of por-table classrooms. The table is a guideline and calculations are required for portables other than listed in the table.

Portable Description Maximum Numbers of Portables per Service Feeder

SquareMetres

Base-boardHeating(Watts)

HVAC Load(Amps)

SupplyVoltage (singlephase)

CalculatedMinimumSinglePortableService Size in Amps

100 Amp SinglePhase

100 Amp ThreePhase

200 Amp SinglePhase

200AmpThreePhase

66 4500 0 120/240 30.5 3 N/A 6 N/A

66 4500 0 120/208 35.2 3 4 6 9

66 6000 0 120/240 36.3 2 N/A 5 N/A

66 6000 0 120/208 41.9 2 3 6 7

66 7500 0 120/240 42.2 2 N/A 5 N/A

66 7500 0 120/208 48.7 2 3 4 6

66 10000 0 120/240 51.9 2 N/A 4 N/A

66 10000 0 120/208 59.9 1 3 3 6

66 0 27 120/240 38.2 2 N/A 5 N/A

66 0 27 120/208 40.2 2 3 5 9

66 0 42 120/240 52.2 2 N/A 4 N/A

66 0 42 120/208 54.2 1 3 3 6




Bulletin 10-10-5Grounding of the neutral of a generator

Rules 10-204(1)(c) and 10-206(2)


The increasing use of generators has lead to questions on the grounding of these generators. Rule 10-204(1)(c) of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code states that the grounded circuit conductor (neutral) cannot be connected to a ground electrode on the load side of the service disconnect.

Generators with no connection between the neutral and the case must be connected through a transfer switch -

tions.

In the case of an electrical service connected with generator that incorporates a neutral, the neutral is ground-ed in the main service switch. If the generator neutral is connected to the generator case then a four pole transfer switch is required to ensure the neutral is only connected to the ground electrode at one point at any given time, Rule 10-206(2). (Figure B2) Generators with a connection between the neutral and the case must be bonded directly to the ground electrode.

CSA Standard C22.2 No 100 requires that information or marking on the status of the interconnection be-tween neutral and ground is required to be supplied with the generator.

CautionWhere three pole transfer switches are used, caution shall be exercised when working on the normal power supply equipment. The neutral is also used by the stand-by system for grounding and may be carrying cur-rent.

disconnect any system neutral when the stand-by system or normal system is operating.

S ervice from U tility

3 P o le T ransfer S w itch

G round ing C onductor

N : W hite

G enera tor ,N eutra l F loa ting and not B onded

to F ram e

Load

E quipm ent bond conductor ( Tab le 16 )

X o

Page 1 of 2




Standby Generator

Service from Utility

Main Service Switch

Transfer Switch

Grounding Conductor

Load Distribution

Raceway

Grounded Conductor Identified White:

A B CABC

N: White

N A C B

Generator system grounding conductor

Page 2 of 2




Bulletin 10-11-4Grounding electrodes and conductors

Rules 10-700, 75-406


(1) Manufactured grounding electrodes(a) Buried plate electrode(b) Plate or rod electrode at lesser depth

(2) Minimum depth of burial for a grounding conductor

(1) Manufactured grounding electrodes

(a) Buried plate electrode

Rule 10-700(2)(b) requires that the electrode be in direct contact with exterior soil at no less than 600 mm

materials as these may prevent direct contact of the plate with the surrounding soil.

grade and the soil below as exterior soil to the building. The plate shall be buried at least 600 mm below the

Rule 10-700(5) states that where a local condition such as rock or permafrost prevents a rod or plate elec-trode from being installed at the required burial depth, a lesser acceptable depth shall be permitted.

Page 1 of 2




Question

AnswerThe requirements from Rule 10-702 of the 2002 Edition of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code shall be accept-able. The requirements are as follows.

For a plate electrode, where a local condition such as rock or permafrost prevents compliance with the 600 mm burial depth, a lesser depth shall be permitted provided 450 mm granular material or 100 mm concrete is used to provide a cover that is acceptable.

For a rod electrode, where rock bottom is encountered at a depth of 1.2 m or more, each rod shall be driven

or where rock bottom is encountered at a depth of less than 1.2 m, each rod shall be buried at least 600 mm

Questions have been asked about the minimum depth of burial for a grounding conductor.

DirectionThe grounding conductor shall be buried not less than 250 mm below grade.

RationaleThis is similar to the requirement contained in Rule 75-406(2).

Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 3

Bulletin 10-14-5

Rules 10-400, 10-406 and 10-814 Issued July 2010


(1) Bonding interior metal gas piping - (includes natural gas & propane piping)(2) Bonding of drain to ground

Rule 10-406 (4) requires that interior metal gas piping which may become energized, shall be made continu-ous and be bonded to ground.

Questions have arisen regarding what needs to be bonded, what are acceptable bonding methods, who is

BackgroundBonding of interior metal gas piping is required by the Ontario Gas Bulletin 4/92 to minimize hazards associ-

accidental contacts between metal gas piping and energized electrical circuits,accumulation of static charges, andstray currents and potential differences between various sections of piping.

Bonding is required for new buildings with metal gas piping installed at the time of construction. Bonding

other appliances on existing buildings. This bonding requirement applies to both natural gas and propane gas installations.

There is generally electrical wiring in the areas where gas piping is installed. This creates the possibility that the gas pipe, appliance or even an associated metal chimney may become energized. Appliances such as

DirectionFor new buildings with gas piping installed at that time, the contractor responsible for making application for inspection of the electrical service is responsible for bonding all the gas piping to ground as required by Rule 10-406.

For electrical service upgrades in existing buildings with gas piping present and not bonded to the main ser-

change in the main electrical service, the contractor responsible for making application for inspection of the electrical work associated with the appliances is responsible for the bonding.

For replacement or upgrade of existing gas appliances where the existing gas piping is not bonded to the




Page 2 of 3

Where a section of new metal gas piping is added for a new appliance and the existing metal gas piping is not bonded to the main service ground as required by Rule 10-406, the contractor responsible for making applica-tion for inspection of the electrical work associated with the new appliance is responsible for bonding of the new section of gas piping to the main service ground.

the metal gas pipe after the gas meter, to the nearest cold water pipe, or directly to the main service ground.

the water piping system is electrically continuous to the system grounding conductor.

The gas bonding conductor may be connected to the black iron or copper gas piping with appropriately sized and approved clamps or devices. The bonding conductor clamp shall not be attached directly to corrugated stainless steel tubing (CSST) unless information can be provided showing compliance to the tubing manu-facturer’s installation instructions. Most manufacturers of CSST tubing do not permit bonding clamps to be attached directly to their product.




Photo B1 – Typical Corrugated Stainless Steel Tubing

(2) Bonding of drain to ground

The section of the metal wastewater piping that shall be bonded is the section that is in contact with the earth. For the purposes of the rule, that will be considered a continuous system. Once there is an insulating section, or an insulating type coupling, the portion beyond need not be bonded to the electrical ground and will not be considered part of the continuous drain system.

The routing and use of the drain is more important than the length. The major concern in the rule is voltage differences. A length of drain, which is continuous from where it contacts a remote ground, is of more concern than a length, which is isolated at some point and then continues for some distance. The latter has no ground reference and can transfer no potential; the former can

The Ontario Gas Utilization Code, 6.14.6 of the B149.1 - 05 does not permit the underground gas piping to “be used for an electrical ground” (i.e. grounding electrode). Grounding electrode(s) must be installed as per Rule 10-700 for electrical system grounding..

Page 3 of 3




Bulletin 10-15-1

Rules 10-204 and 10-812


Rule 10-204(b) requires the grounding connection for alternating current systems to be made at each indi-vidual service, or in other acceptable service equipment.

We interpret this to mean that when a multiple meter mounting device is used to supply several consumer ser-vices from one supply service, it is acceptable to connect the system grounding conductor to the neutral bar in the meter base, and run separate neutral and bonding conductors to each consumer service box. In this case the neutral in each consumer service box shall not be bonded.

Multiple meter mounting devices shall be factory equipped with a suitable termination point for the system grounding conductor. The system grounding conductor shall be sized as per Rule 10-812.

Rule 10-812(1) requires all grounding conductors connected to a continuous municipal public water system or a station grounding grid to be sized per Table 17.

Note 1Table 17 is based on the ampacity of the largest service conductor required by the Ontario Electrical Safety Code to supply the multiple meter mounting devices. Utility supplied conductors may be smaller than those required by the Ontario Electrical Safety Code.

For all other types of ground electrodes, Rule 10-812(2) requires the grounding conductor to be not smaller than a No. 6 AWG.

Note 2It is also acceptable to ground the neutral at each consumer service panel, in which case the neutral will require a bond to the panel enclosure. Each system grounding conductor shall be sized as per Rule 10-812 (based on the ampacity of each individual service).

It is not acceptable to ground the neutral at both locations.

Page 1 of 1


Bulletin 10-16-1


use of a metal well casing as a grounding electrode. Subrule (1) has been amended to recognize three types

ground electrode, however The Ontario Ministry of the Environment does not permit the use of a metal water well casing as a main electrical ground electrode in Ontario.

Rule 26-954(d) requires pump motors for deep well submersible pumps to be bonded to ground with a mini-mum conductor sized in accordance with Table 16. The Ministry of the Environment does not prevent bonding the metal well case to this conductor and therefore to the main service ground electrode.

A heavier than normal bonding conductor is therefore needed because a well casing in contact with moist soil may be a superior ground electrode. While a bonding conductor sized in accordance with Table 16 is ade-quate for the pump motor circuit, the fact that an unavoidable current path exists between the motor enclosure and the well casing exposes the bonding conductor to damage during a lightning strike or an electrical fault.

Bonding the well casing to the pump motor bonding conductor is also necessary to reduce the shock ex-posure arising from the pump motor and well casing being in close proximity and referenced to different grounds.

Direction

(b) A minimum No. 8 AWG copper conductor, where the bonding conductor is protected in the same manner as the current carrying conductors; or

(d) A minimum No. 6 AWG copper conductor, where the bonding conductor is not protected in the same manner as the current carrying conductors.

(a) Using an approved removable ground clamp,(b) Welding a stud or short piece of angle iron to the casing and using an approved connector, or (c) Drilling the well casing to attach an approved connector (only where pitless adapters are used).

Note

(a) The drill hole in the well casing is no larger than 1/4” in diameter.(b) The hole is placed a maximum of 2 1/2” below the top of the well casing.

(d) The bolted connection is water-tight, and(e) The well casing top is covered and sealed in accordance with the Ontario Water Resources Act, currently

Ontario Regulation 903.



Page 1 of 2


(a) The No. 8 AWG conductor continued and connected to the motor bonding conductor or terminal; or(b) A conductor sized in accordance with Table 16.

The bond conductor for a steel well casing containing a submersible pump shall be continuous from the well casing to the main electrical service ground. It shall be acceptable to splice the conductor at the pump control-ler.

This bulletin has been developed in cooperation with the Ontario Water Well Association and the Ministry of the Environment.



Page 2 of 2


Bulletin 10-17-2

Rule 10-806


We have been asked if the system grounding conductor may enter the panel through the branch circuit sec-tion of a combination panel.

Traditionally the system grounding conductor has been required to enter service equipment as close as practi-cable to the point of connection within the equipment. It was not permitted to route the system grounding conductor through the branch circuit compartment of a combination panel to the main breaker compartment.

There is no rule in the Ontario Electrical Safety Code prohibiting this practice.

DirectionIt is permissible to route the system grounding conductor through the branch circuit compartment of a service entrance rated combination panel as long as no alteration of the main breaker compartment barrier is re-quired.

System grounding conductors may also be installed in the same raceway as the consumer’s service conduc-tors subject to the provisions of Subrule 10-806(5) and provided that they do not interfere with the installation of the service conductors by a Supply Authority.

In all cases the system grounding conductor shall terminate at the main neutral bar in the main breaker com-partment of the panel board.



Page 1 of 1


Bulletin 10-18-1

Rule 10-106


There have been reported failures of wye-delta connected transformers which had the primary side neutral connected to the primary system neutral or to ground. The failures occurred due to excessive heating in the neutral conductor.

point connected to the system neutral or ground.

CSA Standard C9, Dry-Type Transformers, Table 7 - Note (2) states that if a three phase transformer is manu-

As the secondary delta system has no reference to ground, a suitable ground detection device is required as per 10-106(2).



Page 1 of 1


Bulletin 10-20-2

Rules 10-204, 10-206


BackgroundOver the years, there has been inconsistent interpretation of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code (OESC) as it applies to portable generator grounding. The OESC does not give clear direction on the acceptability of small portable generators that are not connected to a grounding electrode.

The following direction is consistent with the requirements of Clause 4.15 of CSA C22.2 No. 100 Motors and Generators.

Portable Generator Assembly means a prime mover, a generator, overcurrent devices, and output receptacles that are assembled and connected together on a common machine frame and that is capable of being carried or moved about by personnel. The generator shall be rated at not more than 12 kW and 240 V and the as-sembly is intended to be used as an isolated system for the supply of cord connected electrical equipment.

(1) A portable generator assembly AC system shall be permitted to be grounded by a connection to the frame

(a) The portable generator assembly supplies only cord and plug connected equipment through recep-tacles mounted on the generator, and

(b) The non-current carrying conductive parts of the generator and associated equipment, and the grounding terminals of the output receptacles are bonded to the frame of the portable generator as-sembly.

grounded by a connection to the premise ground electrode as required by Rules 10-204 and 10-206.

NoteAs a condition of approval of certain types of electrical equipment such as portable generators the manufac-turer supplies instructions pertaining to its installation and operation. It is of the utmost importance that the

of the approval agreement.



Page 1 of 1



© Electrical Safety Authority Page 1 of 4© Electrical Safety Authority


Bulletin 10-21-1

Rules 10-812 and 10-702Issued January 2010


(2) Application of Rule 10-812; examples(3) 12/2 NMSC service grounding conductor

Rule 10-812(2) requires all grounding conductors that are not connected to a continuous municipal public water system or to a station grounding grid to be not smaller than No. 6 AWG.

Rule 10-812(1) requires all grounding conductors that are connected to a continuous municipal public water system or to a station grounding grid to be sized as per Table 17.

A continuous metallic public water system is one that has no insulating sections (e. g. plastic), and is connected to a metallic public main water system at the street and is interconnected to other installa-tions.

-ing at least 3 m is recognized as a suitable grounding electrode. If this metal water piping system is not continuous, then Rule 10-812(2) applies, which requires a grounding conductor not smaller than 6 AWG.

Where a jurisdiction has requirements that prevent the street side of the metallic water line from being used as a grounding electrode or where an installer has determined that the metallic water line is not a suitable or not a reliable grounding electrode for a given electrical installation, the following require-ments are applicable:

(a) An insulating section shall be installed in the water line at the point of entrance of the wa-ter service to the building to prevent the metallic water line from inadvertently becoming a grounding electrode. An additional electrode of a type specified in Rule 10-700 shall be installed. The size of the grounding conductor for the additional electrode shall be not smaller than No. 6 AWG as per Rule 10-812(2) requirements; or

(b) If an insulating section cannot be installed, the continuous municipal public water system shall be considered as a grounding electrode and connected with a grounding conductor sized as per Table 17.

The service is grounded to a continuous, electrically conductive metallic public water system.




Page 2 of 4

system installed in a building is not a continuous metallic public water system and could not be used as a grounding electrode.

in-situ grounding electrode

Two consumer services are in the same facility and supplied from the common supply service, both services




Page 3 of 4

In a building, two transformers are supplied from the same source. One transformer is grounded to the source grounding electrode, which is connected to a continuous, electrically conductive metal public water system.

situ.

Rule 10-702 (b) states that where multiple electrodes exist at a building, they shall be bonded together with no less than a No. 6 AWG copper conductor.




Page 4 of 4

Many older services have a 12/2 NMSC installed as the service grounding conductor and the question is often

(1) When upgrading service equipment panels to increase ampacity, it is mandatory the existing 12/2 NMSC service grounding conductor be replaced to meet the minimum requirements of Rule 10-812.

(2) When changing service equipment panels from fuses to breakers, but not increasing ampacity, the exist-ing 12/2 NMSC service grounding conductor shall be permitted to remain.

(3) When replacing load centre panel boards, with no alteration to the service box, the existing 12/2 NMSC service grounding conductor shall be permitted to remain.

NoteWhen an existing 12/2 service grounding conductor is utilized, the termination point on the ground electrode shall be inspected to ensure an approved ground clamp is installed and there is no corrosion at the connec-tion point.

Rationale12/2 NMSC has an ampacity equal to a #8 copper conductor which is permitted by Table 17 as a grounding conductor for 100 amp rated service conductors.

This practice was accepted for many years by the Inspection Authority of the day.




Bulletin 10-22-0

Rules 10-204, 10-812, 4-022, 4-026, 4-028, 14-012, 14-102


Scope

(1) Background(2) Requirements to convert from a delta ungrounded supply to a wye grounded supply

(a)(b)

(1) Background

Utilities may decide to convert from a delta ungrounded supply (3 phase, 3 wire) to a wye grounded supply (3 phase, 4 wire). Generally the customer has no immediate need for supply from a grounded system and they do not need to increase their capacity.

Rule 10-204 requires that the new 3 phase, 4 wire system be connected to a grounding conductor at each in-dividual service. In most cases, there will be no system grounded conductor (neutral) run to each consumer’s service and no neutral conductor installed as part of the existing delta connected consumer’s service.

The utility and the customer both generally wish to use the existing installation with as little change as pos-sible. Questions arise about such things as installing the neutral, grounding and overcurrent protection. The following has been developed as a guide for implementing such conversions. Please note that some of the requirements where the metering is changed and neutral loads are to be installed, differ from those where the neutral is used for metering purposes only.

wye grounded supply

• Where the utility and customer are agreeable, conversions should be preceded by a general inspection to check the condition of equipment, grounding and overcurrent protection. In particular any pre-existing

• The overcurrent protection must be adequate for the available fault current it must interrupt. HRC fuses are to be used where the available fault current of the system is not known (Rule 14-012).

• Where the existing service equipment grounding conductor meets the requirements of Rule 10-812 for a system grounding conductor, it can be re-used and shall be terminated so as to ground the new system grounded conductor as per Rule 10-204(1)(b). Adequate provisions shall be made to ensure that the ser-vice box enclosure is bonded to ground.

• For services operating at more than 150 volts to ground and 1000 A or more OR less than 150 volts to ground and 2000 A or more, Ground Fault Protection shall be provided as required by Rule 14-102. Converting a Delta service to Wye without the inclusion of ground fault or similar protection exposes the

• Where Delta-Wye conversions are completed on facilities that had external buildings/structures fed with no continuous bonding back to the main service distribution, Code compliant bonding is required to be in-

Page 1 of 2




stalled to insure that overcurrent protection operates as required. (with phases now referenced to ground

Where the metering is changed and the neutral is used for metering purposes only, the following additional

• Service equipment is to be marked in a permanent and conspicuous manner to indicate that no phase to neutral loads are permitted.

• Notwithstanding Rule 12-106 and 12-904 requirements, the grounded conductor (neutral) is permitted to be installed external to the raceway containing the ungrounded conductors and may terminate on the

(a) is as close as practical to the raceway containing the ungrounded conductors;(b) is an aluminum sheathed cable, armoured cable with a non ferrous sheath, MI cable or is an insulated

or bare conductor in a non metallic raceway; and(c) is installed in compliance with other applicable rules of the code.

(Rule 4-028) and shall not extend to any distribution equipment.

Where the metering is changed to a four wire system and phase-to-neutral loads (other than the metering) are

• There must be space and provision in the service box (main disconnect switch) for the termination and grounding of the neutral conductor. (Rules 4-026 and 10-204) as per Diagram B1. A new bonding jumper shall be installed to bond the service box enclosure to the new grounding block installed inside the service box.

• The grounded conductor shall not be smaller than that permitted by Rule 10-204(2) and Table 16 and shall comply with 4-022(3).

• A grounded conductor installed external to the service raceway is not permitted where phase to neutral loads other than the metering are installed. The service neutral conductor shall be installed in the same manner as the ungrounded service conductors

Page 2 of 2




Bulletin 12-2-15

Rule 12-012


Scope

(1) Adequate marking for underground installations(2) Submarine cable for low voltage installations

(a) Continuous red plastic marker tape(s) with black letters identifying the power lines underground installa-tion,i) placed approximately half way between the installation and grade level,ii) installed covering the width of the installation, andiv) where multiple marker tapes are required to cover the width of the installation marker tapes shall be

permitted to be placed a maximum of 600 mm apart, or

that 15 m or any change in direction, or(c) The installation of suitable markers above grade at each riser location and at any location the buried

installation enters a building or similar structure to indicate the presence of buried cables; and the installa-tion of a layout drawing at a conspicuous location such as the service box or distribution panel will also be considered as complying with the intent of the Rule.

Questions have arisen about the types of cable that are acceptable for submersible low voltage installations.

-

• Teck-90 cable; and• NEMA Standard WC-7 - Cross-linked-thermosetting-polyethylene-insulated wire and cable for the trans-

mission and distribution of electrical energy.

Page 1 of 1




Bulletin 12-7-12

Rules 4-008, 12-3022 (7) and 18-062


Scope

(1) Rules that determine the design of single conductor entries to metal enclosures (2) Controlling Eddy current effects(3) Controlling sheath current effects

(a) Single conductor metal-covered cables in hazardous locations(b) Single conductor cables - example(c) Single conductor mineral insulated cables

Two rules determine the design of single conductor entries to metal enclosures - Rule 4-008 and Rule 12-3022(7).

openings, precaution shall be taken to prevent overheating of the metal by induction if the current carried per conductor exceeds 200 A”.

Because this effect is associated with the use of single conductors, it is sometimes confused with the thermal effects of sheath currents in single conductor metal sheathed cables. (See Rule 4-008) Although both phe-

(1) Sheath current which is induced on the sheath of the cable raises the temperature of the sheath; whereas

induced circulating currents in the wall of the enclosure and a subsequent temperature rise (sometimes called ‘eddy current effect”).

(2) Controlling Eddy current effects

(1) The use of non-ferrous or non-magnetic box connectors, lock nuts, and bushings, (Rule 12-106(5); and(2) Replacement of the ferrous metal by a non-ferrous plate, e.g., aluminium, brass or copper, bolted or oth-

erwise suitably attached to the wall of the enclosure. The minimum permissible thickness is to be 6.4 mm (1/4 inch)

The method of slotting shall not be used because it results in weakening of the enclosure wall.

Where a non-ferrous metal plate insert is used, the following methods of assuring the bonding to ground of cable sheaths shall be employed. The Table B1 contains additional information on acceptable practices.

Page 1 of 4




At a service At other than a service (e.g. feeders, branch circuits)

Use an approved non-ferrous/non-magnetic box connector.

The openings in the non-ferrous metal plate shall be threaded to accept the cable con-

thickness (approximately 3/8” to 1/2” in most cases) to assure the engagement of three full threads.

Where because of the type of cable connec-tors, threaded openings in the non-ferrous plate are not practicable, bonding of the cable sheaths and connectors to the enclosure shall

• In addition to a locknut, install a grounding bushing on each cable conductor;

• Install the largest conductor that the grounding terminals will accept, looped so as to interconnect all of the bushings;

• Terminate both ends of the bonding loop in one or more suitable connectors so as to effect the bonding of the grounding bushings to the enclosure; and

• Bond the non-ferrous plate to the enclo-sure.

Use an approved non-ferrous/non-magnetic box connector.

A non-ferrous metal plate insert having unthreaded openings suitable for the cable connectors employed will in most cases be satisfactory.

Type ACWUor TECK singleconductorcables

Use an approved non-ferrous/non-magnetic box connector


Connect the bonding conductor for each cable to the enclosure grounding terminals.

Use an approved non-ferrous/non-magnetic box connector


Connect the bonding conductor from each cable to the enclosure grounding terminals.

(3) Controlling sheath current effects

The Appendix B note to Rule 4-008 states that cables carrying currents 200 A and less, with typical spacings in air, do not constitute a problem, however when cables carry currents up to and including 425 A sheath loss-es can be reduced to tolerable levels by spacing cables approximately a cable diameter apart. It concludes that for cables carrying currents greater than 425 A derate or eliminate the sheath currents.”

Where insulated plates are used to eliminate sheath currents, an acceptable thickness is 6.4 mm (1/4”). The

-forced sheets.

Page 2 of 4




Tables B2 and B3 summarize the requirements for single conductor cables in non-hazardous locations.

Type of Installation

200 A or less per conductor 201 - 425 A per conductor 426 A and greater per con-ductor

Free Air and Underground

Cable sheath to be bonded to ground at load (customer) end



Non ferrous entries to enclosure as per above.

Non ferrous entries to enclo-sure as per above

Type of Instal-lation

200 A or less per conductor 201 - 425 A per conductor 426 A and greater per conductor

Free Air Cable sheath may be bonded to ground at both ends or at supply end only

Cable sheath may be bonded to ground at both ends, provided cables are spaced approximately one diameter apart. For other spacings, the sheath is to be bonded at the supply end only or the ampacities are to be derated to 70 % or be in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.

Cable sheath to be bond-ed to ground at supply end only, or if the sheath is bonded to ground at both ends, the ampaci-ties are to be derated to 70 % or as per manufac-turer’s instructions

Non ferrous or insulating entries to enclosure as per above.

Non ferrous and insulat-ing entries to enclosure as per above

Underground Cable sheath to be bonded to ground at supply end only. If the sheath is bonded to ground at both ends, the cable ampacities must be in accordance with manufacturers’ recommen-dations for that situation

Cable sheath to be bonded to ground at supply end only. If the sheath is bonded to ground at both ends, the cable ampacities must be derated to 70 % or be in accordance with manufacturers’ recommendations for that situa-tion

Cable sheath to be bonded to ground at supply end only. If the sheath is bonded to ground at both ends, the cable ampacities must be derated to 70 % or be in accordance with manu-facturers’ recommenda-tions for that situation

Non ferrous and insulating entries to enclosure as per above.

Non ferrous and insulating entries to enclosure as per above.

Non ferrous and insulat-ing entries to enclosure as per above

The Ontario Electrical Safety Code, Rule 18-062 requires single conductor cables located in hazardous locations to be installed in such a manner as to prevent sparking between cable sheaths or between cable sheaths and metal that is bonded to ground.

-ings at intervals not exceeding 1.8 m and the metal coverings bonded to ground; or

Page 3 of 4




the metal coverings bonded to ground at the point of termination in the hazardous location only.

A question has arisen about application of Rule 4-008 to situations where the total circuit ampacity exceeds 400 A but each individual cable carries less than 425 A. For example, a 1200 A feeder is installed in free air using three single conductor cables per phase.

Question

AnswerYes.

RationalEach conductor (cable) in the above circuit will carry approximately 400 A when installed in accordance with Rule 12-108 and the Appendix B note to the rule. Rule 12-3022(7) and the Appendix B note require a non-ferrous plate where single conductor cables carry above 200 A per conductor. Rule 4-008 Appendix B note states that cables carrying currents up to and including 425 A need only be spaced one cable diameter apart to minimize sheath currents and avoid derating. Aluminum plates at both ends satisfy both of these rules.

Only single conductor cables carrying currents above 425 A per conductor would require an insulating plate at the load end to eliminate the sheath currents and avoid derating the cables.

-tions of underground single conductor cables to eliminate sheath currents due to the wider cable spacings.

Single conductor mineral insulated cables with a conductive jacket (eg. Copper) are to have the current carrying conductors grouped together (bundled) to minimize the induced voltage on the sheath as per Rule 4-008(3).

Page 4 of 4




Page 1 of 9

Rules 2-034, 2-200, 4-004, 12-500 to 12-526, 12-3012 and 12-3022(3)Issued April 2010


Scope

(1) Bundling of NMSC(2) Installation of NMSC in metal stud construction(3) Wiring methods for NMSC in a wall construction with rigid foam insulation(4) NMSC in buildings of non combustible construction(5) Number of NMSCs per outlet box knockout(6) Mechanical protection and support of NMSC

(a) In attic or roof spaces as per Rule 12-514(a)(b) On lower faces of basement joists as per Rule 12-514(b)(c) In concealed spaces as per Rule 12-516(1)(d) Within the island/peninsular cabinet(e) Where NMSC is fished in a residential return air plenum(f) Where NMSC is dropped from a ceiling or wall to appliances(g) Where NMSC enters/exits raceway(h) Where NMSC enters into outlet box(i) Staples and ties use with NMSC

(7) Installation of NMSC near heating ducts(8) Installation of NMSC between exterior brick and sheathing

(1) Bundling of NMSC

Bundling non-metallic sheathed cables together increases the temperature of the cables due to mutual heat-

states that if multi conductor cables such as NMSC are run in contact with each other for distances exceeding 600 mm, then the ampacity of the conductors shall be corrected by applying the factors in Table 5C.

Notwithstanding Subrule 4-004(11), a maximum of three two-conductor non metallic sheathed cables shall be permitted to be run in contact with each other for distances exceeding 600 mm without applying correction

the loads supplied by each cable are not considered as continuous as determined by Subrule 8-104(3); andthe conductor sizes do not exceed #12 AWG copper or #10 AWG aluminum.

Rule 12-516(2) permits the use of non-metallic-sheathed cable with metal stud construction. Where NMSC is

Approved inserts (grommets) to protect the cable where it passes through the metal stud. The inserts referred to in Rule 12-516 (2)(b) must be approved for the purpose and adequately secured in place.

be easily removed, they are not adequate for that installation and shall be replaced or installed in properly sized holes.




Page 2 of 9

The improperly installed inserts can lead to cable insulation failures. Installation of NMSC in steel stud construction will not be accepted where the standards of workmanship or the type of inserts used results in the inserts not staying in place.The cable must have adequate mechanical protection. Protection plates are required in all locations where NMSC is within 32 mm from the edge of steel studs in accordance with Rule 12-516(1).

Question 1

Answer 1No, unless it can be demonstrated that the cable is so located as to be effectively protected from mechanical injury both during and after installation as per Rule 12-516(2).

Several types of wall systems that incorporate rigid foam insulation as a part of the wall construction are

insulation. Questions have been raised regarding the wiring methods of NMSC, i.e., depth of cable channels

NMSC is acceptable in this type of installation. There is presently no requirement for NMSC to be spaced -

ance with Rule 12-516 (conductor space 32 mm back from the edges of the supports or mechanical protec-tion shall be provided). Where cables are installed in channels cut into the foam, the bundling requirements in any channel are outlined in Topic (1) of this Bulletin.

The use of spray foam polyurethane insulation in walls that have NMSC already installed in a manner that is in compliance with the OESC is also acceptable.

In wall systems where the rigid foam board is used as a permanent form for poured concrete, boxes shall be fastened through the back of the box to the concrete behind the foam using two fasteners approved for the purpose, or to a structural channel at one point and to the concrete at another point. Sectional boxes are permitted, however gluing is not an acceptable fastening method, and boxes must be securely fastened as

The jacket on NMSC is normally rated FT1 which makes it ineligible for use in buildings required to be of

However, the Ontario Building Code does permit cables with combustible jackets where they are installed in a

in concealed space in a wall. Extension of the cable into bulkheads or concealed ceiling spaces is in violation of the Ontario Building Code.

The OESC does not permit more than one non-metallic sheathed cable in one pry out using the internal clamp. CSA Standard C22.2 No. 18 (Outlet Boxes, Conduit Boxes, and Fittings) tests for pullout and voltage withstand after exposure to an elevated temperature are done with one cable per clamp. Use of more than cable per clamp is a misapplication.




Page 3 of 9

The standard does recognize box connectors that are approved to accommodate more than one cable and such connectors can be used with more than one cable up to the limit stated by the manufacturer.

(6) Mechanical protection and support for NMSC

(a) In attic or roof spaces as per rule 12-514(a)

Rule 12-514 states that NMSCs are not to be run on the upper faces of ceiling joists or the lower faces of raf-ters in attics or roof spaces, where the vertical distances between the joists and the rafters exceeds 1 m (3.28 feet). If the distance between the joist and the rafter exceeds 1 m, then runs across the rafters are acceptable provided a running board is used.

RationaleThe intention of this rule is to prevent damage to the conductors while walking or from storage of material in the attic. Some representative situations are shown in Diagram B1.

installed in the attic

Questions have arisen concerning acceptable mechanical protection where NMSC is installed on the lower faces of basement joists. Cables installed immediately adjacent to ducting or beams are considered as be-ing suitably protected. Where cables are not in close proximity to ducts or beams, mechanical protection is required. This may be achieved by the use of running boards. Some representative situations are shown in the Diagram B2.




Page 4 of 9

(c) In concealed spaces as per Rule 12-516(1)

Question 2Where cables are fanned out on the surface of a structural member and are within 32 mm of the edge does

Answer 2No, Rule 12-516(1) only requires mechanical protection where cables are run through structural members, not along them. Good trade practice would be to keep them back at least 32 mm from the edge when run along structural members; however the code does not require it.

We have been advised by several contractors of instances of cables that were fanned out one per staple be-ing damaged by either a drywall screw or a siding nail that has gone astray.

Question 3What are the Code requirements for mechanical protection of NMSC installed within the island/peninsular

Answer 3

the cabinets, they require mechanical protection unless protected by location.

Rationale 3If NMSC is installed within the island/peninsular cabinet so that opening or closing the drawers can damage the cable; or if a cable is exposed to damage when people are storing items in the cabinet, mechanical pro-tection is required by Rule 12-518 to protect the cable.

-vide adequate protection.




Page 5 of 9

However, if a cable is protected by a built-in appliance such as dishwasher or behind the plumbing pipes;or below countertop not accessible to people storing items in the cabinet below, NMSC is considered to beprotected by the location.

Question 4

Answer 4No, unless it can be demonstrated that the cable is so located as to be effectively protected from mechanicalinjury both during and after installation as per Rule 12-516(2).

through the cold air return in a dwelling unit.

through the cold air return in a dwelling unit

NMSC that is used in exposed wiring shall be adequately protected against mechanical damage as required

exposed to mechanical damage. This includes a cable drop from a ceiling or a wall to appliances such asfurnaces, water heaters, etc.

The preferred method of compliance is to install a junction box and convert to armoured cable for the drop.

etc as protective sleeving over the NMSC where it drops to the appliance. Note that Rules 12-1500 and 12-1502 do not permit ENT to be used for this purpose.

NMSC can also be protected by location from mechanical damage. For example, NMSC installed betweenthe appliance and gas pipe drop is considered as mechanically protected by the pipe. The NMSC can be sup-

similar means that is secured to the building structure and the appliance. The cable shall be secured neatly inplace to the support with permanent fastening means such as nylon cable ties or the equivalent. The use of tape is not acceptable as a fastening means.




Page 6 of 9

Where raceway is used for the drop, it shall be secured to both the building structure and the appliance. Bushings and/or box connectors shall be used where the cable enters/exits the raceway or a cabinet as re-quired by Rules 12-906 and 12-3022(3). As an alternative, sharp edges shall be removed from the ends of the raceway and the cable shall enter/exit in a line with the raceway and shall be supported within 300 mm of that point in accordance with Rules 12-508 and 12-510.

(g) Where NMSC enters/exits raceway

Question 5-

Answer 5Rules 12-906(1) and 12-3022(3) require bushings and/or box connectors to be used where the cable enters/exits a raceway or a cabinet. As an alternative, sharp edges shall be removed from the ends of the raceway and the cable shall enter/exit in a line with the raceway and shall be supported within 300 mm of that point in accordance with Rules 12-510.

Rationale 5-

lent means to protect conductors from abrasion where they issue from a raceway; Rule 12-3022(3) requires a box connector where NMSC enters into an enclosure; and Rule 12-510 requires NMSC be supported within 300 mm of terminations. Acceptable equivalent protection to bushings is when sharp edges are removed from

cable enters/exits in a line with the raceway and is supported within 300 mm of end of raceway.

Question 6Is it permissible to drill, punch, or hole saw additional openings in the back of non-metallic, or metallic outlet

Answer 6No, drilling, punching or hole sawing additional openings in the back of non-metallic and metallic outlet boxes is not acceptable for this application. As previously noted, CSA Standard C22.2 No 18 (Outlet Boxes, Conduit Boxes, and Fittings) requires tests for cable pullout, to avoid stress on conductor terminations. In addition, Rule 12-3024(a), (b) and (e) require a box connector for a cable entering an outlet box, which includes boxes mounted in exterior brick walls. The connector prevents the damage of conductors from sharp edges. The Photo B2 shows a non-code compliant installation.




Page 7 of 9

(i) Staples and ties use with NMSC

Questions have been asked regarding the number of NMSCs that may be supported by a cable staple. Cable

Question 7

Answer 7Yes, provided the approved cable ties are rated 23 kg (50 lbs) or greater and the bundled cables are not in contact for a distance greater than 600 mm (2 feet), this practice is acceptable. CSA Standard C 22.2 No. 18.5 recognizes the use of cable ties for securing cable and wire.

Question 8

Answer 8No, the use of discarded NMSC as a fastener to bundle cables to studs will no longer be accepted. The Photo B3 shows a non-code compliant installation.




(7) Installation of NMSC near heating ducts

The interference of metal heating ducts with an electrical installation is often a problem, particularly in domes-tic installations. Inspectors have found NMSCs in contact with metal heating ducts. The wiring may be dam-aged when heating ducts are installed in close proximity to the NMSCs.

is reduced.

Where defects of this nature have been found, the contractor is required to correct the defects by rerouting the cable or inserting thermal insulation between the cable and the duct in accordance with Rule 12-506.

Also note that the transfer of heat to non-metallic sheathed cable shall be minimized by means of an air space of at least 25 mm between the conductor and heating supply ducts and piping in accordance with Rule 12-506.

We have received inquiries about NMSC installed in the space between the brick and the insulating material installed on the exterior of the wood wall studs of a house. The main concern we have is possible mechanical damage to the cable though contact with the brick ties, during or after their installation (Rule 2-200). In order

(a) The cable feeds only an exterior outlet (e.g. receptacle or light) mounted in or on the exterior brick wall.

(b) The cable length is kept to a minimum.(c) The cable is securely supported in an acceptable manner to the sheathing and is adequately sepa-

rated from brick ties and sharp edges of building materials.

The Photo B4 shows a non-code compliant installation.

Page 8 of 9




method cannot be used for wiring between or to interior outlets.

Page 9 of 9




Bulletin 12-20-2 Wiring for log type construction

Rules 12-100


Background/QuestionQuestions have been asked about the types of wiring and the installation methods that comply with the Code for log type construction.Log walls may be expected to settle up to 6% (60 mm/meter or ¾”/foot) over their lifetime and special precau-tions are required when installing electrical wiring and equipment to prevent damage from this settling due to shrinkage of the logs. Everything that is attached to or within a log wall must accommodate settling.In general, logs do not shrink much in length and only the loss of diameter must be considered for settling except for extremely long logs that are more than 15 m (50’) long. Shrinkage in length of logs shall not be a concern where the logs are pinned.

Direction/AnswerEquipment, conductors, cables, raceways, outlet boxes, etc that are permitted by Section 12 to be used in ordinary wood frame construction are also permitted to be used in log type construction.Adequate provisions shall be made for settling at all openings through the logs to accommodate electrical service equipment, at all supports for electrical entrance boxes and conduits, for all wiring within logs, and for wiring transitions from logs to interior frame partition walls, etc.Examples of adequate provisions for service equipment are the use of expansion joints in vertical raceways (with appropriate bends or loops in the conductors within equipment), supporting the raceways in such a manner as to allow relative movement between the raceway and the log, mounting the service equipment on wood or metal supports that are slotted at the attachment points to the logs, or mounting the equipment on support structures that are independent of the logs. If wooden support members are used out of doors, then they shall be pressure treated.For wiring within the logs common practice is to pre-drill vertical holes in the log wall, so that the holes are completely hidden from view and no electrical wiring is exposed inside or out. Holes drilled in logs to accom-

larger holes may be required. The maximum number of cables permitted in a hole shall not exceed the values contained in Ontario Electrical Safety Code Table 8 - Maximum Allowable Per Cent Conduit and Tubing Fill. Conduit shall not be required to be installed in holes through logs.Electrical wiring may also be installed in the keyways around windows and doors provided there is a minimum of 32 mm or 1 ¼” of space between the back of the keyway and the support key for the window or door. The wiring shall be arranged so as to prevent damage due to settling of the logs.Outlets and switch boxes are usually mortised into a log so that the cover plate is even with the surface of the

Builders Association and available at their website.Another wiring method incorporates a wire chase that is hidden behind a baseboard. A pair of furring strips,

wiring. Outlet boxes may then installed directly into the baseboard.-

ings and the normal rules of the Code shall apply.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




Bulletin 12-21-4

Rules 12-1300, 12-1500


very different code applications. Table B1 has been prepared to assist in proper application.

Product ApplicationElectrical non-metal-lic tubing (ENT)

ENT as per CSA C22.2 No. 227.1 Field wiring general purpose raceway as permitted by Rules 12-1500 through 12-1514.

non-metallic conduitthe type code) as per CSA C22.2 No. 227.2.1

Field wiring limited purpose raceway

permitted by per Rules 12-1300 through 12-1306.

Non-metallic me-chanical protection tubing (NMPT)

code) as per CSA C22.2 No. 227.3Not permitted to be used as a raceway. Permitted for support and protection of wir-ing within equipment only.

Page 1 of 1




Bulletin 12-25-1

Rules 2-126, 12-114 and 12-3000


Scope

(1) Abandoned wiring – general(2) Removal of abandoned electrical wire and cables from plenum chambers

Background-

lations where there are renovations, equipment may be removed and related wiring left behind. This wiring might be later inadvertently energized, creating a hazard.

DirectionUnused wiring shall be properly terminated, or removed. Wiring that is concealed and inaccessible shall be cut off where exposed so as to be too short to be reused.

RationaleRule 12-114 requires that the ends of insulated conductors that are not used are to be insulated.

Rule 12-3000 requires a box or an equivalent device to be installed at every point of outlet, switch or junction of a wiring method. An equivalent device may be considered to be a cabinet, junction, or pull box.

Electrical code users should also be aware of the Appendix B note to Rule 2-126 and the requirements of the Ontario Fire Code to remove abandoned electrical wires and cables from within plenum spaces.

-ets, or sheaths, and non metallic raceways shall be removed from a plenum unless

(c) their removal could affect the performance of cables in use.

RationaleTests conducted by NBCC/NFCC indicated that the smoke produced from the FT4 and FT6 rated cables in

-dition, the FT4 and FT6 rated cables also produced irritant gases that could result in incapacitation or further restrict the ability of occupants to evacuate.

-cant quantities which build up with successive generations of cabling changes.

Page 1 of 1




Bulletin 12-26-2

Rules 12-310


Scope

(1) The minimum clearance of low voltage conductors over portable classrooms(2) Secondary guying for poles used exclusively to supply portable classrooms rules 75-248 and 75-308(2)

BackgroundThis Bulletin is limited to overhead conductors, which pass over portable classroom buildings, or other similar portable buildings associated with the educational facility. Questions have been asked regarding the minimum clearance of low voltage conductors over portable classrooms. With input from the industry, the interpretation

readily walked upon, and at least 1 m above peaked roofs or the highest point of roofs that cannot be readily walked upon.

Direction-

ily walked upon, so as to permit a minimum clearance for low voltage feeder conductors installed over these

1. Warning signs are placed on all exposed exterior walls of the building, warning against trespassing on the

2. The School Board involved shall have a written procedure to educate students not to climb on portables, stressing the danger of electrocution.

3. All insulated conductor splices are covered by a permanent and equivalent insulation covering such as heat shrink, self-vulcanizing tape, etc.

4. Overhead conductors used are minimum NSF-2.5. Voltage to ground shall not exceed 150 volts.

Note: The signage requirements in this Bulletin (See Figure B2 for example) must be strictly adhered to where conductors pass over portables. Children as well as other persons can easily access the roofs of most portables. Typically they have stairs complete with railings that make it easy to climb up onto the relatively low roofs. (See Figure B1)

Rules 75-248 and 75-308(2)

Recognizing poles installed exclusively to supply portable classrooms, or other similar portable buildings as-sociated with the educational facility are usually of a non-permanent nature and the hazards to students asso-ciated with back guys in school yards, a guy will not be required for poles used exclusively to supply portable classrooms and where no span exceeds 10 meters and the total feeder ampacity is less than 200 amperes.

Note:

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2





BackgroundThere has been inconsistent application in the Province of Rule 12-928(1) when conduits are being installed in or under concrete slabs on grade within a building.

Raceways Installed Underground or Where Moisture May Accumulate -

(a) Underground; or (b) In concrete slabs or other masonry in direct contact with moist earth; or(c) In other locations where the conductors are subject to moisture.

QuestionDoes the code permit armoured type AC 90 cable as listed in Table 19 to be installed in a PVC conduit that is contained within a concrete slab on grade, or that is installed directly under a concrete slab on grade, within a

AnswerNo, unless ESA has been given written documentation from an architect, engineer, soil testing company, or

RationaleAC90 is listed in Table 19 for installation in dry locations only. Rule 12-928(1) states that a concrete slab in direct contact with moist earth is a Category 1 wet location.

Direction

considered as moist, then the location will be considered as a dry location and AC90 will be permitted to be installed.

Page 1 of 1




Bulletin 12-30-2

Rules 12-1404

Supersedes Bulletin 12-30-1Background/QuestionOver the years, there has been inconsistent application of Rule 12-1404 as it pertains to EMT drops from ceil-ings or structures. This has resulted in long unsupported lengths of EMT being installed vertically from high ceilings.

Installations that are not properly supported may lead to broken couplings or connectors resulting in separa-tion of the raceway, exposing energized conductors as well as loss of bond continuity. This could pose an

The requirements in this bulletin have been submitted to the Standards Administrator of the Committee on Part I of the CEC as a proposed amendment to Rule 12-1404 for adoption in the next edition of the Canadian Electrical Code. In the interim, the following requirements are applicable.

Direction/AnswerNotwithstanding Rule 12-1404, EMT installed in a free air vertical drop shall be permitted to be securely fas-

a) the spacing between supports specified by Rule 12-1010 shall not apply; andb) the couplings in the vertical portion of the installation shall be rain tight steel; and c) a separate bond conductor shall be installed in the EMT.

See Figure B1 for examples of the above.Note:

-aged if this is not taken into consideration.

-tion of this Rule for vertical drops.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




Bulletin 12-31-0Application of Appliance Wiring Material (AWM)

Rule 12-100Issued January 2010

IssueIssues have arisen in Ontario with Appliance Wiring Material (AWM) conductors and cables that have been incorrectly used as part of a building wiring infrastructure during the installation of industrial machines and equipment. AWM is approved for internal and interconnecting wiring of equipment and is intended to be fac-tory-installed or factory-provided components of complete equipment.

DirectionAWM cables are not approved for use in building wiring systems.

BackgroundThe Ontario Electrical Safety Code (OESC) does not permit the use of AWM for building wiring and does not permit its installation in raceways that are attached to building structures or in or under concrete slabs (See Figure B1). For installations of building wiring, conductors and cables shall meet the installation requirements of OESC Section 12; and be suitable for the conditions of use as per Table 19.

The only rule where the OESC recognizes the use of AWM is Rule 12-020, which permits it to be used for

installed in a cable tray as permitted by Rule 12-2202, considering all manufacturer installation recommenda-tions and/or restrictions, if any.

CSA Standard C22.2 No 210 covers AWM products. It refers to single conductor and multi-conductor (round, -

moset, thermoplastic and composite materials. The scope of the standard limits the application of AWM to the internal wiring and interconnection of equipment only.

Understanding the cable’s operating environment avoids unanticipated failures from exposure to aggressive

types when the maximum current is exceeded in a bundle located in a high temperature type of envi-ronment.

• The mechanical characteristics of AWM can also vary greatly; the CSA standard does not specify the thickness of insulation, therefore in some instances, the insulation thickness can be very thin, provid-ing virtually no mechanical protection where the slightest abrasion will expose conductors, creating hazardous and possibly life threatening conditions.

-

or contractual penalties.

Page 1 of 2




AWM cable may be used where the cable is part of an approved assembly and is not installed in building wir-ing systems (e.g. conveyor and assembly type equipment) as shown in Figure B2.

Page 2 of 2




Bulletin 12-32-0

BackgroundThere have been questions raised regarding the installation of jacketed RA90, ACWU90 and TECK90 cables in underground raceways and whether or not the practice is actually permitted or not permitted by the Ontario Electrical Safety Code (OESC). The rationale given for not permitting the practice is because these cables are

in dry, damp, or wet locations”.

Question

AnswerYes, it shall be permitted to install TECK90, ACWU90, and jacketed RA90 type cables in raceways, provided that the installation complies with;(1) Rule 12-614 Radii of bends in armoured cables;(2) Rule 12-1014 Conductors in conduit;

(4) Rule 4-004 Ampacity of wires and cables.

RationaleNotwithstanding Rule 12-902 and Table 19, the practice of installing jacketed RA90, ACWU90 and TECK90 cable in buried raceways has been accepted for many years and has not been shown over time to produce

Notes:(1) The Appendix D ampacity tables are applicable to conductors of 1/0 AWG and larger that are installed in

accordance with Appendix B Diagrams B4-1 thru 4. The Appendix D ampacity tables shall not be used for installation of cables larger than 1/0 AWG that deviate from the Appendix B diagrams (e.g. more than one cable in a single raceway, depth of burial that is greater than or raceway spacing that is less than that

(2) Where it is desired to deviate from the Appendix B diagrams and install more than one cable of larger than 1/0 AWG in a single raceway, a request for deviation shall be submitted to the Technical Advisor for the region in accordance with Rule 2-030 prior to commencing the proposed installation. The request for deviation shall include ampacity calculations in accordance with IEEE 835 and calculations of conduit size and bending radius as per Rules 12-614 and 12-1014 demonstrating compliance with Rule 12-1014(1).

(3) Where it is desired to install more than one cable of less than 1/0 AWG in size, caution needs to be exer-cised so as to prevent damage to the cables during the installation process.

Page 1 of 1




Bulletin 14-1-1

Rules 2-100 and 14-104


Question

Answer(1) The ampere ratings of the circuit breakers shall not exceed the allowable ampacities of the conductors

protected (Rule 14-104); or,(a) The ampacity of the protected conductors may be selected based on the maximum permissible trip

(b) Information on the required settings for that installation is provided from a third party (manufacturer,

(c) Permanent labels are attached to the switchgear or panel board to clearly indicate for each adjustable trip breaker the maximum permissible trip setting for the installation (both in amperes and in terms of the scale/read-out) (Rule 2-100), and

(2) If the ampere rating of the breaker can be changed without removing the trip unit, the means of adjust-ment shall be factory sealed or behind sealed covers.

These requirements are intended to ensure that where reduced size conductors are used, the trip settings will not be easy to adjust, leaving the conductor inadequately protected.

Page 1 of 1




Page 1 of 2

Bulletin 14-2-6

Rules 14-606, 26-256

Issued January 2011Supersedes Bulletin 14-2-5

Questions have arisen concerning using the overcurrent protection on the primary of a transformer to protect a panel board supplied by the secondary as permitted by 14-606(2).

The Ontario Electrical Safety Code permits protection of a panel board using overcurrent protection in the

(1) the panel board rating, adjusted by the turns ratio of the transformer, equals or exceeds the primary over-current device rating, (14-606(2)); and

(2) the primary overcurrent device rating is adequate to withstand the transformer inrush current, (Rule 2-034) and

(3) there is permanent marking on the primary disconnect switch to indicate the maximum fuse size and type to be used for continued protection (Rule 2-100(3))

Note-

rent device to withstand the transformer inrush current for dry type transformers.

Table B1 shows examples of the fuse classes and ratings which meet the inrush criteria for some common dry type transformers ratings, together with the minimum acceptable conductor sizes, panel board ratings and switch ratings.

600 to 120/208 V 3PH Transformer (KVA)

PrimarySwitch (AMP) Note 1

RK5 (Time Delay) Fuse Rating (AMP) Note 2

90C Copper Conductor Note 3 Panel (AMP) Note 4

Primary Con-ductor Size

SecondaryConductorSize

15 30 20 12 6 60

30 30 30 10 3 100

45 60 40 8 2 125

45 60 60 6 2/0 200

75 60 60 6 2/0 200

75 100 70 4 3/0 225

75 100 90 3 250 kcmil 400

112.5 200 110 2 350 kcmil 400




Page 2 of 2

2. RK5 is a particular time current characteristic. It is marked on some fuses. Fuse manufacturers can advise which of their fuses satisfy the criteria in that note.

3. Based on Column 4, Table 2 of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code with no more than three conductors in a raceway or cable.

4. Lower rated panelboards and splitters may be used if protected by a suitable overcurrent device in the secondary circuit.

In situations where unintended operation of the circuit breaker on energizing is a concern, the circuit breaker manufacturer should be consulted on the suitability of the circuit breaker for the application.


Bulletin 14-4-1Interrupting and withstand ratings

Rules 14-012, 14-014 and 2-034


BackgroundWe have been receiving questions regarding the connection of equipment required to interrupt fault currents and (withstand ratings) in locations with available fault current higher than the nameplate rating.

Terms used for electrical equipment components are Interrupting or Withstand ratings. Interrupting ratings are found on overcurrent devices. Withstand ratings can be found on equipment such as motor starters, contac-tors, supplementary protectors etc.

Electrical components with one of these ratings as part of a piece of equipment can require an overall rating

these ratings on the overall nameplate.

Equipment such as control panels approved with a rating on the name plate lower than the available fault cur-rent at the point of connection must be upgraded and reapproved with an adequate rating prior to connection.

The available fault current at the point of connection must not exceed the rating marked on the equipment nameplate. For example if the control panel has a marked interrupting rating of 5000 A and the available fault level is above 5000 A the equipment is not suitable for that location and can not be energized without correc-tive action.

DirectionWhen specifying or buying equipment, ensure all breakers and panels are adequately rated, or for distribution equipment ensure that the breakers have been tested and labeled as a series rated combination as referred to in Rule 14-014,. In some cases the solution to correct these types of defects is more expensive than the original installation. To avoid any unnecessary costs and project delays we recommend details be worked out prior to ordering or installation.Seminars are available to assist in your understanding of the issues and to plan solutions. Contact Electrical Safety Authority.

RationaleIn the past, it was common practice in the trade, to use fuses to limit the available fault level so a breaker with a lower interrupting rating than the available fault current could be used. The fuses were selected by compar-

protected using this older method of protection. Under high fault levels the speed of the newer molded case breakers can be quicker than the melting time of the fuse (unless it is an approved combination). Therefore the molded case circuit breaker may attempt to open at a current value that exceeds the rating of the breaker. This practice is no longer acceptable.



Page 1 of 2


What to check forCircuit Breakers Marked interrupting rating; if not marked Assign 5000A for

breakers rated 100A or less, 250V or less, 10000A for breakers rated in excess of 100A or above 250V. Authority Rule 14-012 Refer to Appendix B

Fuses Marked interrupting rating. Authority Rule 14-012

Enclosed Fusible switches Marked interrupting rating (check for class R fuse rejecters when required). Authority Rule 14-012

Overload and contactor combination Suitability for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more

etc. Authority Rule 2-034

Approved heating air conditioning equip-ment, industrial machinery and all other equipment

We will inspect against what is marked on the equipment nameplate. Some individual standards presently do not require that such equipment be rated to withstand or interrupt available fault current. Authority Rule 2-034

Any individual component with a marked rating e.g. contactor the equipment showing the interrupting rating or withstand rat-

ing. Authority Rule 2-034

Equipment approved as series tested combination

The combined rating that is marked on the series tested combi-nation Authority Rule 14-014






Bulletin 14-5-1

Rules 14-418


BackgroundThe following does not apply to a panelboard used in service entrance applications as Canadian Standards Association Standard C22.2 No. 86 requires a barriered main disconnecting device.

Direction/Answer

bottom as load side. In an effort to reduce installation cost as an alternative when it is not otherwise practica-ble to provide a main disconnect

2. The circuit breaker must be of the non-interchangeable thermal magnetic trip or factory sealed inter-changeable trip type or constructed with a solid state trip circuit.

3. The breaker must be permanently marked to identify the actual line and load connections and the circuit directory card marked in a permanent and legible manner as the main breaker. Interchangeable trip circuit breakers must be factory sealed against inadvertent cover removal. A suitable number of cover screws epoxied over, or other similar method of ensuring against inadvertent cover removal, are accept-able.

As an extension of this, a branch circuit breaker in a panelboard is often back-fed and thus utilized as the main breaker for the panel board. This practice may be accepted provided that, in addition to the above

card as the main breaker.

The preceding does not apply to a panelboard used in service entrance applications as Canadian Standards Association Standard C22.2 No. 86 requires a barriered main disconnecting device.

Page 1 of 1




Page 1 of 5

Bulletin 14-6-1Ground fault protection

Rule 14-102


(1) Requirements for ground fault protection(2) Ground protection design schemes

(a) Zero sequence sensing(b) Ground strip sensing(c) High resistance grounding

(3) Ground fault protection for circuits other than those described in Rule 14-102 and Diagram 3(a) Power supply connection for ground fault protective systems

Rule 14-102 requires ground fault protection be provided, to de-energize all normally ungrounded conductors of a circuit that faults to ground, where one of the following circuit characteristics exists in solidly grounded

2000 Amp or more and rated 150 volts or less to ground; and 1000 Amp or more and more than 150 volts-to-ground, but less than 750 volts phase-to-phase.

Notes:(1) Rule 14-102 applies to only solidly grounded systems.(2) Diagram 3 of The Ontario Electrical Safety Code shows a variety of ultimate points of conductor de-ener-

gization in the event of a ground fault.(3) Ground fault relays are usually factory-set at the lowest current and shortest time settings available to en-

sure against unnecessary equipment damage during early stages of construction. These settings should

co-ordination study.(4) In special cases the trip setting can be as high as 1200 amps (See Rule 14-102 (2)) to accommodate

multiple circuit grounding schemes. In these cases, designers should include this data with the plan report submitted to the inspection department, showing that such considerations have been made in the design of the system involved.

(a) Zero sequence sensing

A single current transformer encircling all of the phase conductors of the circuit including neutral, Diagram B1.

When a circuit conductor faults to ground, the current returns via the grounded metal enclosure, conduit or other path outside the sensor. This results in a non-zero current sum through the sensor, which in turn, generates an output signal to the relay, and the circuit is opened within milliseconds after the fault occurs.All grounding of the neutral must be on the line side of the sensor. This is particularly important where the neutral is grounded both at the switchgear and at the transformer.The zero-sequence current transformer may be located on either the load or the line side of the circuit breaker contacts.




Page 2 of 5

(1) Current transformer encircles all phase conductors and neutral.(2) The sensor does not encircle equipment-grounding bus.(3) The grounding of the system and the neutral connection to the enclosure at the service, are to be on the

supply side (ahead) of the sensors.

A residually connected ground fault protection system is a form of zero-sequence sensing. The difference being this system utilizes a number of current transformers, instead of one. The vectorial sum of the phase currents and the neutral current are monitored using separate current transformers and a ground relay. (See Diagram B2) Again note similarity to zero sequence, the grounding points must be on the supply side (ahead) of the sensors (current transformers).




Page 3 of 5

frame or grounding bus of the switchboard to the neutral.A ground fault on any branch circuit, feeder or sub-feeder, anywhere in the system, will cause the current

and the circuit is opened.Ground strap sensing is applicable where the system neutral is grounded in the switchgear and isolated from ground at the transformer.The transformer neutral may be grounded at the transformer only if the ground strap sensor is located at the transformer as well. In this case the neutral must remain ungrounded at the switchboard.Most utilities require grounding of the secondary neutral at the transformer. If the current sensor is in-stalled in the main switchboard, an alternative to ground strap sensing shall be chosen.

Exception permitted by Paragraph 14-102(5)(b) and Sub-rule 14-102(7).

(c) High resistance grounding

A star point (neutral)A grounding resistanceA fault detectorAn alarm schemeA fault locating scheme

The system neutral is grounded through a resistance that limits the ground fault current.The resistor current is equal to ground fault current.High resistance grounding limits transient over-voltages without shutting down grounded equipmentHigh resistance grounding cannot be used where 3-phase, 4-wire loads must be served.




Page 4 of 5

Ground fault protection, as per Rule 14-102, is not required if the transformer is resistance grounded to limit fault current to 5 amperes maximum and if the system neutral is not brought into the main switch-board. A suitable ground detector, installed in series with the current limiting resistor, having either au-dible or visible annunciation will be an acceptable alternative to circuit interruption. This conductor would be a minimum #8 AWG or minimum #6 if exposed.The occurrence of a second ground on a different phase of the system results in a phase-to-phase fault on the system. Therefore, it is important to properly bond all equipment as per Table 16.The resistance grounded conductor must not be brought into the switchgear assembly, except when the grounding resistor itself is located in the switchgear. (See Figure B5.)There should be no other connections between neutral and ground (i.e. Grounding of the XO of the trans-former bushing. In this case the requirements of Rule 36-308 (6) do not apply).Bonding of all equipment must still be ensured, i.e. from transformer to the switchgear requires a bond wire installed and sized as per Table 16.Ground fault indicators would not be required.Signage should be put on the main board indicating this is a high resistive grounded system and the neu-tral shall not be used.




Page 5 of 5

(a) The rating of the largest fuse that can be installed in a fusible disconnecting device, therefore, a 1000-am-pere switch fused at 800 amperes would require ground fault protection.

(b) The ampacity of the main conductor feeding the devices located at points marked with an asterisk in Item 2 of Diagram 3, in the case where no main disconnecting device is provided.

An exception to this is where transformer secondary bushings are used as splitters, Diagram B6.

On the above arrangement, Diagram B6, the customer has the option of providing a main circuit breaker in-cluding shunt trip and ground fault protection or installing ground fault protection on each 800 ampere feeder breaker.

The use of a single ground strap sensor operating all the individual breakers is not permitted. The above system requires zero sequence sensing.

While some ground fault protective systems, derive power for tripping from the fault source, others require separate power supply or use stored capacitance discharge.

It has been noted that installers have sometimes failed to provide separate supplies where required or have failed to make the necessary connections.

The person responsible for the ground fault protective system design shall check manufacturer’s require-ments and ensure that, where necessary, separate (or external) suppliers are provided and connected to protective equipment.

3000 A splitter

3000 A conductors

800A feeders


Bulletin 18-1-15

Rule 18-004


Scope

(1) Pre-start health and safety reviews

(3) Class I locations(4) Class II locations,

(a) Farms

Regulation 851 for Industrial Establishments made under the Occupational Health and Safety Act and those installations exempt from this Regulation.

A Pre-Start Health and Safety Review is required if, in a factory other than a logging operation, a provision from the regulation and the circumstances described exist,(a) When a new apparatus, structure or protective element is to be constructed, added or installed or a new

process is to be used; or-

is used.

(a) Flammable liquids are located or dispensed in a building, room or area;(b) A process involves a risk of ignition or explosion that creates a condition of imminent hazard to a person’s

health or safety; and(c) The use of a dust collector involves a risk of ignition or explosion that creates a condition of imminent haz-

ard to a person’s health or safety.

(a) The apparatus, structure, or protective element is not operated or used, unless the review has been con-ducted, and

Regulation listed in Table 1 have been taken, and

written notice to the joint health and safety committee or the health and safety representative, if any, of what measures have been taken to comply with the relevant provisions of Regulation 851 that are listed in Table 1.



Page 1 of 4


A Pre-Start Health and Safety Review includes the preparation of a written report that is made to the owner, lessee or employer and contains,

The details of the measures to be taken for compliance, and if testing is required before the apparatus or structure can be operated or used or before the process can be used, details of measures to protect the health and safety of workers that are to be taken before the testing is carried out.

(a) Date and signature, and(b) The report bears a professional engineer seal.

All reports of Pre-Start Health and Safety reviews conducted under this Regulation shall,(a) Be kept readily accessible in the workplace together with any supporting documents, and(b) Be provided to the joint health and safety committee or the health and safety representative, if any, before

the apparatus, structure or protective element is operated or used or the process is used.

-

are acceptable in accordance with the above process. These drawings must be available at the job site. Deci-

of the plant and any safety devices such as dust collectors, ventilating equipment, etc., which might impact on the installation methods with reference to the stamped drawings.

The electrical inspector ensures the wiring and equipment installed conforms with the requirements of each area.

-

General telephone number - (416) 620-1400,Fax number - (416) 620-5803, orEmail – [email protected] – www.ceo.on.ca

-tions and experience and are situated in an appropriate geographic location.

-



Page 2 of 4


(3) Class I

Zone descriptions outline above. These locations consist of some areas of garages, service stations, certain

-cal equipment for use in Class I hazardous locations must be approved and marked as being suitable for such zones.

Where pressurized equipment or equipment rooms are used as permitted by Rule 18-064, all equipment must

with the National Fire Protection Association Standard 496, Purged and Pressurized Enclosures for Electrical Equipment or other equivalent standard (see Appendix B note to Rule 18-064) .

Where use is made of Rule 18-070, Combustible gas detection, the location of the sensors must be on the stamped drawings.

(4) Class II locations

Class II hazardous locations are those in which dust may be suspended in the air to the extent that explosive

mixing plants, coal pulverizing plants, starch plants, magnesium processing plants, etc.

Electrical equipment for use in Class II hazardous locations must be approved and marked as being suitable

excludes dust and is also tested for the safe dissipation of heat when blanketed with dust. Since it excludes dust, no explosive mixture is likely to occur within the enclosure.

For all new electrical installations in both classes of hazardous locations, the electrical equipment must be approved for these locations. The following table may be used as a guide for Class II locations involving grain dusts. Two basic categories of installation are considered in the tabulation.

- Where the product such as feed, etc., is being produced only for use on the particular farm, Table B1.

- Where the product for resale or as custom preparation for others and where the amount of material handled is large as compared to what might be processed on the farm, Table B1.




Item No. Wiring Switches Motors Fixtures1. FarmsGrain GrindersRollersHammer MillsFeed Mixing

As required bySection 12 and or Section 22

Dust-tight Totally-en-closed

Dust-tight

2. Commercial FarmsChopping MillsFeed Mixing PlantsFlour MillsAlfalfa Grindingand Processing MillsTerminal GrainElevators

Rigid Conduit Mineral-InsulatedCable or aluminum sheathed cables as required by Rule 18-202(1)

Class IIGroup G

Class IIGroup G

Class IIGroup G

Note:

farm” installations and should be judged mainly on the amount of material processed and the total time per

-ment from the requirements of Item 2 would be in order. However, it is probable that most of such installations will grow into full scale operations in a few years and therefore no easement should be granted.

Rule 18-060(1) has been used as a basis for allowing some easement from these requirements in the case of

that in many cases the requirements given in Rule 18-060 have not been properly adhered to. Therefore, where there is some doubt that no installation will be properly made or maintained, the use of equipment ap-proved for Class II Group G may be required even in such locations.

In many instances, good housekeeping can be the key to safe installations. Frequent and regular removal of

minimum. The use of suitable dust collecting systems will be found to be of value, particularly where equip-ment approved for use in the particular hazardous location cannot be obtained.




Bulletin 18-4-5

Rules 18-004


chip collecting system is in use.

-essary to classify some areas of these plants as hazardous.

The Ontario Electrical Safety Code includes woodworking plants generally in a Class III Division 1 category.

-equate dust collecting system as designed by a Professional Engineer is installed, or Class II, Division 1 if

(3) For woodworking shops in schools, the shop and classroom shall be considered as a non-hazardous location, providing the housekeeping eliminates an accumulation of dust and the work is intermittent in

and 2 above apply. The air stream and dust collection system shall be Class II, Division 1. When a dust collector is contained in a dedicated room, the room shall be Class II, Division 2. A motor external to the duct is not considered to be in the airstream.

equipment where a blanketing effect may create high exposed surface temperatures.

Equipment installed in Class II or Class III locations shall be able to function at full rating without developing -

ings which can accumulate on the equipment. Organic material which is carbonized or is excessively dry is highly susceptible to spontaneous ignition.



Page 1 of 1




Bulletin 18-7-0

Rule 18-050, 2-024, 2-034

BackgroundQuestions have been raised regarding whether electrical equipment that is to be located in hazardous (clas-

Field Evaluation of Electrical Equipment”.

that will be present”.

DirectionThe Electrical Safety Authority as the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) in Ontario will not accept equipment

Council of Canada for this type of work.

Rationale-

tion. The testing required to assess the safety of hazardous location equipment is at a higher safety level than that required by the SPE-1000.. In addition, hazardous location equipment is outside the scope of the SPE-1000 accreditation for Inspection Bodies under the program accepted by the Standards Council of Canada, and Ontario

The SPE-1000 excludes several items including Hazardous Area inspections from its scope. Clause 1.7(c)

Rule 2-024 states that:

out in Section 2 of Ontario Regulation 438/07, or-

cordance with Rule 2-004 by the inspection department, it shall be deemed to be approved if the installa-tion and electrical equipment pass the inspection.

Page 1 of 1




Bulletin 20-1-2

Rules 20-102(5) and 20-108(2)


Scope

(2) Adjacent areas in which hazardous vapours are not likely to be released, rule 20-102(5)

Background-

as parking garages below grade where the space 50mm (2 inches) above the slab is Class 1 Zone 2.

Direction

Please note the conduit is not in the hazardous location where it emerges from the concrete curb and the

Rule 20-102(5)Background

-ardous) in which hazardous vapours are not likely to be released such as stockrooms, switchboard rooms,

as hazardous.

Page 1 of 2




DirectionFigures B2, B3 and B4 below, show examples of acceptable ways to achieve the required separation.

-ods may be acceptable, subject to ESA’s approval.

Page 2 of 2




Bulletin 20-3-1

Rules 20-102(5)


Background

-

as malls, and exhibition halls, for display for a period of time from a day or longer. These areas have not been

are brought into the showrooms for any leaks

least 50 mm high, shall not be classed as hazardous.”

”Rules 20-102 to 20-114 apply to locations used for service and repair operations in connection with self-

locations in which more than three such vehicles are, or may be, stored at one time.”

-

be enough to move the vehicle out of the showroom after the display session is ended; and

Page 1 of 2




Direction

the MOL direction is followed. Based on this decision these showrooms shall follow the requirements of Rule -

Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 3

Bulletin 20-4-1

Rules 20-002, 20-004


BackgroundElectrical Inspectors are often asked what wiring methods are acceptable for diesel fuel dispensers. Although diesel fuel does not constitute a hazard similar to gasoline, diesel dispensers are often installed in proximity to gasoline dispensers. This will have a direct impact on the acceptable wiring method to power up the diesel fuel pump.

DirectionDiagram B1 shows typical installation of diesel fuel dispenser installed in proximity to gasoline fuel dispenser.

A spherical area of 900mm (Class 1, Zone 1) extending out to 1.5 metres (Class 1, Zone 2) shall be around

grade as a Class 1, Zone 2 location.




Page 2 of 3

The wiring method to a stand-alone diesel fuel dispenser shall be suitable for the environmental conditions

of acceptable wiring methods that may be used would be NMWU, rigid PVC conduit, and Teck90 armoured cable.

If however, the diesel fuel dispenser is installed in proximity (within 6 metres) to a gasoline fuel dispenser or

wiring method, suitable for area (either Class I Zone 1 or Class I Zone 2 depending on the location of the wir-ing).

The example in Photo B1 is a typical installation found in road maintenance work yards or on farms. Rule 18-156 does not permit the use of NMWU or rigid PVC conduit where wiring passes through the Class 1 Zone 1 or Zone 2 locations. Teck90 is permitted.

areas, then seals shall not be required at either end of the Teck90 cable. The electrical supply to the gasoline pump motor from the junction box shall require a seal at the motor (a cable leaving a Class 1, Zone 2 location that is less than 10m long).

Additional precautions shall be made for buildings located within the six metre radial dimension around gaso-line dispensers. If the building is not suitably cut-off by a wall or other acceptable means, the hazardous area extends into the building, as noted in Rule 20-004(6).

The use of Teck90 armoured cable for the wiring of diesel fuel dispensers, whether in conjunction with gaso-line dispensers or not, makes a quality Code compliant installation. If future needs include the addition of a

changes to the diesel dispenser supply wiring shall be required.




Page 3 of 3

dispenser




Bulletin 20-5-1

Rules 20-100 and 20-400


Scope

(1) Mechanical repair teaching areas (2) Finishing process teaching areas

(1) Mechanical repair teaching areas

QuestionAre areas located within a school that are used for the purpose of teaching repair of self propelled vehicles,

Answer No.

Direction

Rationale

meet the minimum requirements of Sections 18 and 20 of the OESC.

The 20-100 series of rules are for Commercial Garages – Repair and Storage and they do not apply to educa-tional institutions where automotive skills are taught.

The primary purpose of the automotive shop in a school setting is to teach students the skills required to repair automobiles. They are not intended or designed to be a commercial operation.

Automotive shop areas as well as the teaching shops fall under the auspices of Regulation 851 – Industrial Establishments, as dictated by The Ontario Ministry of Labour and as such the area of concern with respect

(2) Finishing teaching areas

Question

Answer Yes.

Page 1 of 2




DirectionAreas within a school that fall under the scope of the 20-400 series of rules shall meet the minimum require-ments of the OESC Sections 18 and 20.

Rationale

therefore are applicable to schools.

that proper ventilation be installed to prevent the accumulation of explosive gases and vapours. Wiring meth-ods within these areas shall meet the minimum requirements of the OESC, 20-400 series of Rules to prevent the possible ignition of any gases or vapours that may be present.

Page 2 of 2




Bulletin 22-1-4

Rules 22-100 and 28-604


Questions have been raised on what are acceptable methods for connection of residential sewage lift pumps. Because of the wet and corrosive atmosphere found within most tanks housing lift pumps and similar equip-ment (e.g. aerobic systems), only electrical equipment essential for the process may be installed within such enclosures.

This bulletin applies only to a single dwelling installation. All other larger more complex installations shall be

DirectionOnly electrical equipment essential for the process may be installed in a lift pump tank, and the factory installed pump cord and attachment plug (if supplied) shall be run directly from the pump to a receptacle or junction box located outside of the tank.

This receptacle or junction box should be mounted at least 300 mm above grade on the side of the tank (if above grade), on a suitable treated post, or below grade in a suitably sized PVC box rated 6P, or 4X with a bead of RTV (silicone) around the lid, adjacent to the tank, sealed at the entry to the tank. All openings in the box should be sealed with RTV or equivalent. (See Diagram B1)

In cases where the pump cord is not provided with a pre-moulded cord cap, it shall be acceptable to con-nect the pump cord directly to the supply cable with wire splices approved for the application in an approved weather proof junction box mounted either above or below grade as outlined above. Where the pump cord is provided with an integral cord cap, it shall be permitted to be removed connected as above.

Mechanical protection is required for a cord or supply cable above grade level.

The tank may be completely buried, and no permanent means of ready access to the tank is required.

GFCI ProtectionGFCI protection is not required for this receptacle provided it is solely for sewage pump use and it is not read-ily accessible for general use. It is recommended that the cord cap be secured to the receptacle to prevent accidental removal.

Page 1 of 2




Disconnecting Means28-604 requires either a lockable disconnecting means; or a disconnecting means within sight of and within 9

with an approved permanently mounted lockout device, or it is within 9m and within sight of the motor. If this is not practicable then a separate disconnecting means complying with 28-604 is required. A pump connected to a receptacle with an attachment plug at the tank does not require additional disconnecting means.

Page 2 of 2




Bulletin 22-2-2

Section 22


Scope

(1) Introduction

(3) Wiring under relocatable structures

(1) Introduction

A Category 1 location is an area containing moisture in the form of vapour or liquid. Rule 22-002 and the Ap-pendix B note provide some guidance on these locations.

Special wiring methods are required where excessive moisture is present. Section 22 contains wiring meth-ods and leaves some discretion in identifying where the prescribed wiring methods should be used, which leads to questions.

Direction

are only subjected to temporary dampness.

The interiors of walk-in coolers and freezers that are dry locations shall be permitted to be wired with wiring methods as permitted by Section 12.

Preventing the introduction of moisture from outside the refrigerated environment is essential to keeping the interior a dry location. All installations shall have the interior raceway system penetrations to the outside sealed to prevent the circulation of air from warmer areas to colder areas. Duct seal or equivalent that is prop-erly installed can provide adequate sealing to prevent air circulation and the resulting condensation.

Note

freezers which are subject to dampness or wetness only during cleaning or maintenance operations.

When additional wiring is installed under relocatable structures such as construction trailers etc. it is usually run under the trailer, and requires mechanical protection. In the past, AC90 has been commonly used as a wiring method.

Many of these trailers are moved frequently and the wiring is exposed to rain and slush on the roads and the armour on the cables under the trailer may corrode and quickly deteriorate. After a short period of time there is practically no armour left on the cables under the trailer.

Page 1 of 2




DirectionThe area under trailers that are intended to be moved frequently shall be considered a Category I location and wiring must comply with Rule 22-200 e.g. TECK90 or ACWU90.

Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 3

Bulletin 22-3-3

Rules 22-002, 22-100, 22-200-22-204, 22-300 and 22-400


Background/QuestionThe move toward larger farming operations in which livestock and poultry are housed in larger, more exten-

-

-

Direction

accordance with Rule 22-002.

a. A Category 1 location is one in which moisture in the form of vapour or liquid is present in quantities which are liable to interfere with the normal operation of electrical equipment.

b. A Category 2 location is one where corrosive liquids or vapours are likely to be present in quantities that are likely to interfere with the normal operation of electrical equipment.

2. Wiring methods in the animal or poultry containment areas shall be suitable for both Category 1 and Cat-egory 2 locations as outlined in Rules 22-200 to 22-204.

a. Rule 22-204(3) (wiring suitable for damp locations) shall not be permitted in the livestock or poultry areas due to present cleaning practices incorporating regular wash-down of these areas with high pressure washing systems.

3. Conductors and cable assemblies shall be copper in accordance with Rule 22-204(4).

in the area to comply with Rule 22-100.

5. Non-essential electrical equipment and equipment incorporating over current devices shall be installed

which is supplied with clean, dry, temperature controlled air, and provided there is an alarm to signal loss

6. Essential equipment and lighting in the livestock area shall be hard wired where practical with the use of wire connectors incorporating an anti-corrosion agent.




Page 2 of 3

7. In cases where it is absolutely essential to use portable lighting or equipment fed from service receptacles

for the corrosive atmosphere. In addition, the portable equipment shall be suitable for the environment in which it is used.

8. As an alternative to using the equipment cord cap to connect portable equipment to a receptacle, it shall

the use of a box connector approved for the location incorporating a suitable gland for the type and size of

compliance with Rule 2-400 and Table 65 for corrosive areas (minimum 4X).

boxes and covers, shall be approved for the corrosive atmosphere in the area.

a. Arranged so as to drain at frequent intervals to suitable locations; and

c. Installed so as to give 12 mm clearance from the supporting surface when either conduit or support-ing surface is metallic; and

d. Sealed to prevent the migration of corrosive vapour where due to the location of equipment such migration is considered possible.

12. Where a conduit or aluminum-sheathed cable leaves a warm room and enters a cooler atmosphere, it shall be sealed off so as to prevent breathing and subsequent condensation, and shall be done in such a manner that condensate will not be trapped at the seal.

13. Proper sealing of the conduit system will prevent the migration of corrosive vapours through the conduit from the livestock area into the electrical panels, etc that are located outside the livestock area. Where conduits go from warm to cold areas they also must be sealed to prevent condensation in the electrical conduit system.

Rule 2-300 requires all electrical equipment be kept in safe and proper working condition.

1. Electrical equipment in this environment should be checked regularly for deterioration and tightness of connections.

2. Enclosure covers should be secured properly to ensure gaskets provided with the enclosures minimize

should be replaced.




Page 3 of 3




Page 1 of 8

Bulletin 22-4-0

Rules 18-004 and 22-700 to 22-710


(1) Introduction(2) Alternate electrical requirements

(a) General(b) Essential equipment only in the wet well

(d) Conduit runs inside the wet well for lighting, etc.(e) Conduit runs from junction box to wet well(f) Junction boxes(g) Conduit runs from junction box to control panel, etc

(1) IntroductionIssue

wiring methods such as threaded metal conduits within the wet well, with conduit seals close to the point of conduit entry, in order to comply with the minimum requirements of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code.

This practice has had a number of limitations, particularly in the corrosive atmosphere of a sewage wet well. Numerous complaints have been received about the condition of the electrical system in wet wells and it was

The Ontario Electrical Safety Code 24th Edition now includes alternative wiring methods as permitted by Rules 22-700 to 22-710. These wiring methods, which are an alternative to the requirements of Section 18,

-dard for Fire Protection in Wastewater Treatment and Collection Facilities.

DirectionIn a Class 1 Zone 1 location, Section 18 wiring methods shall be followed, which could include the use of intrinsically safe circuits and combustible gas detection instruments.

In a Class 1 Zone 2 location, the following minimum electrical wiring methods shall be permitted as an alter-native to Rule 22-706.




Page 2 of 8

(a) General

With submersible pumps located in the wet wellWith factory built, dry pit, steel shell pumping stationsWith site built, dry pit, shell pumping stations.

Conduits from the wet well shall terminate at a junction box, or boxes, located outdoors.

Conduits from the outdoor junction box or boxes to the pump control panel or lighting panel shall be effectively sealed as per Rule 18-154.

Provide only essential electrical equipment and devices in the well required to operate the pumping station -

ing.

EXCLUDE such items as junction boxes, fans, blowers, heaters, receptacles, disconnect boxes or switches.

location, coated with corrosion resistant epoxy paint, baked-on and with stainless steel guard holding screws.

stainless steel or nylon screws. Use an aluminum close nipple and a rigid PVC female adapter to connect the

-

Locate the well ventilating fan, if required, outdoors, arranged to force outside air into the well.

STOOW, or STOW.

not exceed that required for normal operation or 3m maximum.

Arrange for a cable loop where the cables leave the elbow of the conduit.

Where cable is run around the walls, support it by nylon clip hangers every 1.0 m maximum, secured by stain-less steel or nylon screws to the wall.

an elbow pointing downwards. This places less stress on the cable.




DO NOT seal these conduits in the well. Allow them to breathe and drain.

DO NOT splice cables inside the well.

(d) Conduit runs inside the wet well for lighting, etc.

bond wire sized as per Table 16.

Secure the conduit to the ceiling and/or walls with PVC clips and stainless steel or nylon screws.

well to allow it to drain and breathe.

Use a circuit breaker with ground fault protection.

Run rigid PVC conduits from the bottom of the outdoor junction box to the wet well. Do not run these conduits through a non-hazardous room or area.

Slope the horizontal conduit runs so as to drain any moisture into the well.

cables in the same conduit.

(1) Each submersible pump for power (and sensor), 1” minimum.(2) Float cables, 1” minimum for 2 cables and 1 1/2” minimum for 3 cables.(3) Lighting runs, etc., 3/4” minimum.

Provide a rigid PVC junction box, or boxes, outdoor weather proof type for all power, sensor and lighting con-ductors going to the wet well.

Ensure the box is adequately sized to permit splicing of the conductors under in-service conditions, without damaging the other conductors.

Locate the box outdoors with at least 1m clearance above grade and preferably not more than 10m from the wet well.

Position the box to limit bends in the conduit runs to the wet well.

Splice all conductors inside the junction box with insulated compression connectors and then taped with approved insulation tapes or heat-shrinking tubing. Number the conductors on each side of the splice with numbered tape markers.

Page 3 of 8




The mastic plug in the PVC conduits entering the junction box are not effective seals as required by Section 18, therefore the interior of the junction box shall be Class 1 Zone 2.

The recommended locations of the junction boxes in the various types of pumping stations are shown in the

Figure B1 - For a submersible pump station, where the pump control panel is located at the well and theelectrical supply terminal pole is remote from the well, over 10 m.Figure B2 - For a submersible pump station, where the pump control panel is located on the electrical supply terminal pole, which is remote from the well, over 10 m.Figure B3 - For a submersible pump station, where the pump control panel is located on the electrical supply terminal pole which is close to the well, less than 10 m.Figure B4 - For a submersible pump station, where the control panel is located in a building, e.g., an emer-gency power set building, which is less than 10 m from the well.

After the building wires are installed, tested and the installation is approved, install approved sealing com-

Where the junction box and rigid PVC conduit, located outdoors, is subject to vandalism and/or mechanical vehicular damage, protect the conduit and box with a metal shield or guard.

Page 4 of 8




Page 5 of 8




Page 6 of 8




the well.

Page 7 of 8




Page 8 of 8




Page 1 of 1

Bulletin 24-1-4Wiring in patient care areas

Rule 24-104


BackgroundRule 24-104 (1) (b) requires cables supplying branch circuits in basic, intermediate or critical care areas of health care facilities have no contact between bare bonding conductors and any metal armour or shields.

Some cable types such as Teck90 have a PVC inner jacket between the armour and bonding conductors, and therefore do satisfy the rules. AC90 cables do not have an inner jacket or have only a paper wrap between the armour and conductors. AC90 cables do not satisfy the requirements for patient care areas in health care facilities because contact between the bare bonding conductors and the armour is likely or possible. However, AC90 cables having an insulated bonding conductor are acceptable for use in patient care areas.

DirectionTeck90 cable with a bare bonding conductor inside a PVC inner jacket shall be considered as complying with Rule 24-104(1) (b).

AC90 cables with a bare bonding conductor shall not be considered as complying with Rule 24-104(1)(b).

AC90 cables with an insulated bond conductor is acceptable for single phase circuits in basic, intermediate or critical patient care areas in health care facilities.

Notwithstanding the requirements of Rule 24-104(2), bonding conductors in cables sized in accordance with

critical care areas, this practice is not acceptable unless the bonding conductor is minimum size #12 AWG copper per Rule 24-104(6).




Page 1 of 1

Bulletin 24-2-2

Rule 24-000


of health care and to recognize that procedures once reserved for hospitals are now being performed in medical clinics. The Scope of Section 24 was changed to include all types of health care facilities and not just

Examples of Health Care Facilities include but are not limited to hospitals, rehabilitation facilities or group homes that provide extended, multi-level, psychiatric, or intermediate care, outpatient and surgical clinics,

-

OESC Section 24 applies to electrical wiring and equipment within patient care areas of health care facilities and those portions of the electrical systems of health care facilities designated as essential electrical systems.

-cal). This approach is consistent with that taken in CAN/CSA-Z32 Electrical Safety and Essential Electrical Systems in Health Care Facilities.

Patient Care Areas are areas within the health care facility that are intended primarily for the provision of diagnosis, therapy, or care. The Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) is responsible to ensure that all electrical wiring and equipment in the health care facility complies with the OESC and that wiring and equipment within the patient care areas also complies with the supplementary rules for electrical safety that are contained in Section 24 of the OESC.

ESA is not responsible for determining or classifying the patient care areas within a health care facility.

CAN/CSA-Z32 states that the administrator is responsible for determining whether an area of a health care

his or her designee). The administrator shall document those areas that are patient care areas and whether

then this shall also be documented.

use when inspecting the installation of the electrical wiring and equipment within the facility for compliance

letter stating that is required from the administrator.




Page 1 of 1

Bulletin 24-7-1

Rule 24-106


Where a dialysis machine in installed in a residential occupancy, the area where the machine is used shall be considered as a patient care area and the requirements of Section 24 of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code for a patient care environment shall be followed.

Receptacles supplying power to a home dialysis machine shall comply with Rule 24-106; Receptacles in basic care areas, and shall be wired in the following manner.

armoured cable Type AC90 is used, it shall have a separate green insulated bonding conductor. Where non-metallic sheathed cable is acceptable, standard 12/2 NMD90 may be used, as the bare bonding con-ductor does not contact a grounded surface except at the panel and outlet box.

be clearly marked as to its intended purpose.

The dialysis receptacle, if installed in sleeping facility of a dwelling unit, shall be exempt from the require-ments of Rule 26-722(f)(g) and shall not be required to have arc-fault circuit interrupter protection.

Ground fault protection will be required for the dialysis receptacle if it is installed in a bathroom or is within 1.5 meters of a sink (washbasin complete with drainpipe), bathtub or shower. Rule 26-700(11)

Ground fault circuit protection for the branch circuit may also be necessary to meet the requirements of the equipment supplier.




Bulletin 24-8-0

Rules 24-300, 24-302, 46-002, 46-108(5)

Background

an emergency power supply by the Ontario Building Code. (Refer to Articles 3.2.7.4, through 3.2.7.10 and 3.2.8.10 of the Ontario Building Code) Generally, these loads are important for public safety and their opera-

Code mandates the type of the emergency power supply, either generator or batteries, and the duration of time that these loads need to be operational.

-mal supply of energy. In health care facilities, these are electrical systems in which interruption of the normal supply of power can jeopardize the effective and safe care of patients, the safety of health care facility staff, and public safety. Essential electrical systems are divided into three categories, which are a vital branch, a delayed vital branch and a conditional branch.

CAN/CSA-Z32 provides guidance as to what loads should be supplied by the vital, delayed vital or conditional

Vital branch — that portion of an essential electrical system in which the circuits require power resto-ration within 10 s.Delayed vital branch — that portion of an essential electrical system in which the circuits require power restoration within 2 min.Conditional branch — that portion of an essential electrical system in which the essential loads may be transferred to the emergency source at a time dictated by the prevailing need.

From Table 8 of CAN/CSA-Z32, examples are receptacles in the intensive care unit (vital branch), blood bank refrigerators (delayed vital branch), and medical records storage (conditional branch).

Question:When designing the emergency distribution for a hospital or a facility within the scope of Section 24, is it permitted to include the vital branch and delayed vital branches of the essential electrical system with the life

Direction:

Page 1 of 2




Rationale:The vital and delayed vital branches include loads that are necessary for the life, safety and care of the pa-tients, which may be as critical in nature as the life safety loads. The conditional branch of the essential elec-trical system includes loads that are not as critical and the nature of these loads does not justify being a part

loads that sustain the continuing operation of the facility and some additional services; they are not as crucial and vital to patients.

Transfer switch for equipment not

defined by Rule

+Conditional branch

Fire pump transfer switch as

described in Rules 32-206(4) and

32-208

Transfer switch for

defined in Rule 46-002

+Vital and delayed

vital branches

Emergency Generator Conforming to Rule 24-306

Busway, splitter or distribution panel

Page 2 of 2




Bulletin 26-13-11

Rules 26-700(11), 26-710(f),


QuestionIf a washroom or bathroom contains two sinks and a receptacle is located on the wall between the two sinks

AnswerYes. See Figure B1 for an illustration.

If the distance between the sinks does not permit compliance with Figure B1, then the installation of two receptacles is required.

Figure B2 illustrates an installation that is compliant with the rule.

NoteRule 26-710 states that receptacles installed within 1.5 m of a sink shall be protected by a ground fault circuit interrupter of the Class A type except where the receptacle is intended for a stationary appliance designated for the location and is located behind the stationary appliance such that it is inaccessible for use with general-purpose portable appliances.

Figure B1

Figure B2

Page 1 of 1




Bulletin 26-14-4Receptacles for range installations in dwelling units

Rules 26-712, 26-742 and 26-744


Scope(1) Electric range receptacles(2) Gas range receptacles

(1) Receptacles for electric ranges

Subrule 26-744(4) requires that electric range receptacles be installed in all dwelling units. This is because electric ranges are used in a very high portion of Ontario households. In a single dwelling the tenant/owner usually owns the range and experience has shown they take it with them when they move. Experience also shows that wiring errors occur on the removal and re-connection of hard wired ranges resulting in electrical hazards.

Exceptions to Subrule 26-744(4) are found in Subrule (12) and are summarized in Table B1.

RANGE RE-CEPTACLE

IN… WHERE THERE IS… RATIONALE/COMMENT

Need not be Installed

All dwell-ingunits

a built-in gas or electric cook top or oven, or ovens are part of the building and are hard

wired.

no power supply from a sup-ply authority and local gen-eration is less than 6 kW

e.g. Solar photovoltaic, wind generation, diesel

Other than singledwellings(Note 1)

provision made for a gas range

In all other dwelling units (i.e. apartment, high rise condominium) the range along with other appliances are usually part of the dwelling unit and not likely to be replaced by new tenants/owners

NoteSingle dwelling means a dwelling unit of a detached house, one unit of row housing, or one unit of a semi-de-tached, duplex, triplex, or quadruplex house.

(2) Receptacles for gas ranges

receptacle to be installed in the space provided for a freestanding range when a gas supply pipe or gas con-nection outlet is installed.

Similar to the electrical range receptacle, the mounting height shall be not more than 130mm to the centre

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




Bulletin 26-15-2

Rule 26-806, 28-604


(1) Location of disconnecting means for furnaces(2) Location of disconnecting means for ground source heat pumps

Rule 26-806 requires a suitable disconnecting means for the branch circuit. The circuit disconnect switch shall be permitted to be a branch circuit breaker in the panel board, provided that the panel board is located between the furnace and the point of entry to the room containing the furnace (or may be at the point of entry to the room). The disconnecting means cannot be mounted on the furnace or in a location which can be only be reached by passing close to the furnace.

Rule 28-604 paraphrased requires a disconnect switch for the blower motor within sight and within 9 m or

Rule 26-806 is not required for the water heater. Rule 26-806 applies only to furnaces - the concern being the

Figure B1

reached by passing close to the furnace. A separate switch on the path from the stairs to the furnace or on a post near the furnace in anticipation of a future partition is also acceptable. The possibility of a future wall around the furnace is not a factor until the wall is built.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2

Figure B2

In Figure B3 a switch is required inside the furnace room to meet Rule 28-604. Just inside the door is an ac-

Figure B3

QuestionDoes a ground source furnace referred to as a heat pump require a disconnecting means within 3 meters of

-pressor, fan unit and even an electric heat section).

AnswerYes, Rule 28-604(5) requires that disconnecting means be installed within 3 meters and within sight.

RationaleThe motor/compressor unit is usually of the hermetic type and uses a refrigerant to extract heat/cool from the ground source liquid (water, chemicals, glycol, etc). This type of refrigerant compressor falls within the scope of Rule 28-604(5) and requires the disconnect switch within 3 meters and within sight.




Page 1 of 3

Bulletin 26-18-5Arc Fault Circuit Interrupter (AFCI) in sleeping facilities of a dwelling unit

Rule 26-722Issued May 2011


(a) Sleeping facility(b) Dwelling unit(c) Cooking facility

(2) Alterations and/or additions to existing installations

(a) Sleeping facility

Issue

order to facilitate consistent application of the rule by all Ontario Electrical Safety Code users, the following direction has been developed.

DirectionSleeping facility - includes any bedroom within a dwelling unit intended to accommodate sleeping.

similar single occupancy rooms, where the sleeping facilities form part of a single room combined with other living areas, the kitchen receptacles (counter, fridge, stove, microwave, etc.) are not considered part of the

recreation rooms, bath or washrooms, hallways and stairways, laundry room or area, utility room or area,

Question 1Is a room in a dwelling unit that contains only a single door entry as well as a closet, automatically deemed to be a bedroom, for the application of Rule 26-722(f), arc fault protection?

Answer 1No. A sleeping facility includes any bedroom within a dwelling unit intended to accommodate sleeping. If questions arise as to the intended use of the room, the general contractor/owner will need to confirm the room type. Drawings or other documentation/correspondence may be requested by the electrical inspector to con-firm the usage of the room.

A dwelling unit is one or more rooms for the use of one or more persons as a housekeeping unit with cooking,




Page 2 of 3

eating, living, and sleeping facilities.Examples of dwelling units

one unit of row housing, or one unit of semi-detached, duplex, triplex, or quadruplex

facilities

facilities

Examples of non-dwelling units

Rationale

persons as a housekeeping unit with cooking, eating, living, and sleeping facilities”.

The intent of this requirement is to protect all branch circuits that supply receptacles in sleeping facilities of

(c) Cooking facility

A cooking facility shall have a range (electric or gas supply). Hot plates and microwaves do not constitute a cooking facility.

(2) Alterations and/or additions to existing installations

-

direction as to appropriate installation methods to meet inspection requirements.

Question 2When replacing knob and tube wiring or other ungrounded circuits to existing receptacle locations and not in-creasing the number of receptacles, are you required to install Arc Fault circuit interrupters on the circuits that

Answer 2Yes, new branch circuits that supply receptacles in sleeping facilities of a dwelling unit shall be Code compli-ant and meet the minimum requirements of Rule 26-722(f) (protected by an AFCI).

Question 3If one or more receptacles is added in a bedroom to an existing circuit and the existing branch circuit ahead of the new receptacles is not altered, are you required to install an Arc Fault circuit interrupter on the existing




Page 3 of 3

Answer 3No, AFCI protection is not required when up to two receptacles are added in a bedroom to an existing branch

If the existing circuit already supplies twelve outlets and a new circuit is installed to supply the new recepta-cles, then the new circuit shall be AFCI protected. The existing receptacles would not require AFCI protection.

Question 4If a service or panel is replaced or upgraded and there are no alterations to the branch circuit wiring, are Arc Fault

Answer 4No, when the service is upgraded or replaced, AFCI protection does not need to be installed. The current Code requirement for AFCI protection does not retroactively apply to the existing bedroom wiring unless the bedroom branch circuit wiring is being upgraded as well.

ESA recommends that arc fault circuit interrupter protection be provided for existing bedroom wiring, however it is not mandatory. Caution: In many older homes a smoke detector may be connected to a branch circuit that also supplies bedroom receptacles; Rule 32-110 does not permit a smoke detector to be supplied by a branch circuit that is AFCI protected.

New branch circuits supplying bedroom receptacles shall comply with the current Code requirements for AFCI protection.

Question 5If a small bedroom addition is added to a home, complete with new branch circuit wiring, does the Code re-

Answer 5No, the current Code requirement for AFCI protection is applied to the new branch circuit for receptacles in the new addition only; AFCI protection does not need to be added to the existing bedroom wiring.

ESA recommends that arc fault circuit interrupter protection be provided for existing circuits feeding recep-tacles in a bedroom, however it is not mandatory.

Question 6Are receptacles that are installed in a walk-in closet that opens into a bedroom required to be supplied by an

Answer 6No, the closet is considered a separate room. It is not considered as part of the bedroom (sleeping facility) and AFCI protection is not required for any receptacles installed in the closet.




Bulletin 26-20-2

Rules 26-402, 2-308, 2-310, and 6-206


Scope

(1) Mounting height of a Panelboard (2) Working space around a panelboard(3) Panelboards and bathrooms

Rules 6-206 and 26-402 give direction as to where an electrical panelboard should not be installed by noting some of the undesirable places. An important part of this requirement is to also insure ready access to the panelboard and to provide suitable working space for operation or maintenance as required by Rules 2-308 and 2-310.

DirectionThere has been some confusion in the industry regarding interpretation of Rule 26-402(2) with respect to the

1. The panel shall be mounted as high as possible.

Figure B1 illustrates examples of panel boards installed so as to meet both criteria.

Question

DirectionThis is interpreted as meaning a space that is at least 2 m in height, at least 1 m in depth in front of the panel, and at least 1 m in width or the width of the panel board, whichever is greater. The panel board does not have to be centered in the width of the working space; it can be off center.

BackgroundQuestions periodically arise about installing a panelboard in a bathroom. This is considered an undesirable location because of excessive moisture issues and limited working space in front of the electrical panel in many bathrooms.

Page 1 of 2




Direction

meter of clear working space as required by Rule 2-308, as well as ready access to the door leading into the room as per Rule 2-310, then the panelboard would be considered to be located in an acceptable location.Figure B2 provides an example.

Finished floor level.

First criterion: Panel mounted as high as possible, no matter what the panel orientation is.

Second criterion: No breaker handle higher than 1.7 m.

Min 2.0 m headroom fservice entrapanelboard. (Rule 6-2

Minimum 2.0m headfor a service entpanelboard. (Rule 6-2

GFI

There shall be a minimum of one square meter in front of the panel, with no obstructions, shelves or cloths rods. The one square meter of clear working space shall be measured with the door closed.

Barrier Free design required by CAN\CSA-B651 may be a factor in determining the panelboard mounting height

Page 2 of 2




Bulletin 26-22-1

Rules 26-008


Scope(1) Electrical equipment room (2) Minimizing interference with the sprinkler protection

Rule 26-008 states that where electrical equipment vaults or electrical equipment rooms are sprinklered, the electrical equipment contained in such vaults or rooms shall be protected where needed by noncombustible hoods or shields so arranged as to minimize interference with the sprinkler protection.

-

DirectionAn electrical equipment room in a building is a room or space whose main function is to house electrical dis-tribution equipment. If a room or space’s primary purpose is to contain equipment such as production machin-ery, HVAC equipment, etc and also contains electrical distribution equipment as a secondary function, then that room or space is not considered an electrical equipment room for purposes of Rule 26-008.

Direction

The intent of the Rule is to protect electrical apparatus within ventilated enclosures from the direct spray from

(a) Following a direct line of sight path from the sprinkler head cannot strike live parts within the enclo-sure through ventilation openings in sides and tops of electrical equipment; and

-ings.

armoured cable connectors.

The intent of the Rule can also be met through use of weatherproof equipment.

Compliance with (a) can be achieved by either installing shields or hoods on the equipment or by installing

Openings around dry type armoured cable connectors are permitted to be sealed with silicone.

Dry type EMT connectors do not require additional sealing. Rain-tight connectors and O-rings are not re-quired.

Page 1 of 1




Page 1 of 4

Bulletin 26-23-1

Rule 26-712 (d)Issued January 2010


(1) Usable peninsular/island counter space(2) Peninsula and island – clarification

(a) Peninsula clarification(b) Island clarification

(3) Receptacle for kitchen peninsula and island - location

(4) Usable wall space behind kitchen counterwork surface

Part I as a proposed amendment to Rule 26-712(d) for adoption in the next edition of the CEC. In the interim, the following requirements are applicable.

Direction 1For the purpose of Rule 26-712(d)(iv) and (v), if an island or a peninsula has a sink or built-in equipment that makes some of the counter space unusable, the usable counter space shall be at least 300 mm long when excluding the sink or built-in equipment.

Rational 1

isolated counter work sections less than 300mm long is not required to be provided with a receptacle outlet.

a peninsula has a sink, counter stove top or other built-in equipment that covers almost the entire counter space, a receptacle is not required.

island (or peninsular) counter space




Page 2 of 4

Question 1Does a receptacle mounted on the wall behind a counter work surface adjacent to a kitchen peninsula satisfy

Answer 1No, a receptacle mounted along the wall behind a counter work surface as required by Rule 26-712(d)(iii) does not satisfy the requirement of Rule 26-712(d)(v) for the peninsular receptacle. Appendix B note to Rule26-

An additional receptacle is required at the peninsular counter space as per Diagram B2.

Question 2Does a receptacle mounted on the wall above a standalone kitchen counter peninsula as shown in Diagram

Answer 2

the peninsular receptacle. Appendix B note to Rulefrom the connecting edge and as shown in Diagram B3 , the connecting edge is the wall. Diagram B3 is code com-pliant.




Question 3

Answer 3-

Question 4Does Rule 26-712(d)(iv) require the installation of at least one receptacle at a moveable island counter

Answer 4

required.

Question 5

Answer 5

(3) Receptacle for kitchen peninsula and island - location

The requirements pertaining to acceptable locations for receptacles required at a peninsular and an island counter space have been submitted by ESA to CE Code, Part I as a proposed amendment to Rule 26-712(d)

Page 3 of 4




Direction 2

the wall cavity for the outlet box and cover without altering the trim; or

high as practicable” location is where a receptacle is mounted not more than 300mm below a counter work surface.

Rationale 2 Rule 26-712(d)(iv) and (v) provides the requirements for receptacles in kitchen islands and peninsulas, how-ever it does not provide requirements for acceptable locations. The Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) has been asked by many contractors and kitchen cabinet manufacturers to clarify acceptable locations for the recep-tacles at peninsulas and islands.

-rection 2”, receptacles are permitted to be mounted on the wall above the counter (where the space exists).

If the Rule 26-710(c) prohibits the mounting of receptacles face up in a work surface in kitchen or dining areas, which therefore requires the use of a pedestal if mounted on top of the counter surface. Liquid-Heating Appliances, are equipped with a 900mm cord. Locating a receptacle as high as practicable on the side or end of the island or peninsula ensures that they are within easy reach of appliances located on the counter top. The example for the receptacle location within 300mm of the countertop (excluding side with breakfast bar) allows standard kitchen appliance cords to reach the receptacle.

Question 6Does a receptacle installed in the kick plate below an island or peninsular cabinet, satisfy the requirements of

Answer 6No,

Question 7If a wall below a kitchen window/opening extends above the kitchen counter, what is the minimum height of

Answer 7

window/opening for the outlet box and cover, without altering the trim or building structure. When measuring the wall behind the counter work surface for application of Rule 26-712(d)(iii) (no point along wall more than 900mm from a receptacle), the space between the window/opening and the counter shall be included in the

Page 4 of 4




Bulletin 26-24-0Heating Ventilating Air Conditioning (HVAC) installations

Rules 2-004, 12-1302, 12-610, 12-618, 12-010, 12-112, 26-750 26-806 and 28-604

Issued January 2010Scope

(1) Introduction(2) Bonding of heating ducts(3) Wiring methods

(a) Liquid-tight non-metallic conduit (b) Requirements for armoured cables(c) Mechanical protection for non-metallic-sheathed cable(d) Low voltage wiring

(4) Disconnecting means for a split system(5) Location of the furnace switch and receptacle for water heaters(6) HVAC equipment

(1) Introduction

In addition to this Bulletin, several other Bulletins provide information about HVAC wiring installation require-

••••

(2) Bonding of heating ducts

Question 1

Answer 1The Ontario Electrical Safety Code does not require bonding of metal duct systems in residential installations.

Question 2

Answer 2

Page 1 of 6




lines for support is acceptable.

Rationale 2-

The requirements pertaining to liquid-tight conduit supports and spacing between supports have been submit-ted by ESA to CE Code, Part I as a new rule in Section 12 for adoption into the next edition of the CEC. In the interim, the answer described above is applicable.

Question 3

Answer 3Yes, anti-shorts are required.

Rationale 3Rule 12-610 (1) states that where conductors emerge from armour, they shall be protected from abrasion by

-minum or steel edge is left sharp by the saw or cutter. The bushing is required to protect the conductors from damage.

Question 4Can the electrical drop to the furnace that is usually in BX (armoured cable), be supported to a black iron or

Answer 4Yes, if the armoured cable is not subject to mechanical damage by the operation of the gas shut-off valve or any other routine work that might be performed, then supporting to a black iron gas pipe is acceptable. If the gas pipe has to be removed, any electrical cabling in the vicinity will need to be moved anyway to facilitate the use of tools such as pipe wrenches, etc. The fastener for supporting the cable to the gas pipe shall be suit-able for the purpose such as approved tie-wraps for the application. The use of electrical tape is not accept-able because the adhesive on the tape will deteriorate with time and temperature and the tape will let go. See Photo B1.

If the gas or other piping used for support is copper, then precautions need to be taken as per Rule 2-112(2), to insure that galvanic corrosion between dissimilar metals is addressed (e.g. black tape armoured (BX) cable where it could contact the copper pipe). See Photo B2.

Page 2 of 6




Question 5When armoured cable or BX is run in proximity to heating ducts or hot water pipes is there a requirement to

Answer 5Yes, an air space or a thermal barrier would be an acceptable method of limiting the transfer of heat when ar-moured cable is run in proximity to a heating source, similar to the non-metallic sheathed cable requirements of Rule 12-506. Alternatively, if an air space or thermal barrier is not provided and the armoured cable (BX) is routed in direct contact with a heating plenum, duct or hot water pipe, then the ampacity correction factors in Table 5A shall be applied as per Rule 4-004(8).

Note: Rule 12-618 requires that armoured cable be secured within 300 mm of an enclosure and at intervals of not more than 1.5 m throughout the run.

Page 3 of 6




Rationale 5Rule 4-004(8) requires the application of further correction factors when conductors are installed in an ambi-

1, 2, 3, and 4 are based. Therefore, when armoured cable or BX is run in direct contact with a heating ple-num, duct or hot water pipe, the conductor ampacity needs to be derated. Since the determination of the ambient temperature requires a manufacturer’s or engineer’s calculation and may be impractical to estimate,

metallic sheathed cable. There is no restriction on supporting armoured cable directly to a cold air plenum or duct.

Question 6

Answer 6

Rule 12-518. This includes all cable drops to residential furnaces where the cable is not protected by location (e.g. the furnace is mounted directly beside a studded wall, and the cable is run between the studs). Exam-

the NMSC with armoured cable (BX) for the drop.

Question 7-

Answer 7Yes, provided that a cable approved for the application such as type LVT is used. (Rules 12-010, 12-100)

Question 8

Answer 8No, provided that the joints are made with approved wire connectors and are accessible after completion of the installation. (Rule 12-112)

Rationale 8On extra low voltage Class 2 circuits operating at voltages of less than 30 volts, the joints need not be in a box because the circuit is limited to 30 volts or less and 100 VA or less. These voltage and energy limited

electrically secure and the splices to be insulated to the equivalent level of the insulation on the conductors.

Is a separate disconnecting means required for the fan coil of a split a/c system where the condenser is lo-

power for the fan coil may or may not be supplied from the condenser.

Page 4 of 6




If the fan coil unit has an integral disconnecting means for the motor, then no additional disconnecting means is required. If the fan coil does not have integral disconnecting means, then a separate disconnecting means is required and it shall be located within sight of and within 3 m of the fan motor in accordance with Rule 28-604(5).

refrigeration equipment shall be located within sight of and within 3 m of the equipment. The fan coil unit is air-conditioning equipment; therefore the above subrule is applicable. The disconnect at the condenser is not within sight of and within 3 m of the fan coil unit, therefore a disconnecting means is required for the fan motor unless it is equipped by the manufacturer with an integral disconnecting means.

(5) Location of the furnace switch and receptacle for water heaters

Question 10On a furnace replacement, if the furnace switch is located in the ceiling, does it have to be moved to a wall

Answer 10

dimension is a recommended height for mounting on a wall.

Question 11

Answer 11No, a gas water heater is not required to be on a separate circuit by the OESC. (Rule 26-806)

Rationale 11-

ment that does not use electricity as the source of heat. It is not intended to apply to electrical components of -

iary heating equipment that have electric auto-ignition, controls, or blower motors rated not more than 1/8 hp.”

The receptacle is permitted to be supplied by the dedicated circuit for utility room receptacles that is required by Rule 26-720 (c) or by any convenient general purpose receptacle/lighting circuit if the water heater is not located in the utility room.

Question 12

Answer 12The code does not specify a location for this receptacle; however it must be located within reach of the appli-ance cord without the use of an extension cord.

Page 5 of 6




Question 13Can HRVs (heat recovery ventilators) and special air cleaners that are not physically attached to the furnace

Answer 13No. Separate HRVs, special air cleaners and other non-associated equipment that are not physically attached to the furnace and are not critical to the function of the furnace and heating system are not permitted to be supplied by the furnace circuit.

Rationale 13The intent of Rule 26-806 is to insure that equipment that is essential for the operation of the heating system or to improve the operation of the equipment, be supplied from a separate circuit used for no other purpose. If the circuit is loaded with equipment that is not required for the safe operation of the system, tripping of the over current device may occur, resulting in loss of heat.

Question 14Is a gas water heater that supplies both domestic hot water and heating equipment permitted to be supplied

Answer 14No, a gas water heater that supplies both domestic hot water and heating equipment shall be supplied by a branch circuit that does not supply any other outlets or by the same branch circuit that supplies the heating unit and associated equipment as required by Rule 26-806.

Rationale 14When a water heater is designed to supply both domestic hot water and heating equipment, hot water from the water heater is circulated through a heat exchanger coil in an air handling unit. Air from the home is warmed as it is blown across the heat exchanger coil. Therefore, this design makes the water heater opera-tion essential for the heating unit. Rule 26-806(1) requires that any electrical power necessary to operate the electrical equipment associated with heating equipment be obtained from a single branch circuit used for no

-standing Rule 26-806(3) operation of a gas water heater that supplies both domestic hot water and heating equipment is critical for heating equipment and is required to be supplied by a branch circuit provided solely for a water heater or by the same branch circuit that supplies electric power to the heating unit.

Question 15Does the Code permit tapping from the branch circuit supplying a furnace to supply associated equipment

Answer 15

or electrostatic air cleaner directly associated and operating in combination with the heating equipment) to be connected to the same branch circuit.

Rationale 15The Code allows the tap conductor supplying associated equipment for the heating system to be without individual overcurrent protection when the associated equipment is essential to the operation of the heating system (e.g., a circulating pump is essential to a hot water boiler).

Page 6 of 6




Bulletin 26-25-0

Rule 26-712(g) and (h)Issued April 2010

Scope

(1) Ontario exclusions for tamper-resistant receptacle installation (2) Tamper-resistant receptacle markings

Rule 26-712(g) requires receptacles in dwelling units to be tamper resistant. This means that all receptacles in new homes including kitchen, bathroom, laundry, basement, attached garages and outdoors are required to be tamper resistant. Tamper-resistant receptacles are designed to prevent children from inserting objects like hairpins, keys and nails which could cause them to receive a shock.

examples of dwelling units.

Rule 26-712(h) excludes receptacles dedicated for microwaves, refrigerators, freezers, kitchen counters or those located in an attic or crawl space to be tamper resistant.

In Ontario, in addition to Rule 26-712(h) the following exclusions for tamper-resistant receptacles in replace-

When receptacles are replaced in existing installations, OESC’s requirement for tamper-resistant feature does not retroactively apply, unless the branch circuit wiring is being upgraded as well.

•

tamper-resistant feature. When receptacles are replaced on aluminum wiring, they are not required to be tam-per resistant unless the branch wiring is being upgraded as well.

As per Rule 26-700(8), GFCI protected receptacles can be used in lieu of bonding in ungrounded installations including non-residential occupancies to add a safety level to old installations. When GFCI protected recepta-cles are installed on existing ungrounded installations, OESC’s requirement for tamper-resistant feature does not retroactively apply, unless the branch circuit wiring is being upgraded as well.

applies), hence, they are exempted. However, attached garages forming part of the dwelling require tamper-resistant receptacles.

available with tamper-resistant feature when mounted in a location not readily accessible to small children

Page 1 of 3




-cation of Rule 26-712(g) when renovations and additions are being made to existing installations.

Question 1When replacing knob and tube wiring or other ungrounded circuits to existing receptacle locations and not

Answer 1Yes, receptacles installed on a new branch circuits shall be Code compliant and meet the requirements of Rule 26-712(g) and (h) (provided with tamper-resistant feature).

Question 2If one or more receptacles are added in a room to an existing circuit and the existing branch circuit ahead of the new receptacles is not altered, are new receptacles required to be tamper resistant and are tamper-resis-

Answer 2No, receptacles with tamper resistant-feature are not required when up to two receptacles are added in a

The existing portion of the branch circuit is not being altered or replaced; The total number of outlets in the circuit shall not exceed twelve as permitted by Rule 8-304.

If the existing circuit already supplies the maximum permitted number of outlets and a new circuit is installed to supply the new receptacles, then the new receptacles shall be tamper resistant. The existing receptacles do not require being tamper resistant.

Question 3If a small room/area is added to a home, complete with new branch circuit wiring, does the Code require tam-

Answer 3No, the current OESC’s requirement for receptacles with tamper-resistant feature does not apply to the existing room wiring. Only the added receptacles with new branch circuit wiring are required to be tamper-resistant.

Question 4If a service or a panel is replaced or upgraded and there are no alterations to the branch circuit wiring, are

Answer 4No, when the service is upgraded or replaced, tamper-resistant receptacles are not required to be installed on the existing branch circuits. The current OESC’s requirement for tamper-resistant feature does not retroac-tively apply to the existing installations unless the branch circuit wiring is being upgraded as well.

Page 2 of 3




shall be marked with the phrase TAMPER RESISTANT or the letters TR. The marking shall be on the device where visible after installation with the cover plate removed. The Photo B1 shows an example of the accept-able location.

Page 3 of 3




Bulletin 26-26-0

Issued April 2010

Scope

(2) Receptacles for laundry rooms/areas(3) Receptacles for utility rooms(4) Receptacles for laundry closets

-naces, sump pumps etc.

• The OESC does not require a designated receptacle or a dedicated branch circuit for a sump pump.• The OESC does not require a designated receptacle or a dedicated branch circuit for a gas water

•a receptacle required for a sump pump or a gas water heater.

Question 1If wood studding is installed to divide an open basement into areas for future rooms, are receptacles required

Answer 1

(e)(iv) requirement.

--

ished basement area receptacle(s) as per Diagram B1.

However, if one of the areas is designated as a laundry room or a utility room, then the requirements for laun-dry or utility room receptacles apply as per Rule 26-712(e)(i)&(ii) or (iii).

Rationale 1

separate areas, each area is required to have at least one duplex receptacle, see Diagram B1. Moreover, re-

Page 1 of 7




A receptacle is required in each space intended to accommodate a washing machine as per Rule 26-710(e)(i) and at least one additional receptacle is required in the laundry room/area as per Rule 26-710(e)(ii), as per Diagram B2.

Rule 26-720(b) requires at least one branch circuit to be provided solely for receptacles installed in the laun-dry rooms/areas, as per Diagram B2.

• A laundry area is an area where permanent plumbing has been installed to accommodate a washing machine; and

• includes the area within 3 meters radius from the washing machine receptacle.

Page 2 of 7




Rule 26-710(e)(iii) requires at least one duplex receptacle to be provided for each utility room, as per Diagram B3.

Rule 26-720(c) requires at least one branch circuit to be provided solely for receptacles installed in the utility room, as per Diagram B3.

equipment is installed in the area, there is no Code requirement for the utility room receptacle and the branch

For the utility area within the laundry room (as shown on Diagram B4), no additional utility room receptacle

gas water heater), they shall be within reach of the equipment to ensure that extension cords are not used as

Page 3 of 7




Page 4 of 7




(4) Receptacles for laundry closets

Question 2

Answer 2Yes, if a receptacle required by Rule 26-710(e)(ii) cannot be installed in a laundry closet due to accessibility, a receptacle is permitted to be installed within a 3 m radius outside of a laundry closet. According to Rule 26-

circuit or the laundry closet branch circuit.

Question 3Where the stacking washer/dryer is installed (as shown on Photo B1) and fed with only a 240 V receptacle

Answer 3No. Where the stacking washer/dryer is installed and fed with only a 240 V receptacle feed, the 120 V wash-ing machine receptacle (Rule 26-710(e)(i)) is permitted to be omitted. The 240 V receptacle shall be con-sidered as satisfying the washing machine receptacle, required by Rule 26-710(e)(i) . However, at least one additional laundry area receptacle is still required (Rule 26-710(e)(ii)), and according to Answer 2 may be installed within a 3 m radius outside of a laundry closet and must be on a separate (dedicated) circuit to meet Rule 26-720(b).

Page 5 of 7




Question 4Is a receptacle required by Rule 26-710(e)(ii) and installed outside of a laundry closet permitted to be used as

Answer 4Yes. Rule 26-712(f) requires that no point in a hallway within a dwelling unit be more than 4.5 m from a duplex

receptacle installed outside of a laundry closet shall be supplied from a dedicated branch circuit or the laundry closet branch circuit.

Question 5Is a receptacle required by Rule 26-710(e)(ii) and installed outside of a laundry closet in a bedroom (as oc-

Answer 5

LaundryCloset

Page 6 of 7




Question 6

Answer 6Yes, Rule 26-722 (f) requires all branch circuits that supply receptacles in a bedroom to be protected by an arc-fault circuit interrupter and according to Rule 26-720(b) a separate branch circuit is required to be pro-vided solely for a laundry closet’s receptacle.

Question 7 If a laundry closet is installed in a bathroom, what are the OESC’s requirements for receptacles in a bath-

Answer 7A receptacle is required in a laundry closet for a washing machine as per Rule 26-710(e)(i) and is required to be supplied by a separate branch circuit as per Rule 26-720(b) as per Diagram B6.

Notwithstanding Rule 26-710(e)(ii), the additional laundry area receptacle is permitted to be omitted. ESA recognizes that due to the limited space of a bathroom/laundry closet combination area, the additional laun-dry area receptacle required by Rule 26-710(e)(ii) could not be used as a laundry receptacle and is therefore permitted to be omitted.

In addition to a laundry closet receptacle for a bathroom/laundry closet combination, Rule 26-710(f) requires a washbasin receptacle to be protected by a ground circuit interrupter of the Class A type, as required by Rule 26-700(11), as per Diagram B6.

-vided with Question 3 and Answer 3 above is applicable.

Page 7 of 7




Bulletin 28-1-2

Rule 28-602 (3)


The introduction of marking requirements by Rule 28-602(3)(b) in the 23rd Edition of the Ontario Electri-cal Safety Code have caused some confusion in the industry about when a disconnect or control device is

QuestionIs a manually operated across-the-line type of motor starter permitted to serve as both starter and disconnect-

(1) A single motor providing it has a horsepower rating not less than the single motor it serves; or(2) A group of motors providing it has a horsepower rating not less than the largest motor in the group and a

current rating not less than 115% of the full load current of the largest motor in the group plus the sum of the full load currents of all the other motors in the group which may be in operation at the same time.”

Answer

-tor Disconnect” if it is intended to be used as a disconnecting means to satisfy the requirements of Rule 28-600.

-

-ual manual motor controller and would require the removal of the switch cover to determine if the control-ler is in fact suitable.

Personal safety is of paramount consideration. A serious safety issue may result from the use of an unmarked motor controller as a disconnecting means. If the controller has been exposed to a fault not all contacts may safely open. This will not be readily apparent to the worker, as the controller will appear to operate satisfac-torily. If the worker does not follow safe work practice and test to verify all contacts have safely opened, they are exposing themselves to potential for serious injury or death.

Page 1 of 1




Page 1 of 2

Rules 30-302(1)Issued January 2010


Background/Question

-ported. . There have been differences of opinion regarding how luminaires are to be securely supported when mounted in or on suspended ceiling systems. Incidents occurred where the suspended ceiling had collapsed taking the luminaire down, exposing live conductors where the ceiling was not constructed to support the ad-ditional weight of the luminaire.

The requirements in this bulletin have been submitted to the Standards Administrator of the Committee on Part I of the CEC as a proposed amendment to Rule 30-302 for adoption in a future edition of the Canadian Electrical Code. In the interim, the following requirements are applicable.

DirectionWhere suspended ceiling systems are used to support luminaires, the ceiling shall be constructed and sup-ported to the building structure in accordance with local codes, the ceiling manufacturer’s installation instruc-tions, and applicable industry standards; and

1. Lay-in or recessed luminaires shall be fastened directly to the ceiling-framing members with suitable screws, rivets, or other approved fastening devices, or shall be supported to the building structure.

2. Luminaires mounted on the lower surface of suspension systems for lay-in tile or panel type ceilings shall be fastened directly to the main grid framing members with suitable screws, rivets, or other ap-proved fastening devices, or shall be supported to the building structure.

3. Where the luminaires in (1) or (2) are supported to the building structure, each luminaire shall be supported at opposite ends by minimum No. 12-AWG (2.70 mm) galvanized, soft annealed, mild steel

used. (See Figure 1 for an example of one method)

4. Luminaires mounted on the lower surface of suspended drywall ceiling systems shall be fastened to the ceiling with fastening devices suitable for the ceiling component the luminaire will be supported by.

Suspended ceiling systems include those for lay-in acoustical tile and ceiling panels and those for drywall

ASTM C636M–06 Standard Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acousti-cal Tile and Lay-In Panels.

Attached Gypsum Panel Products.

ASTM E580M-06 Standard Practice for Application of Ceiling suspension systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels in Areas Requiring Seismic Restraint.




Page 2 of 2

If there are questions regarding the construction of a suspended ceiling system with respect to supporting the

stating that the ceiling has been designed and constructed to support the additional weight of the luminaires

etc. Where luminaires are supported to the building structure and that support is supplementary to that of the ceiling grid, minimal slack in the supports is acceptable.

ballast change) and the outside housing of the luminaire remains, there is no requirement to add additional support provided there is no resulting increase in the luminaire weight.




Page 1 of 4

Bulletin 30-6-6 replacement surface mount luminaires

Rules 30-408


Scope

(1) Recessed luminaires blanketed with thermal insulation (2) Recessed luminaires in bulkheads and like situations(3) Recessed luminaires in proximity to combustible plumbing systems(4) Recessed luminaires not intended for use in combustible construction(5) Field assembled recessed luminaires(6) Replacement surface mount luminaires – non 90 deg C wiring at existing ceiling outlet box

Background:The Canadian Standards Association Standard C22.2 No.250 for luminaires has the following requirements for recessed luminaires.

There are three distinct groups of recessed luminaires (1) Type IC and Type IC inherently protected (2) Type Non-IC (3) Type Non-IC Marked Spacing

This bulletin has been prepared to assist in matching markings required by Canadian Standards Association standards to installation requirements.

-dards since April 1998 and has been replaced by the markings given below, and can be expected to be seen less frequently.

contact.

labels.

(1) All electrical components of the luminaire shall be capable of extraction through the opening for ser-vice

(2) Box cover shall be removable with a hand tool from below the ceiling (3) Box may not be used as a feed-through unless marked for that purpose




Direction

Marking on Luminaire Conditions of use

thermally protected luminaire may

Barrier must be suitable for 90C” OR

-

May be blanketed with thermal insulation if marked as per 30-906

All types of insulation including sound insulation will be considered as thermal insulation.

contact with the recessed luminaire may not be in compliance with the Ontario Building Code. Various methods may be used to correct installations after the fact.

The standard for Cellulose Fibre Thermal Insulation for Buildings (CAN/CGSB-51.60-M90 planned to be superseded by CAN/ULC-

-uct from bags marked for compliance to CAN/ULC-S703 will be acceptable.

luminaire is a Type IC.

Type NON-IC with no marks to be installed in compliance with 30-902

mm (3 in) of any part of the lumi-

thermally protected luminaire may indicate overheating”

than the point(s) of support Where there is no thermal insulation, combustible surfaces shall not be closer than 13mm (0.5 in).

Type NON-IC Marked Spacings To be installed in compliance with 30-906

between(a) Center to center of adjacent

(b) Top of Luminaire to overhead

(c) Luminaire center to side build-

The installer must be able to verify they have met the manufacturer instructions.

be visible after installation.

Page 2 of 4




Page 3 of 4

Special attention must be given to recessed luminaires in bulkheads and like structures where a combustible vapour barrier also serves to keep thermal insulation away from the recessed luminaire. Experience has shown that the heat of a luminaire close to a vapour barrier can cause it to shrink back, possibly tearing and allowing thermal insulation to surround a luminaire not approved for being embedded in thermal insulation.

(a) The luminaire in a bulkhead is of a type not approved for insulation contact, and (b) The construction of the bulkhead is such that shrink back in a vapour barrier exposed to the

heat of the luminaire may occur,

An additional barrier (e.g. a layer of drywall) shall be placed between the vapour barrier and the luminaire.

Care shall also be taken to maintain a 12.5 mm (1/2”) separation from ABS plumbing. The Canadian Stan-

Question 1

Answer 1

-lowed in residential installations.

(5) Field assembled recessed luminaires

Rule 30-910 through luminaire opening, Rule 30-910




(6) Replacement surface mount luminaires – non 90 deg C wiring at existing ceilingoutlet box – Rule 30-408

Question 2Is it permitted to install a replacement surface mount luminaire that has a label requiring the supply conduc-tors to be rated for minimum 90 deg C on an existing outlet box that contains 60 or 75 deg C conductors? The original installation was pre-1970 so it is likely wired with either 60 or 75 deg C rated conductors or cables, which were commonly used at that time.

Answer 2Yes, provided that one of the following is complied with.

(a) install approved heat shrink tubing having a minimum operating temperature of 90 deg C on any existing 60 or 75 deg C conductors in the existing ceiling outlet box. The heat shrink shall be installed over the full length of the existing insulated conductors that are exposed inside the outlet box.

Note:*.

OR

(b) Install an approved luminaire that does not exceed the maximum temperature ratings of the existing branch circuit wiring.

Rationale:Most new surface mount luminaires are marked “Min 90 deg C supply conductors”. The requirement for 90 deg C branch circuit conductors in ceiling outlet boxes was introduced in the 1969 edition of the Electrical Safety Code.

The potential hazard is exposure of 60 or 75 deg C rated insulation to higher temperatures causing degrada-tion of the insulation over time. Installation of heat shrink with a minimum operating temperature of 90 deg C over top of the existing insulation ensures that the conductor that is exposed inside the outlet box is insulated to the minimum required by the luminaire marking.

Page 4 of 4




Bulletin 30-11-1

Rule 30-308(4)


Background-

dents and deaths while working on energized 347 volt electrical lighting systems. The challenge was and still is to change a long instilled behavior to work on these systems when energized. ESA embarked on a major safety initiative to educate electrical workers to de-energize 347 volt lighting systems before working on them. Although ESA continues the education process it is abundantly clear that the electrical industry still continues to work on these systems while energized, therefore a conveniently located disconnect means is necessary to provide enhanced worker safety.

volts to ground be provided with a disconnecting means that is integral to the luminaire. The rule also requires that this disconnecting means be clearly and permanently labeled to identify its purpose.

Direction

ground will be required to be in compliance with Rule 30-308(4).

Although the Rule is not retroactively applied to existing installations, ESA highly recommends existing luminaires be equipped with an integral disconnecting means during maintenance activities such as ballast replacement, etc.

Note

(2) When disconnecting 347 Volt lighting systems, personal protective equipment (PPE) requirements must be determined by the employer and/or supervisor and followed by the employee.

(1) Plug type connectors incorporated in the ballast leads(2) Plug type connectors located directly at the ballast(3) 2-pole switch(4) Cord sets and power supply cords(5) Wiring harness assembly

Page 1 of 1




Bulletin 30-12-0

Rules 2-034, 12-3000, 14-010, 26-722, 30-318, 30-500, 30-502, 30-504

Issued May 2011

Scope

(1) Lighting at entrances of residential occupancies(2) Lighting control within dwelling unit(3) Luminaires installed in kitchens and bathrooms(4) Lighting requirements for stairways(5) Lighting branch circuits

BackgroundThe intent of this bulletin is to communicate answers for frequently asked technical questions about the instal-lation of luminaires in buildings of residential occupancy.

(1) Lighting at entrances to residential occupancies

Question 1

Answer 1-

For application of Rule 30-500, ESA will follow the interpretation of the Building Code as published in and

• Vehicular entrance doors leading into attached garages are not intended to serve exactly the same function as mandoors and therefore a lighting outlet is not required.

• In the case of mandoors leading from the exterior into attached garages where access is provided between the garage and the dwelling unit, a lighting outlet is required.

• For mandoors leading from the exterior into attached garages where access is not provided between the garage and the dwelling unit, a lighting outlet is required.

• Side or rear entry doors from the exterior into a dwelling unit are also required to be provided with lighting outlets.

lighting outlets. Mandoors leading into a detached garage on a residential property are not required to be provided with light-ing outlets. The above opinions are based on the text as quoted from the Commentary to Part 9 of the NBC. Also, an attached garage is considered to form part of the residential unit (see Sentence 9.10.9.16.(3)); the corollary being that a detached garage does not form part of the dwelling unit since it is not attached to the residential structure.“

Page 1 of 4




Rationale 1

whether it had a keyed lockset or not.

Question 2Is it permitted to use means other than a wall switch for controlling luminaires at public entrances for large

Answer 2Yes, notwithstanding Rule 30-500, it is permitted to use other means of lighting control (other than manually operated switches) to control luminaires installed at public entrances of large buildings of residential occupan-cies.

Rationale 2These areas are considered public areas, and in some cases using a wall switch could be a potential safety hazard as someone could turn it off. Therefore, it is permitted to use other means of control, e.g. lighting con-trol panels accessible only to building staff, photocells, etc.

Clauses 3.2.7.1 and 9.34.2.7, of the Ontario Building Code permits the use of wall switch or panel for the con-trol of lighting in public areas in residential occupancies. The reply above is in line with the direction in OBC.

(2) Lighting control within dwelling units

Question 3Does rule 30-502 mandate that a wall switch that controls the luminaire be located inside the same room as

Answer 3No, the Ontario Electrical Safety Code (OESC) does not mandate the switch to be located inside the same room.

Note: In the case of a bathroom, Rule 30-320 (3) does not allow a switch to be located within 1 meter of a bathtub or shower. Alternatively it can be located not less than 0.5 meter if protected by a GFCI Class A.

If these distances cannot be achieved, the customer is required to provide an alternative solution to satisfy the OESC. E.g., locate the wall switch outside the bathroom; change the washroom size or layout. Building of-

(Underthe Building Code Act, the local municipality is the authority having jurisdiction for enforcing the Act and it’s Regulations). It is the customer responsibility to ensure the installation complies with all applicable Codes.

Question 4

Answer 4

Page 2 of 4




instructions (Rule 2-034).

Question 5-

Answer 5

require GFCI protection, then the Code requires that the instructions be followed (Rule 2-034).

Question 6

Answer 6

be required where equipment has its own integral connection box or has been approved for use as a connec-tion box.

Question 7

Answer 7No. The OESC does not permit circuits that supply receptacles located behind kitchen counter work surfaces to supply any other outlets under cabinet luminaires (Rule 26-722).

Question 8

Answer 8No, the OESC Rule 30-504 requires every stairway to be lighted, however it does not provide guidance with respect to the location of stairway luminaires or the minimum light level required. The Ontario Building Code

Note:The Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (IESNA) recommends a minimum lighting level of 50 Lux or 5 Foot candles for residential passage areas. In order to comply with the intent of the Rule, luminaires should be located so as to provide this minimum recommended lighting level.

Does the OESC require the installation of a two pole circuit breaker for a three wire branch circuit that sup-

Page 3 of 4




lighting loads or non-split receptacles, and that have each lighting load or receptacles connected to the neu-tral and one ungrounded conductor.

Note:-

devices are disconnected from the circuit.

Page 4 of 4




Page 1 of 2

Bulletin 32-3-4 Wiring Methods for Fire Alarm Systems

Rules 12-300 to 12-318, 12-1100 to 12-1220, 32-100 and 32-102


Scope

(2) Wiring method using non-metallic conduit

Background

classrooms.

Generally speaking, conductors used in this situation would be conductors or cable sets approved for use outside and either self-supported or suspended from a messenger cable in an acceptable manner.

In the past ESA has accepted FAS cable supported on messenger cables for this application. However, ESA has received reports of FAS installed aerially and exposed to sunlight and weather being found in a deteriorated condition.

Aerial Fire Alarm Cables shall be:

• installed according to Rules 12-300 to 12-318; or• suitable for the application and properly supported

Direction

FAS cable installed aerially are not accepted. However, existing aerial installations of FAS cable, beforeJanuary 1, 2005, that are exposed to sunlight and the weather should be regularly inspected for signs of dete-rioration and replaced as necessary.

Communication cable approved for use in outdoor, wet locations and exposed to the weather and sun;Teck90; NMWU (provided that it is supported on a messenger cable); or

a wet location and exposed to the weather and sun. Cable shall be surface printed with IMSA com-

The messenger cable shall have adequate strength to support the weight of the cable selected.




Page 2 of 2

These conductors shall be installed according to Rules 12-300 to 12-318. The Fire Alarm conductors shall be run at least 300 mm below a conductor of a higher voltage as required by Rule 12-306(4).

(2) Wiring method using non-metallic conduit

OESC Rule 32-102(1) (c) requires that the fire alarm conductors be embedded in 50 mm of poured concrete or masonry if installed in non-metallic conduit.

The specific restriction on use of non-metallic conduits for fire alarm system installations was to ensure opera-tion of these systems under emergency conditions. However, complying with the above rule created issues in the field where conductors had to be installed in rigid non-metallic conduit to avoid moisture or corrosion problems.

A proposal to accept fire alarm conductor’s installation in rigid non-metallic conduit without concrete encase-ment has been submitted to CE Code Part 1, along with the industry submitted information to support the fact that metallic raceways do not provide better fire protection than non-metallic raceways.

Direction: In Ontario, as of January 2010, in support of industry requirements, ESA will accept rigid non-metal-lic conduit installed as per Rules 12-1100 to 12-1220 and 2-128, as a wiring method that meets Rule 32-102 requirements.




Bulletin 32-5-0

Rule 32-204, 32-206, and 32-212

Scope

(3) Ground fault protection

the Ontario Building Code

-cuits. As noted in Appendix B, the intent of this Rule is to allow only a circuit breaker to be installed upstream

The requirements for the rating or setting of the circuit breaker differ depending on the source of power for

If the circuit breaker is fed from either the normal power supply to the building or a separate service box as permitted by Rules 6-102(1)(a) and 32-204, then the circuit breaker rating or setting shall comply with Rule 32-206(5).

rating or setting shall comply with Rule 32-206(4), which refers us to Rule 28-200. It is important to ensure

-mitted to contain a circuit breaker complying with Rule 32-206(1), (2), (3), & (5). This ensures that there is no

If the separate service box also supplies other emergency systems as permitted by Rule 6-102(1)(a), then the

Page 1 of 3




Page 2 of 3

206(1), (2), & (5). (See Figure B2)

The rating of the separate service box overcurrent device shall comply with Rule 28-204(3) and shall be co-

power supply and shall be lockable in the closed position.

(3) Ground fault protection

source referred to in Rule 32-200, or the circuit supplied from a separate service box in accordance with Rule

pump circuit. Note:

pump circuit and a tap from service equipment shall be permitted.

If the emergency power supply is ground fault protected as required by Rule 14-102, then it shall be accept--

tion. (See Figure B3-1)

As an alternative, ground fault protection shall not be required at the main overcurrent device for the emer-

pump feeder similar to Diagram 3 of the code. (See Figure B3-2)




supply, or a transfer switch; the Ontario Building and Fire Codes specify where this equipment is required to be installed. When this equipment is required to be installed by other authorities, then the Ontario Electrical Safety Code provides the electrical wiring requirements for their installation.

installations that comply with the Ontario Electrical Safety Code. These are examples only; other compliant arrangements shall also be acceptable.

SupplyAuthority

Service Box

Normal power supply

distribution

Fire pump circuit breaker, normal power

supply

Emergency power supply

Fire pump circuit breaker,

emergency power supply

Fire pump controller

and transfer switch

Fire pump

Emergency power

distribution

Life safety systems

Non life safety

systems

Normal building electrical systems

Life safety systems

Non life safety systems

Normal building electrical systems

Life safety systems

Non life safety systems

Life safety systemsNon life safety

systems

Rule 32-206(1)(2)(5)

Rule 46-202

Rule 46-206

Rule 32-206(4)

Rule 32-208

Separate service boxRules 6-102(1)(a),

32-204,32-206(1)(2)(3)(5)

Rule 46-202

Rule 46-206

Rule 32-206(4)

Rule 32-208N E N E

Page 3 of 3




Bulletin 36-1-23

Rule 2-010 and Section 36


The following is a list of information required to be included in the plan submission.(1) A covering letter; with a description of the project, Supply Authority (Local Distribution Company) name

and contact person name, supply voltage (wye or delta), owner of any supply transformer on customer property (Supply Authority or customer owned), and project name and address. Additional information that can be included is the Submitter’s Project Number.

(2) A copy of the site plan; indicating the location of the station relative to buildings, structures, roads, prop-erty lines, equipment not associated with the station, and the route of the supply if possible.

(3) A complete single line diagram; including all feeders and distribution, overcurrent device ratings, trans-former ratings, conductor type and sizes, raceway type and size, fault current available at each point of distribution, and interlocking provisions (where required).

-ment of the equipment, dimensions to clearly indicate the electrical, physical and work clearances and relative locations of the equipment, and fencing arrangements where required on outdoor substation.

as required by Rule 75-248(8). (Where applicable)(7) Nameplate data for all electrical equipment and high voltage cable.

Prior to planning an installation, the supply authority should be consulted for their conditions of service and any special requirements for connection to their distribution system.

The Ontario Electrical Safety Code does not apply to equipment and wiring that is part of the Supply Service

that they own and control the equipment, the Electrical Safety Authority will not apply the Ontario Electrical Safety Code to that equipment.

Plan Review Department 1-800-746-6480 1-800-957-2738400 Sheldon Drive, Unit 5 519-624-3564 519-624-3570Cambridge, OntarioN1T 2H9

All required data should be submitted as a complete package by one submitter where possible to facilitate the plan review and timely report.

The fee for high voltage plan approval is as per ESA’s fee guide.

Page 1 of 1




Bulletin 36-3-3

Rules 36-214


GeneralOn all high potential installations, some means must be provided to enable operating and maintenance per-sonnel to assure themselves, visually, that a piece of equipment, a circuit or the whole installation is de-ener-gized and isolated for maintenance or other purposes, when required. This requirement is in addition to any interlocking arrangement provided.

The provision for visible isolation must be such that an actual break in the supply to the circuit or equipment is visible, e.g., opened switch contacts. Gang-operated switches, fuse cutouts and removable links in a bus

Where a gang-operated switch is mounted in a metal enclosure, clear glass viewing windows of the safety type must be installed so that the position of the switch may be seen without the necessity of exposing live parts. Where disconnects are operated individually and are mounted in a metal enclosure, the arrangement must be such that the door of the enclosure can be closed and locked with the disconnects in the open posi-tion.

It is suggested that the provisions for visible isolation be detailed on all plans for high voltage installations submitted for examination so that adequate comments can be made.

Double ended low voltage switchboardVisible isolation is required at any voltage where the possibility of feedback into the high voltage section of the station exists.

QuestionWhere a double ended station is installed with 600 volt secondary distribution incorporating a tie breaker

(See Diagram B1)

AnswerYes

RationaleThere is the possibility of feedback through the low voltage distribution from one high voltage section of the station into the other if the tie breaker is closed and one of the main secondary circuit breakers does not open properly. This back feed would place personnel working on the high voltage equipment at risk of injury.

DirectionVisible isolation meeting the requirements of Subrule 36-214 (2) is required for both of the main secondary breakers shown in the Diagram B1.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




Rule 36-110


Scope

(1) Vertical isolation(2) Horizontal isolation – Table 33(3) Outdoor transformer installations

(1) Vertical isolation

misunderstanding regarding the requirements for isolation of live parts in such installations.

Bare conductors, insulated conductors not sheathed or enclosed in metal and other bare live parts shall be (a)

(1) Elevation above ground level by the number of metres prescribed in Table 32 for indoor installations; or

(2) Elevation above ground level by the number of metres prescribed in Table 32 for outdoor installations in light and heavy snow areas; or

(3) Grounded metal screens or barriers located so as to provide the equivalent protection afforded by the elevations prescribed in Clauses 1 and 2; or

(4) Interlocking such that the enclosure in which the conductors and other bare live parts are installed cannot be entered until all equipment contained therein is de-energized.

Bare conductors, insulated conductors not sheathed or enclosed in grounded metal and other bare live parts

(1) 3 metres where the voltage does not exceed 46,000 volts between phase conductors; or

(2) 3.7 metres where the voltage exceeds 46,000 volts but does not exceed 69,000 volts between phase con-ductors.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2

In outdoor installations where transformers having high voltage bushings in the top are employed, and the bus rises vertically from the bushings to the required elevation before proceeding to a horizontal direction, the requirements of Rule 36-110 shall not apply to the bushings or the vertical section of bus providing that, in

(1) The top of the transformer tank is not less than 2 metres above grade in a light snow area; or(2) The top of the transformer tank is not less than 2.7 metres above grade in a heavy snow area.

person to stand upon it, the top of the pad is deemed to be the grade referred to above.

Light snow areas are where the mean annual recorded depth of snow is 500 mm (20”) or less.

mm line are light snow areas. Although local conditions for locations between the 400 mm and the 500 mmline may make it desirable to maintain heavy snow clearances, acceptance will be based on the location be-ing a light snow area.




-

Rules 2-024, 26-010, 26-014, 26-242, 26-300 to 324, 36-006 and 36-300 to 310


Scope

(1) Requirements for the Installation of tamper resistant transformers kiosks and tamper resistant pad mounted transformers

(3) Disconnecting means for pad mounted transformers

Introduction

-former kiosks, and tamper resistant pad mounted distribution equipment which are located outdoors and are not owned by the Supply Authority; and

Pad mounted distribution transformers and equipment are designed to mount on a grade level concrete slab or pad of suitable dimensions.

-ing the transformer and the other compartment containing cable terminations and connections.

switchgear, etc.Kiosks are enclosures of steel or a combination of masonry and steel and which may be partly buried and within which may be installed standard distribution transformers and protective equipment.

required to be surrounded by a station fence. Rule 26-010

to be installed outdoors when surrounded by a fence complying with Rule 26-300 to 26-324 or equivalent. The fence shall be a station fence or a property boundary fence with controlled access.

by a station fence complying with Rule 26-300 to 26-324 or equivalent.

Mechanical ProtectionWhere tamper resistant equipment is subject to damage from vehicles, it shall be surrounded by a fence meeting the requirements of Rule 26-300 to 324 or suitable barriers of a permanent nature shall be erected to provide the necessary protection.

Page 1 of 4




Page 2 of 4

example of a suitable barrier for tamper resistant equipment.

The equipment shall be approved in accordance with Rule 2-024 (1), (2) or (3), or accepted under the provi-sions of Rule 2-024(5).

Locking and InterlockingAny doors giving access to live parts containing fuses in the equipment shall be so interlocked with an exter-nal means of providing visible isolation of all ungrounded conductors (e.g., load break switch), that the doors cannot be opened until the means of visible isolation is locked open and the means of visible isolation cannot be closed until the doors are locked closed.

Interlock mechanisms where provided shall be installed so as to be tamper resistant.

Customer owned pad mounted transformers containing fuses shall have the cover or door providing access to the fuses interlocked with the disconnecting means for the transformer in compliance with Rule 36-208.

Grounding

Warning Signs

more than one such door, a sign shall be mounted on each. Rule 36-006.

Background

Rules 26-014 and 26-242.

Notwithstanding the requirements of Subrule (2), transformers that are protected by an internal current-limiting fuse and are equipped with a pressure relief

Question:

Answer:No.

Rationale:The function of the internal current limiting fuse(s) is to limit system fault levels to the transformer to protect against catastrophic damage and rupture of the transformer in the event of an internal failure. A current limit-ing fuse limits the fault energy and will interrupt the fault within a 1/4 cycle thereby preventing a violent failure. A bayonet fuse cannot protect against some internal failures and transformer tank ruptures. Internal current limiting fuses referenced in the rule are installed immersed in the dielectric liquid of the liquid




the transformer windings and dielectric liquid. Replacement of these fuses after operation would require the transformer be removed from service and exposing the transformer windings and dielectric liquid for testing and /or replacement.

fuses, to provide transformer overcurrent protection. Bayonet fuses are located in wells in the high voltage compartment of the transformer that separate them from the transformer tank containing the dielectric liquid and windings and are accessible by opening the high voltage compartment.

Protecting a padmount transformer by means of a bayonet fuse in series with a back up current limiting fuse

with each other for optimum protection throughout the range of fault currents that could occur. (See Figures B1 & B2) The attached single line diagram indicates both internal current limiting fuses and bayonet fuses. The use of

Figure B2: Expanded View

Background

disconnecting means need not be provided for transformer(s), with no customer owned equipment between the transformer(s) and supply authority interface (excluding surge arresters and conductor) and where written assurance has been received from a supply authority stating it owns and controls the transformer(s).

Page 3 of 4




Page 4 of 4

Question:Questions have been asked regarding acceptance of a load break switch mounted within a padmount trans-former tank as a disconnecting means for a customer owned single phase padmount transformer.

DirectionExternally operated disconnecting means that provide visible isolation shall be provided.

RationaleRule 36-214(2) requires that an actual break in the supply be visible, eg- open contacts. This is not normally the case with load break switches that are mounted within a padmount transformer tank.

Question:Questions have also been asked regarding acceptance of a load break elbow connector as a disconnecting means for a customer owned single phase padmount transformer.

DirectionLoad break disconnecting means that may be safely operated without special tools or equipment shall be provided. Load break elbows do not comply with this requirement. (Rule 36-204)

Rationale

equipment and work methods. The elbow may be fused or unfused depending on the application and may require additional disconnecting means upstream where they are fused.




Page 1 of 1

Bulletin 36-8-7Lightning Arrester Application

Rules 26-500 36-000, 36-308(2)(c)


There have been many questions raised as to where to install lightning arresters, what type of lighting ar-resters to use, and the number of lighting arresters that are required. Rule 26-500 is not explicit as to these requirements and leaves the electrical system designer responsible to determine location, type, and number of lightning arresters required for the level of protection desired.

(1) Lightning arresters shall be installed in every distributing substation in locations where lightning distur-bances are of frequent occurrence and no other adequate protection is provided.

(a) Shall be permitted to be installed either inside or outside the building or enclosure containing the equipment to be protected; and

(b) Shall be isolated by elevation, enclosed, or made otherwise inaccessible to unauthorized persons.

The electrical designer, following good engineering practice, shall determine the number, location and rating of lightning arresters.

ESA encourages electrical designers to research the applicable standards to ensure adequate protection has been provided.

Examples are ANSI/IEEE C262.22 for Metal Oxide and ANSI/IEEE C62.2 for gapped Silicon-Carbide.

ESA’s role is to ensure the lightning protection scheme is installed as designed. If the installing contractor

level of protection is adequate.

NoteElectrical installations that are installed under the scope of Section 75 without any additional electrical design




Page 1 of 6

Bulletin 36-10-15

Rules 36-300 to 36-312


Scope

(1) Introduction(2) Station ground electrode design(3) Interconnecting station ground electrodes(4) Extent of ground surface covering layer(5) Metal boundary fence in proximity to a station fence(6) Metal boundary fence or other metal structures in proximity to tamper resistant pad-mounted transformers

and equipment(7) Gang operated switch handles

(1) Introduction

This Bulletin is intended to clarify some of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code requirements for grounding of

Grounding and bonding systems for AC high voltage stations shall be designed to ensure safety of personnel, protection of equipment, and proper operation of protective devices. In order to accomplish this the Ontario Electrical Safety Code limits the maximum potential rise of all parts of a station ground electrode to 5000 volts or less and limits touch and step voltages within and around the electrode to those values given in Table 52. A station ground electrode design is often required to demonstrate Ontario Electrical Safety Code compliance. This Bulletin provides guidance in determining where a design shall be required in Ontario.

(2) Station ground electrode design

potential rise under fault conditions and that hazardous step and touch voltages do not occur, a station ground electrode design may be required to be submitted with plans for high voltage installations in accordance with

the single line-to-ground fault level or the double line-to-ground fault level, whichever value is higher (Refer--

tion upon request.

The person responsible for the design shall make reference to the latest edition of ANSI / IEEE Std 80 - Guide -

tomer Owned High Voltage Substations.

In recent years the high cost of copper has led to vandalism and theft of copper conductors and station elec-trodes and the question is often asked regarding the use of materials other then copper for grounding and bonding purposes.

The answer is yes other materials are acceptable. Rule 36-300(2) permits the use of other materials, provide




Page 2 of 6

all the criteria set out in the rule are met. Further guidance is set out in the IEEE80-2000 Clause 11.2 with respect to acceptable materials and other limiting factors required to be taken into consideration.

Once an alternate material has been selected and all of the installation cautions addressed, the unique properties of the material shall be used in the calculations to determine GPR, step and touch potentials as required by the IEEE Std 80 and the OESC.

The design of any station grounding system other than explicitly approved by the Rules of the Code shall be documented and signed by a Professional Engineer in addition to being subject to acceptance in accordance with Rule 2-030.

A Station Ground Electrode Design shall be required for all high voltage stations within the scope of this Bul-

kV grounded or less; which shall be permitted to be grounded to a station ground electrode complying

o Consist of four or more 19 mm × 3 m ground rods driven so as to be not less than 3 m apart, and suitably interconnected with an annealed copper conductor not smaller than No. 2/0 AWG to form a complete loop around the equipment at a distance of at least 1 m from any part of the equip-ment; and

o Connected to the transformer tank or frame by a conductor of not less than 2/0 AWG copper in accordance with Rule 36-308(2)(b)(i); and

o Connected to the transformer neutral (Xo) by a second conductor of not less than 2/0 AWG cop-per in accordance with Rule 36-308(6). .

Xo Transformer Tank

Padmounted Equipment

Minimum 2/0 AWG copper connection to transformer neutral.

Minimum 1 m from all metal parts of pad mounted equipment.

Minimum 2/0 AWG copper.

Minimum 19 mm X 3 m galvanized ground rod, minimum 3 mseparation, maximum 1 conductor per clamp.

Concrete Pad

Minimum 2/0 AWG copper connection to transformer tank or frame.




Page 3 of 6

o Non tamper resistant pad mounted transformers or equipment, surrounded by a station fence complying with Rules 26-300 to 26-324, with a nominal supply voltage of 27.6/16 kV grounded or less; which shall be permitted to be grounded to a station ground electrode complying with Rule

o Consist of a minimum of eight driven ground rods rather than four; ando The maximum spacing of parallel grid conductors is not greater than 1.5 m; ando The grid is installed under the area occupied by all equipment within the station fence and ex-

tends at least 1 m beyond the outside of the fence; ando The grid is covered by a minimum of 50 mm of soil; ando The station ground surface area is covered with a layer of coarse crushed stone, asphalt, or

to a maximum of 600 mm below the rough station grade.o Note: Table 52 column 1 lists various types of ground, all which can be used to cover a station

electrode, provided the material and it’s ohm-metres value is used in the calculation to determine the ground potential rise as well as the step and touch potentials. Electrical designers typically model their ground studies using 150 mm of crushed stone so that station electrode’s area does not get too large or expensive, however materials other than stone may be used for the ground surface covering layer.

(3) Interconnecting station ground electrodes

When one high voltage station is fed from another using a high voltage multi conductor Teck 90 or a simi-lar type of cable that incorporates a bond conductor, the bond conductor shall be connected to both station ground electrodes.

When either of the station ground electrodes is designed to be a remote ground electrode for compliance with Rule 36-304 then the two electrodes shall also be interconnected with two grounding conductors of at least 2/0 AWG copper as required by Rule 36-302(3).

If each station has a ground electrode that complies with Rule 36-304 then the two 2/0 interconnecting ground conductors shall not be required, however where practicable, they are highly recommended as the overall grounding integrity will be improved. For example, if the two stations were within 15 to 30 meters of each other it may be considered practicable to make the extra interconnections. Where greater distances separate the stations it may not be considered practicable.

Rule 36-304(5) requires the ground surface-covering layer (examples are coarse crushed stone or asphalt) to extend a minimum of 1 m beyond the station grounding electrode area on all sides and Rule 36-312(1) requires the station fence to be at least 1 m inside the station grounding electrode area. Code compliance would therefore require the ground surface-covering layer to extend at least 2 m outwards from the station fence.

Recognizing that this is not always practicable for some stations due to a shortage of real estate or other lo-cal conditions and acknowledging standard trade practice, it shall be permissible to reduce the extent of the ground surface-covering layer beyond the fence to not less than 1.15 m.




Page 4 of 6

Rule 36-312(5) requires touch voltages within 1 m of all parts of a metal boundary fence to be less than the values given in Table 52 where the boundary fence is in proximity to a station fence. Calculations demonstrat-ing compliance shall not be required where no part of the boundary fence is closer than 2.4 m to the station fence.

o Insertion of an insulating fence section in the boundary fence so no metal conductive parts of the fence are within 2.4 m of the station fence; or

o Insertion of insulating fence sections of not less than 2.4 m in length in the boundary fence so as to isolate any sections of metal boundary fence that are within 2.4 m of the station fence and then bonding the isolated metal section(s) of the boundary fence to the station electrode in compliance with Rule 36-312.

o

Station fence (grounded as per Rule 36-312).

Perimeter of station ground electrode.

Insulating fence section so no metal parts of boundary fence are within 2.4 m of station fence.

Boundary fence

Station fence (grounded as per Rule 36-312)

Perimeter of station ground electrode.

Insulating fence sections, each at least 2.4 m long.

Ground loop around section of boundary fence that is within 2.4 m of station fence, interconnected with station fence loop in at least one place. A second connection at a separate location is recommended for redundancy.

Boundary fence.




Page 5 of 6

Quite often metal fences or similar metal structures such as bollards or guardrails are installed around or near tamper resistant padmounted transformers or equipment for mechanical protection from vehicles (see Bulletin

Rule 36-308(1) requires all non-current carrying metal equipment and structures forming part of a station to be bonded to the station ground electrode to prevent the build-up of dangerous potential differences between the equipment or structures and the nearby earth. Calculations demonstrating compliance with the tolerable

by at least 2.4 m; or

less than 2/0 copper AWG.

(7) Gang operated switch handles

Rule 36-310 requires the operating handle of all non-enclosed high voltage switches to be connected to the station ground electrode. The rule also requires the installation of a metallic gradient control mat that is in turn connected to the switch handle-bonding conductor by two separate copper conductors of not less than 2/0 AWG.

Padmount Equipment

Metal protective barrierwithin 2.4 m interconnected with padmount ground loop in at least one place. A second connection at a separate location is recommended for

equipment ground loop.

Padmount Equipment

Padmounted equipment ground loop.

Metal protective bollards within 2.4 m interconnected with padmount ground loop.

redundancy.




Page 6 of 6

Should a failure occur during the operation of an exposed switch resulting in the passage of fault current down the supporting structure or the mechanical linkage to the switch-operating handle at ground level, a

By providing a gradient control mat, bonding the mat and the switch-handle together and connecting them to the station ground electrode, an equipotential zone is created and should an accidental energization or induced potential occur during operation of the switch, a worker standing on the mat will be protected against touch and step potentials.




Page 1 of 2

Bulletin 36-11-4

Rules 26-250, 14-402, 36-204 and 36-208


Scope

(1) Disconnecting means for transformers(2) Disconnect switch for pole mounted transformers

The purpose of this Bulletin is to ensure a consistent interpretation of Rule 26-250, Disconnecting Means for Transformers. This rule requires a disconnecting means to be installed in the primary circuit of each trans-

phase transformers operating as a unit or three phase transformers connected in parallel.

Every power and distribution transformer installed within a structure is required to have a separate discon-necting means and overcurrent device(s) to satisfy the minimum requirements of Rule 26-250 and 14-402.

Installations located outside of structures have been permitted with multiple transformers controlled by one disconnecting means, provided each transformer or bank of transformers has separate overcurrent protection

If an outdoor overhead or underground distribution systems has a load break switch with visible isolation, then that one switch may control one or more transformers or banks of transformers, provided each transformer or transformer bank has separate overcurrent protection.

If operating conditions are such that the customer owned disconnecting means cannot be opened conve-niently when necessary to isolate an individual transformer or transformer bank, the Electrical Safety Authority recommends each transformer or bank of transformers be provided with its own group operated disconnect-ing means in accordance with Rule 36-204.




Page 2 of 2

fuses warning operators not to replace fuses while the supply circuit is energized.

means for each consumer’s service, operating unit of apparatus, feeder and branch circuit operating at high voltage.

Where the equipment is a pole mounted transformer(s), such disconnecting means need not be provided where the supply authority has provided written assurance that it owns the transformers(s)




Page 1 of 4

Bulletin 36-12-2

Rules 36-204, 36-208, 14-414, 14-502 14-506 and 26-250

Supersedes bulletin 36-12-1

Scope(1) Single line diagram(2) Switch mounting

(a) Blade position(3) Transformer disconnecting means where there is more than one feeder supplying the transformer

-

A B C D E F

Customer owned and operated service box.

Cubicle C

LDC owned and operated loop feeders. Customer owned equipment. LDC locks on cubicle A & B

Customer owned and operated feeders.




Page 2 of 4

Diagram B2 depicts customer owned and controlled equipment, therefore a third disconnect switch is not required. The fuse compartment shall be interlocked with the disconnecting means as required by Rule 36-208 such that a worker cannot gain access to the fuse compartment until both switches are locked in the open position. The interlocks prevent workers from entering the fuse compartment until both disconnects are open. The disconnects may both be closed under normal operation or individually, however both locked out to gain access to fuses.

Rule 14-502 (2) requires that switches be mounted such that gravity will not tend to close them. CSA standard C22.2 No 31 (clause 4.6.3) permits the switch to be mounted such that gravity will tend to close the switch provided latches or equivalent means are provided to prevent accidental closure. Switches approved to this requirement are acceptable.

(a) Blade position

Rule 14-506 states that switch blades are to be dead when in the open position; the following exceptions are permitted;

The switchgear is provided for sectionalizing purposes; (Diagram B2) orThe supply authority requires live blade switching, and the cubicle where this occurs is locked with a utility lock. (Diagram B1)

K2 K1,2K1




Page 3 of 4

Rule 26-250 states that a disconnecting means shall be installed in the primary circuit of each power and distribution transformer.

circuit of a power and distribution transformer where there is more than one feeder supplying the transformer.

In order to alleviate some of the confusion, the following is the direction when applying Rule 26-250 where there is more than one supply to a transformer.

-tors of a circuit can be disconnected from their source of supply.

Rule 14-414(1) states that if electrical equipment is supplied by two or more different transformers or other

(a) A single disconnecting means which will effectively isolate all ungrounded conductors supplying the equipment shall be provided integral with or adjacent to the equipment; or

(b) Each supply circuit shall be provided with a disconnecting means integral with or adjacent to the equip-ment, and the disconnecting means shall be grouped together.

Subrule (3) states where multiple disconnecting means as in Subrule (1)(b) are provided, suitable warning signs shall be placed on or adjacent to each disconnecting means to the effect that all of the disconnecting means must be opened to ensure complete de-energization of the equipment.

If multiple disconnecting means are installed for multiple supplies to a single transformer, then the following conditions shall be met; Diagram B3.

The disconnecting means shall be Kirk Key interlocked with the Fuse compartment (Rule 36-208) and; Only one supply shall be capable of being energized at any one time, except where two or more sepa-rately derived circuits are installed and designed to be connected in parallel during switching operations. (Rules 6-106, 14-612)Where multiple disconnecting means are provided, suitable warning signs shall be placed on or adjacent to each disconnecting means to the effect that all of the disconnecting means must be opened to ensure complete de-energization of the equipment (Rule 14-416).




Page 4 of 4

MH-60 MH-123-1C*500 MCM-72M 3-1C*500 MCM-48M

Outdoor Compound

14-414 Two Sources

4.5kVMCOV Key Interlock to

Open FuseK1/K2/K3

26-250 Disconnecting means for Transformer

Oil Imersed

4.5kVMCOV

36-309 Interlocking of Fuse

5000kVA4160V-208/120V3 Ph, 4WZ=4.3%




Page 1 of 4

Bulletin 36-15-4

Rules 36-110, 2-024 and 26-010


Scope

(1) Standards used for high voltage equipment(2) Outdoor transformer cooling fans(3) Temper resistant transformer cooling fans(4) Transformer designations

BackgroundQuestions have arisen regarding approval of, and standards used for high voltage equipment. Depending on

DirectionTable B1 details the appropriate CSA standards to be used for high voltage transformers and enclosed switch-gear.

use in Ontario.

High Voltage Equipment Application Equipment Standard

Oil/Liquid Filled Power Transformer Outdoors within a fenced in station, orIndoors within a vault

Built to CAN/CSA C88

Oil/Liquid Filled Distribution Trans-former (Up to 3MVA) ONAN only

Outdoors within a fenced in station, orIndoors within a vault

Built to CAN/CSA C2

Oil/Liquid Filled Distribution Trans-former (Up to 3MVA) LNAN only

Outdoors within a fenced in station, orIndoors within a vault, orEquipment room

Built to CAN/CSA C2

Single Phase Tamper Resistant Pad Mount Transformer (Up to 27.6/16.8 kV) (Up to 167 KVA)

Outdoors Built to CAN/CSA C227.3

Three Phase Tamper Resistant Pad Mount Transformer (Up to 27.6 kV) (Up to 2500 KVA)

Outdoors Built to CAN/CSA C227.4

Oil/Liquid Filled Tamper Resistant Pad Mount Transformer ONAN and LNAN only

Outdoors Built to CAN/CSA C88, and Built to the tamper resistant requirements in C227.4




Page 2 of 4

Air Cooled Distribution Transformer (Dry Type) (Up to 46 kV)

Indoors or Outdoors

Enclosed Switchgear up to 46kV Indoors or Outdoors within a fenced station

Enclosed Switchgear up to 46kV Outdoors(Tamper resistant Design)

I EEE Standards for High Voltage Equipment

C57.12.00 -IEEE Standard General Requirements for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power and Regulating Transformers.

C57.12.10 -Safety Requirements 230 kV and Below 833/958 Through 8333/10417 kVA, Single-Phase, and 750/862 Through 60000/80000/100000kVA, Three-Phase Without Load Tap Changing; and 3750/4687 Through 60000/80000/100000 kVA with Load Tap Changing.

C57.12.22 -Pad-Mounted, Compartmental-Type, Self-Cooled, Three-Phase Distribution Transformers with High Voltage

and Below - Requirements.

C57.12.28 -Pad-Mounted Equipment - Enclosure Integrity.

C57.12.70-American National Standard Terminal Markings and Connections for Distribution and Power Transformers.

C57.12.80 -IEEE Standard Terminology for Power and Distribution Transformers.

C57.12.90 -IEEE Standard Test Code for Liquid-Immersed Distribution, Power, and Regulating Transformers and IEEE Guide for Short-Circuit Testing of Distribution and Power Transformers.

C57.92 -

Tamper resistant means, in any normal operating condition, contact with live parts cannot be made either directly or by means of any conductive material, with or without the use of such common tools as might be accessible to children. It does not imply proof against any deliberate actions of adults or children

Note: All tamper resistant equipment must meet the general principals of Standard CAN/CSA C227 or IEEE

1. All gauges, valves, primary and secondary terminations, tap changers, oil pressure relief vents etc. shall be contained within the transformer enclosure.

2. All access doors shall hinged and be capable of being lock with a single lock.




Page 3 of 4

3. All access doors shall have no exposed bolts or nuts, and have a minimum of two penta bolts complete with sleeves as detailed in Clause 5.2.1.2 and Figure 7 of CAN/CSA C227.4

4. Equipment shall have no external means of operation of switching equipment nor shall it have an external glass viewing window.

There shall be no exposed screws, bolts, or other fastening devices that are externally removable, except for

which foreign objects such as sticks, rods, or wire may be inserted to contact live parts.

Direction

1. within a fenced in station; or2. as part of a tamper resistant transformer supplying an industrial establishment in a area zoned

industrial.

-strial area. Fan packages are not to be installed on tamper resistant transformers located in commercial or residential areas.

Direction

1. a totally enclosed fan motors; and2. fan blades suitably guarded with openings no larger than 12.7 mm wide; and3. wiring to the fan motor,

-tings, and

b. stainless steel torx screws used on all junction box covers to prevent access to cable connections, and

c. supplied from a circuit or common breaker that when de-energized will be easily recog-nized such as a lighting circuit; and

4. a visible or audible alarm, or both, located in the facility’s electrical room to alert personnel of a possible fan failure;

b. with a manual reset.5. If the fan control box is located at the transformer and contains fuses for protection of the indi-

design in accordance with Rule 14-402.

6. Local motor disconnecting means located within sight of and within 9 m of the controller and the fan motors is neither required nor preferred provided Rule 28-604(1)(b)(ii) is complied with.

Used high voltage transformers shall bear the markings as may be necessary to identify the equipment, and require ratio, polarity, megger, oil dielectric, oil analysis and insulation resistance tests.




Page 4 of 4




Page 1 of 1

Bulletin 36-16-1

Rule 36-100


Scope

(1) Use of 100% or 133% cable insulation ratings(2) Accepting 35 KV insulated power cables on 27.6 KV Ungrounded systems(3) Cable insulation for power cables on the 44 KV system

BackgroundA number of questions have arisen concerning the application of Cable insulation (Voltage) ratings

The 100% voltage rated cables are applicable to grounded systems provided with protection that will clear ground faults within 1 minute. 133% rated cables are required on ungrounded systems provided with protec-tion that will clear the fault within 1 hour. (see Clause 11.4.1 in IEEE Std 141)

CSA-C68.3)

The 44KV system is an effectively grounded 3 wire system, even though there is no neutral conductor. Thus the 44 KV system permits the use 100% insulation (voltage) rated cable.




Page 1 of 2

Bulletin 36-17-2

installationsRules 36-000 and 36-204


The Local Distribution Company must be consulted in all cases where a customer wishes to connect to their high voltage system. In addition to meeting all requirements of the Local Distribution Company for connec-tion, the requirements of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code must also be met. In some cases this has cre-ated confusion for the customer, and it is recommended that both the Local Distribution Company and Electri-cal Safety Authority be consulted during the early planning stages of each project to ensure all requirements can be met. [Rule 36-000(2)]

Rule 36-204 requires customer-owned overcurrent protection and visible isolation ahead of any privately owned lines, stations, etc. This shall be in the form of circuit breakers or fuses and handle-operated switches with gradient mats for the operator, and these shall be gang-operated for multi-phase applications. Switches shall be load-interrupting, or air-break switches interlocked to a load-interrupting device.

Rule 36-204 requires the disconnecting means / overcurrent protection to be located at the point of supply service connection. However, it is often desirable for reasons of safety to have disconnecting means located at the station and/or transformer especially if they are at some distance from the supply connection point. Compliance with the rule in these situations would necessitate installation of two disconnecting means, one at the supply connection point and one at the station or transformer.

Recognizing that where the station or transformer is located in close proximity to the supply connection point it is not reasonable to install two disconnecting means in close proximity to each other, the following devia-

Permitted Deviations to Rule 36-204

Overhead Installations Underground Installations

If the conductor length between the supply connec-tion point and the customer’s station or transformer does not exceed 200 m, then the disconnecting means and overcurrent protection shall be per-mitted to be located at the customer’s station or transformer.

If the conductor is completely underground without maintenance access holes from the base of the dip pole at the supply connection point to the custom-er’s equipment, then the disconnecting means and overcurrent protection shall be permitted to be located at the customer’s station or transformer.

Utility owned transformer(s) as detailed in Bulletins Utility owned transformer(s) as detailed in Bulletins

If the only change to an existing station is to replace a transformer or increase transformer capacity, then no change in location or additional disconnecting means and overcurrent protection shall be required.

If the only change to an existing station is to replace a transformer or increase transformer capacity, then no change in location or additional disconnecting means and overcurrent protection shall be required.




Page 2 of 2

Note:

Electrical Safety Code.

customer owned cables and lightning arresters, on Local Distribution Company dip poles.

access to parts that can only be de-energized and visibly isolated by the Local Distribution Company, the warning shall add that access is limited to the Local Distribution Company or following an authorization of the Local Distribution Company.”




Bulletin 46-1-5

Rules 46-304


The Ontario Building Code prescribes when and where emergency lighting is to be installed. The Ontario Electrical Safety Code contains the wiring requirements for such equipment in Section 46.

Rule 46-304(4) states that unit equipment shall be installed in such a manner that it will be automatically actu-ated upon failure of the power supply to the normal lighting in the area covered by that unit equipment.

This is not always practical in areas such as large retail areas, a gymnasium in a school, or a manufacturing area in a factory. In these areas there are usually multiple lighting branch circuits and if one or more of the cir-cuits failed, the light levels from the remaining circuits should still be high enough to permit persons to safely exit the area.

In large areas with multiple lighting branch circuits such as those described above, it shall be acceptable to supply emergency lighting unit equipment from the panel board that supplies the branch circuits in that area such that the unit equipment will be automatically actuated upon failure of the power supply to that panel board.

In smaller rooms or areas served by a single lighting branch circuit, the emergency lighting unit equipment shall be supplied by the branch circuit supplying that lighting such that the unit equipment will be automatically actuated by failure of the power supply to that lighting.

Page 1 of 1




Page 1 of 5

Bulletin 46-4-2

Rules 12-1100 to 12-1220, 14-418, 46-000, 46-108 and 46-206

Issued April 2010Supersedes Bulletin 46-4-1

Scope

(1) Method of wiring for Emergency Power (2) Method of wiring for Emergency Power using non-metallic conduits(3) Overcurrent protection of emergency power supply system

Background

As per Rule 46-000, Section 46 applies to the installation, operation and maintenance of emergency power supply and unit equipment intended to provide power to life safety systems. It applies also to the wiring be-tween the emergency power supply and the life safety systems.

Life Safety Systems are defined under Rule 46-002 and are the loads that are required to be provided with an emergency power supply by the Ontario Building Code. (Refer to Articles 3.2.7.4, through 3.2.7.10 and 3.2.8.10 of the Ontario Building Code) Generally, these loads are important for public safety and their opera-tion is crucial for the safe evacuation of the public under a fire or emergency situation. The Ontario Building Code mandates the type of the emergency power supply, either generator or batteries, and the duration of time that these loads need to be operational.

Examples of life safety loads are: emergency lighting needed for egress routes and exits, exit signs, fire alarm systems, elevators, smoke-venting fans, and fire pumps.

Rule 46-202 lists two types of emergency power supply; storage batteries of the rechargeable type or a gen-erator conforming to CAN/CSA-C282.

In buildings where a generator is used as the emergency power source, Subrule 46-108(5) requires that the distribution of power from the emergency power source to the life safety loads be separated from all other wir-

As illustrated in the Appendix B diagram this rule mandates a separate transfer switch and separate distribu-tion for life safety loads. Subrule 46-108(5) does not permit conductors feeding life safety loads to share the same raceway or the same distribution equipment with conductors feeding other electrical equipment not

permits is for connection to a common emergency supply source, i.e. the common emergency generator. Therefore, it is only permitted to have one common bus to connect to the common main overcurrent device of the generator described under Rule 46-206; refer to Figure B1. Power from the emergency source is required

that transfer switches are not included in the exception provided under Subrule 46-108(5)




Page 2 of 5

Figure B1 – Common Emergency power supply

Any renovations to existing emergency branch circuits or any addition of new emergency branch circuits to an existing emergency distribution shall be permitted (provided there is the capacity to do so) without requir-ing upgrading the emergency distribution to comply with Subrule 46-108(5). If a feeder is installed from an existing emergency distribution to a new emergency sub-distribution, then the new feeder and sub-distribution shall meet the requirements of Subrule 46-108(5). Refer to Figure B2.




Page 3 of 5

Figure B2 – Addition or renovation to existing emergency distribution systems

Transfer switch for equipment not

defined by Rule

Fire pump transfer switch as

described in Rules 32-206(4) and 32-

208

Transfer switch for

defined in Rule 46-002

Existing Emergency Generator Conforming to CSA C282

Existing Emergency LoadsNew Feeder to New Building or Addition

EXISTING BUILDING

NEW BUILDING OR ADDITION

For installations having more than one building and the emergency loads are supplied by one generator, one emergency feeder is to be provided for each building and the emergency distribution in each building shall meet the requirements of Subrule 46-108(5). Refer to Figure B3




Page 4 of 5

Emergency power supply from one building to multiple buildings

Question:Does the emergency main distribution boards located in Building 1,2 or 3, fed from an emergency generator in another building (“Generator Room”, as shown in figure B3 above) require a single disconnecting means ahead of each as per Rule 14-418?

Answer:No.

Rationale:Subrule 14-418(1)(c) requires a single disconnecting means to be either integral with or adjacent to the distri-bution equipment within each building when fed from another building. Subrule 14-418(2) exempts emergency system circuits from this requirement.

BUILDING 1 BUILDING 2 BUILDING 3

B - Fire pump transfer switch as described in Rules 32-206(4) and 32-208

A A AB B BC C C




OESC Rule 46-108(2)(c) requires that emergency power conductors (i.e. conductors described in Subrule 46-108 (1)) be embedded in 50 mm of poured concrete or masonry if installed in non-metallic conduit.

ensure operation of these systems under emergency conditions. However, complying with the above rule cre-

corrosion problems.

A proposal to accept emergency power conductors installed in rigid non-metallic conduit without concrete encasement has been submitted to CE Code Part 1, along with the industry submitted information to support

conduit installed as per Rules 12-1100 to 12-1220, as a wiring method that meets Rule 46-108 requirements.

Given the critical role of emergency systems, it is essential to ensure the continuity of power from the emer-gency power supply to the life safety loads.

Subrule 46-206(1) requires that the main overcurrent device protecting the emergency power supply be se-lectively coordinated with the overcurrent devices of feeders supplying life safety systems and other electrical

that a fault in any circuit downstream of the main emergency bus shall not result in a loss of generator power to the main emergency bus. Also, any fault in any circuit downstream from the main feeder breaker for the life safety distribution shall not result in tripping that breaker. Referring to Figures B1, B2, and B3, operation of

overcurrent device.

The main overcurrent device for the emergency power supply shall not be part of a series rated combination

In addition to the above requirements, it is recommended that all branch circuit overcurrent devices for life safety loads be selectively coordinated with upstream overcurrent devices to ensure the continuity of the emergency power supply to life safety loads.

If ground fault protection is required by Rule 14-102 at the main breaker of the emergency power supply, then additional ground fault protection shall be provided at the feeder breaker for the life safety loads and at the feeder breaker for non-life safety loads and both shall be selectively coordinated with the main breaker to ensure continuity of the emergency power supply. Rule 32-212 does not permit ground fault protection to

information.

The overcurrent devices for life safety loads shall be accessible only to authorized personnel in order to mini-mize the possibility of inadvertent disconnection, as required by Subrule 46-206(2).

Page 5 of 5




Bulletin 50-1-1


Scope

(1) Introduction(2) Wiring methods within a photovoltaic array

(a) Acceptable wiring methods within a photovoltaic array(b) PV wire or cable approved to UL standard UL 4703(c) Combiner box(d) Cable support(e) Attachment plugs

(3) Single-line diagram and labels(a) Single-line diagram of the interconnected renewable system (b) Labels

(4) Voltage rating of photovoltaic circuit(5) Electricity meters

(a) Neutral connection for electricity meters (b) Generator metering connection(c) Tapping to the load side of the service box for a parallel metering connection

(6) AC modules and micro-inverters (a) Disconnecting means (b) Overcurrent protection(c) Marking of photovoltaic circuit

(1) Introduction

With the introduction of the Green Energy Act and Feed in Tariff (FIT) program that was launched in Ontario, many renewable energy projects are under development. Electrical contractors and PV installers have asked questions and raised some issues that are addressed in this Bulletin.

In addition to this Bulletin, the following documents provide additional information on the installation of solar

(10kW or Greater)

• Flexible cords for extra-hard usage as per Rule 50-014 requirements;

Page 1 of 8




• Conductors approved for exposed installations where subject to the weather as listed in Table 19. Although not listed in Table 19, type RWU conductors shall also be permitted.

• PV wire or cable approved to UL standard UL 4703

Direction 1In Ontario, in addition to cables permitted by OESC, PV cables approved to UL Standard, UL 4703 Outline of Investigation for Photovoltaic Wire is an acceptable wiring method within a PV array.

.

Rationale

shows typical construction details for PV cable.

Appendix B note to Rule 50-002 shows the diagram of a typical solar photovoltaic system and a device

to combine the multiple photovoltaic arrays to produce one circuit. It often contains generator overcurrent devices.”

Page 2 of 8




The combiner box is permitted to be installed on the roof and it is preferred to be as close as possible to the PV modules forming an array. The purpose of the combiner box is to group the wiring from the array into one

(on the roof), as per the Photo B2.

Direction 2

within array. Therefore, if the combiner box is located outside of a building or a structure and within 1 m from the physical edge of the PV modules, acceptable wiring methods within array shall be permitted to be extend-ed to the combiner box. Where a combiner box is not located within 1 m of PV modules or where conductors

-ing Rule 12-206 requirements for open wiring support, acceptable supporting means are considered to be

throughout the run. This requirement is similar to supporting requirements for non-metallic-sheathed cable as

As per Rule 50-016, the plug-in connectors are required to be of the locking type and be rated for the voltage

Page 3 of 8




Page 4 of 8

and current of the circuit in which they are installed. Photo B4 shows an example of a connector that meets Rule 50-016(d) requirement. Locking connectors required by Rule 50-016(d) do not need a tool to unlock. They shall incorporate a suitable latching mechanism between the mated pair.

Attachment plugs may not be rated for interrupting the current and be marked with a warning indicating that disconnection under no load is necessary. In this case, the modules must be disabled before disconnecting the connectors.

Question 1Does Diagram B1 meet the requirements of Rule 84-030(2) for the single-line diagram of the interconnected

Answer 1Yes, this meets the minimum single-line diagram requirements of Rule 84-030(2). Note: The system ratings required by Rule 50-004 are not required to be displayed at the supply authority disconnect or on the single-line diagram. The label required by Rule 50-004 shall be posted at the generator (Source) disconnecting means.

Question 2




Page 5 of 8

Answer 2-

ing provided in ESA SPEC-004 can be used as an example.

connected to a distribution system through the point of common coupling. In Annex B of Standard C22.2 DG - source disconnect

”.

,or the equivalent.”

Question 3

Answer 3

to satisfy the local supply authority requirements.

The information about the application of Rule 50-006 and determination of the maximum open circuit voltage for photovoltaic source and output circuits is relocated in Bulletin 50-3-*.

Question 4For a parallel metering connection, where the generation meter is on the supply side of the service discon-

Answer 4No. According to Rule 10-624(2), the grounded conductor on the supply side of the service disconnecting means is permitted to be used as a bonding conductor for the revenue meter device. In this case the ground-ed conductor is required to be bonded to the meter mounting device. However, when the grounded conductor is not used as a bonding conductor for the revenue meter device, the grounded conductor can be run through the meter base without being terminated and a separate bonding conductor shall be provided between the service and the meter.




Page 6 of 8

Direction 3The requirement in the ESA SPEC-004 is to always have the Line side of the metering cabinet connected togthe utility and the Load side connected to the customery to ensure consistency and safety, as per Diagram B2.r

RationaleWhen pulling a meter, the standard practice is that the Load side of the metering cabinet will be de-energizedand caution is taken around the Line side as it maybe energized. The ESA guideline is consistent with the

facility.

Question 5 In installations where the existing customer load meter is downstream of the main service disconnect, doesthe code permit tapping to the load side lugs of the service disconnect for a FIT or microFIT installation with a




Answer 5

cells, inverter, and other components designed to generate ac power.” AC modules are designed to generate

Photo B5).

For AC modules where the inverter is an integral part of the generator (as shown on Photo B5), and the combined unit is approved, there is no requirement for a disconnecting means as required by Rule 50-012(1). However, if any other electric power production source is interconnected with an AC module, the disconnect-ing means in accordance with Rule 84-020 is required for all production sources.

For Micro-inverters, inverters plugged into the photovoltaic panels (as shown on Photo B6), no additional disconnect switch is required

Page 7 of 8




Page 8 of 8

The output circuits of AC modules shall have overcurrent protection according to Rule 50-010 requirements

Question 6

Answer 6 Yes. Although requirements of Rule 50-004 for marking of photovoltaic output circuit at generator disconnect-ing means are not applicable to AC modules, according to Rule 2-100, PV installations utilizing AC modules connected to the supply authority shall be marked to identify PV system rating and suitability for the particular installation.

Question 7

Answer 7 According to Rule 2-100 and the intent of Rule 50-004, the required marking for PV installations utilizing AC

• rated AC output current• nominal operating AC voltage

Question 8

Answer 8 The required marking for PV installations utilizing AC modules connected to the supply authority shall be lo-cated at the supply authority disconnect; or be included in the single-line diagram required by Rule 84-030(2).




Bulletin 50-2-2

Issued January 2011 Supersedes Bulletin 50-2-1

Scope

(1) Introduction(2) Grounding of solar photovoltaic sources, DC grounding

(a) Grounding of AC modules(3) Grounding of solar photovoltaic system output, AC grounding

(a) Grounding of solar photovoltaic systems located remotely from the utility interface switch(4) Ungrounded solar photovoltaic power source(5) Bonding

(1) Introduction

Background:• Solar photovoltaic systems are often installed on the roofs of the buildings. • Most have aluminum frames and exposed conductors. • In urban areas, they may be installed near transmission lines. • Many of the utility-interactive solar photovoltaic systems operate up to 600 Vdc. These voltages are much

higher than the normal AC voltages in homes and smaller commercial buildings

• limit the DC voltage under the fault condition • minimize the future problems considering the life expectancy of photovoltaic modules and conductors and

their exposure to the harsh environment for many years

The following are examples of Code compliant photovoltaic system grounding scenarios. The following dia-grams represent illustrations of solar photovoltaic system grounding concepts only and are not intended to provide the wiring instructions within the equipment.

systems”. The DC system is grounded to a separate grounding electrode installed at the inverter which serves as a central point for grounding connections

According to Rule 10-810 requirements, the grounding conductor size for DC systems shall be not less than that of the largest conductor supplied by the system

If DC and AC grounding electrodes exist at the same building, they shall be interconnected as per Rule 10-702 requirements.

The DC grounding system shall have a single-point connection that connects the DC grounded circuit conduc-

Page 1 of 8




tor (usually negative) to a common grounding point where the DC equipment bonding conductors and the DC grounding conductor are connected, as per Diagram B1 and B3

BT – equipment bonding terminalGND – grounding conductor (electrode) terminal

Photo B1 shows an example of an inverter grounding terminal for connection of the DC equipment bonding conductors and the DC grounding conductor.

• Example 2, Diagram B2; the DC system is grounded to a separate grounding electrode installed at any point of the photovoltaic output circuit (Diagram B2 shows connection at the combiner box). Requirements for grounding conductor size and interconnection of DC and AC grounding electrodes (if both exist at the same building) are the same as in Example 1. The DC grounding system shall have a single-point connection that connects the DC grounded circuit conductor (usually negative) to a common grounding point where the DC equipment bonding conductors and the DC grounding conductor are connected, as per Diagram B2

BT – equipment bonding terminal

Page 2 of 8




GND – grounding conductor (electrode) terminal• Example 3, Diagram B3 shows the PV grid installations at the same building as the service equipment;

e.g. PV grid installed on a roof.

The DC grounding conductor and AC grounding conductor are connected to a single grounding electrode.

Requirements for grounding conductor size and single-point grounding are the same as in Example 1.

BT – equipment bonding terminalGND – grounding conductor (electrode) terminal

grounded photovoltaic systems and are equipped with DC ground fault protection. Although not required by the OESC, ESA recommends that DC ground fault protection be used with grounded photovoltaic systems if it is provided within the inverter.

When the inverter contains a ground fault protection device, caution should be exercised to ensure the DC grounding is located at the inverter (as per Example 1) in order to utilize the ground fault protection. Any grounding point installed externally to the inverter (as per Example 2) would bypass the inverter ground fault protection, which is not recommended.

requirements.

For AC modules where the inverter is an integral part of the generator (i.e. photovoltaic system) and there is no accessible DC wiring, there is no requirement or provision for DC grounding.

For parallel connection of solar photovoltaic systems, depending on the point of the connection, the utility disconnecting means may be required to be an approved service box as per Diagrams B4 and B6

• Diagram B4 shows the parallel connection of solar photovoltaic systems where the PV system is directlyconnected to the supply authority. The utility disconnecting means is required to be an approved service box. In accordance with Rule 10-204, the utility disconnecting means is required to be grounded as per Rule 10-106(1) requirements.

Page 3 of 8




The same requirements related to Diagram B4 are applicable where the PV system is indirectly connect-ed to the supply authority, on the line side of the customer meter.

• Diagram B5 shows the parallel connection of solar photovoltaic systems where the PV system is indirectlyconnected to the supply authority, on the load side of the service box. The utility disconnecting means is not required to be an approved service box. Rule 10-204(1)(c) requires that no connection between the grounded circuit conductor and ground, be made on the load side of the service disconnecting means. It is important not to connect the neutral conductor to the generation meter enclosure in order to eliminate parallel paths for neutral current. The neutral bonding jumper in the generation meter enclosure shall be removed or the neutral block shall be isolated from the meter base to prevent unintentional connection. Bonding from the meter enclosure to the utility disconnecting means as well as to the inverter shall be maintained

Page 4 of 8




• Diagram B6 shows the parallel connection of solar photovoltaic systems where the PV system is indirectlyconnected to the supply authority, on the line side of the service box. The utility disconnecting means is required to be an approved service box. In accordance with Rule 10-204, the utility disconnecting means is required to be grounded as per Rule 10-106(1) requirements. The same requirements of not connecting

Where the utility disconnecting means is required to be an approved service box, to satisfy Rule 10-204 re-

• a new grounding electrode installed for the new service box. The two grounding electrodes (the new and the existing ) shall be interconnected as per Rule 10-702 requirements (as per Diagram B7); or

• the new service box is grounded to the existing grounding electrode (as per Diagram B8)

Page 5 of 8




Question 1For Distributed Generation systems where the generator(s) and inverter(s) are located remotely from the util-

-tor at the remote location in accordance with Rule 10-208 (a) in lieu of carrying the circuit bonding conductor

Answer 1-

location and is grounded in a code compliant manner. Examples of acceptable remote locations where the

-ing of the neutral block to the switch/device enclosure as per Diagram B9.

grounding conductor.

BT – equipment bonding terminal GND – grounding conductor (electrode) terminal

Page 6 of 8




Rationale 1The answer is provided applying Rule 10-208 and considering the remote generation structure as a remote structure fed from the main building or the pole where the LDC metering and main service box are located. Rule 10-208 permits the practice for other types of installations where two or more buildings or structures are fed from a single service, and in fact requires this for buildings housing livestock.

(4) Ungrounded solar photovoltaic power source

When the utility interconnected inverter is designed and certified to work with an ungrounded photovoltaic power source, the photovoltaic power source (both positive and negative conductors) shall not be grounded.

In Ontario, PV installations with ungrounded solar photovoltaic power source shall meet the following require-ments:• The disconnect switch required by 50-012 and 84-020 shall be a 2-pole switch to disconnect both un-

grounded conductors (positive and negative);• Overcurrent protection, when required by Rule 50-010 shall be installed in all source conductors (positive

and negative);and • -

pose, and should be provided with ground fault protection.If a ground fault protection is not provided within the inverter, an external GFP device should be pro-

vided.

A requirement for ground fault protection is based on safety hazards that exist with ungrounded systems when a ground fault occurs. In a case of intermittent ground faults, the system voltage to ground on un-grounded conductor may rise posing a safety hazard to people who are servicing the system. This condition may lead to a breakdown of insulation of the unfaulted conductor and the development of multiple ground faults.

Diagram B10 shows the ungrounded solar photovoltaic power source.

Diagram B10 – Ungrounded solar photovoltaic power source

BT – equipment bonding terminal GND – grounding conductor (electrode) terminal GFP –ground fault protection

(5) Bonding

Therefore, non-current-carrying metal parts of PV panels, equipment and conductor enclosures shall be bond-ed. The bonding conductor shall be sized as per Rule 10-814 and shall be not less than that given in Table 16.

Page 7 of 8




The equipment bonding conductor shall be installed in accordance with Rule 10-808(5) and (6) requirements. Rule 10-808(5)(b) and (6)(b) requires a bonding conductor smaller than No. 6 AWG copper or No. 4 AWG alu-minum respectively, to be installed and protected in the same manner as the circuit conductors, or be installed in a raceway or armoured cable.

In accordance with Rule 50-018 requirements, the connection to a module or panel shall be arranged so that removal of a module or panel from a photovoltaic source circuit shall not interrupt a bonding conductor to other photovoltaic source equipment. Photo B2 is an example of non-compliant installation.

There is more than one way to satisfy this rule requirement, e.g. bonding the frame, where the frame is electrically continuous or connecting the bonding conductor as per Photo B3. Photo B3 shows the bonding conductor that is continuous through the two bonding clamps so that the panel can be removed without inter-rupting the continuity of the uncut conductor.

A bonding means for modules shall be installed per the module manufacturer instructions in order to minimize deterioration from galvanic action that may result from the combination of dissimilar metals as referenced by Rule 10-602.

Page 8 of 8




Bulletin 50-3-0

Rule 50-006

Issued May 2011

BackgroundAn increasing number of questions and deviation requests have been received from PV installers and elec-trical contractors about the application of Rule 50-006 to determine the maximum open circuit voltage for a photovoltaic source circuit and output circuit.

The intent of this bulletin is to introduce a standard (provisional) deviation for using the minimum recorded

manufacturer in lieu of the 125% factor required by Rule 50-006. There is a code proposal currently consid-ered to amend Rule 50-006 to recognize the below direction.

DirectionNotwithstanding Rule 50-006, the maximum photovoltaic source and output circuit voltage shall be permitted

a. rated open-circuit voltage of the photovoltaic power source, b. difference between 25º C and the lowest expected daily minimum temperature, and

Rationale

modules is based on the standard test conditions (an irradiance of 1000 W/m2 and an ambient temperature The 125% factor is

based on a minimum module temperature of – 40 °C.

The lowest daily minimum temperature for different locations in Ontario is available from Environment Cana-

. Using the manufacturer’s temperature

VMPC = VROC x (1 + ((TM – 25) x TK))

TM

TK

VROC Rated open-circuit voltage of the photovoltaic power source (V)VMPC Maximum photovoltaic source circuit and output circuit voltage (V)

A solar photovoltaic system is installed in a geographic location where the lowest daily minimum temperature (TM Krated open circuit voltage (VROC) is 92 V.

Page 1 of 2




Solution:Applying Rule 50-006, the VMPC = 92 x 125% = 115 V

However, by using the information available from Environment Canada for the lowest daily minimum tempera-

VMPC

VMPC = 92 V x (1 + (-43 x -0.0025)

VMPC = 92 V x 1.1075

VMPC = 101.89 V

The maximum photovoltaic source and output circuit voltage shall be used to determine the voltage ratings of cables, disconnects, overcurrent protection and other equipment in photovoltaic source or output circuits.

Note:This published deviation is based on the upcoming code change which does NOT recognize any other factors (other than the above mentioned) to calculate the maximum open circuit voltage for a PV source circuit and output circuit.

Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 7

Bulletin 68-7-7

Section 68Issued May 2011


Scope

(1) Swimming pools - general(2) Grounding & bonding(3) Wiring methods(4) GFCI protection(5) Emergency stop control for spa or hot tub(6) Cord connected hydromassage bathtubs

Background

Questions have been asked on applying Section 68 of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code (OESC). The intent of this bulletin is to provide answers for the most frequently asked questions to ensure the consistent applica-tion of the Code.

Question 1

Answer 1Yes, Section 68 of the OESC applies to both in-ground and above-ground pools. Subrule 68-000(2) lists the types of pools that are included in the scope of Section 68.

Question 2 Does the OESC permit the installation of extra low voltage landscape lighting systems within 3 m of the edge of a swimming pool, spa or hot tub?

Answer 2Yes, provided that the power supply is GFCI protected as required by Rule 68-068 and does not bear the marking “DO NOT MOUNT POWER SUPPLY OR LUMINAIRES WITHIN 3 m OF A SWIMMING POOL OR SPA.” (Rule 2-034).

Rationale 2C22.2 No. 250.7-07, Extra-low-voltage landscape lighting systems, Clause 6.101.3 Power supply marking and instructions states “A power supply shall be marked in accordance with Table 20.101.1 and shall be provided with installation instructions in accordance with Table 20.102.1, Items 2.1 to 2.11, as applicable.” Item 2.8 in Table 20.102.1 states “DO NOT MOUNT POWER SUPPLY OR LUMINAIRES WITHIN 3 m OF A SWIMMING POOL OR SPA”.




Page 2 of 7

Question 3

Answer 3

Question 4Does the Code require metal parts of the pool and the other non-electrical equipment associated with the pool

Answer 4Yes, Rule 68-058(1) requires metal parts of the pool and other non-electrical equipment associated with the pool (metal piping, pool reinforcing steel, metal ladders, diving board supports, fences, etc.) to be bonded together and to non-current-carrying metal parts of electrical equipment associated with the pool (e.g. pool circulating pump) as per Diagram B1. Prior to OESC 2009, metal pool parts were not required to be bonded to the electrical equipment if there was no electrical equipment within 3 m of the pool.

Diagram B1 - Pool bonding as per Rule 68-058(1) requirements

Question 5 Is a pool bonding conductor specified by Rule 68-058(1) required to be connected to a grounding electrode?

Answer 5No. A pool bonding conductor specified by Rule 68-058(1) is not required to be connected to a grounding electrode. The bonding required by Rule 68-058(1) is installed to eliminate voltage gradients in the pool area and to ensure that all metallic parts described in the rule are at the same electrical potential.

Question 6 Does the installation of new pool equipment or replacement of existing pool equipment (for example: the installation of heater where there was no heater before, or pump replacement) at an existing pool built prior to 2009 where no pool bonding was previously installed, require bonding of the pool and equipment be brought into compliance with Rules 68-058(1) of the 2009 Edition of the OESC?

Answer 6




Page 3 of 7

No, provided that the new or replaced equipment is not located within 3 m of the inside wall of the pool or is suitably separated from the pool by a fence, wall, or other permanent barrier. . Question 7What is the minimum size of conductor required for bonding the metal parts of the pool and other non-electri-

Answer 7Rule 68-058 requires that the minimum size of bonding conductors for pools not be smaller than No. 6 AWG copper for permanently installed pools and for all in-ground pools. For all other pools, where the bonding con-ductor is incorporated within a cable assembly or raceway, refer to Table 16.

Question 8

Answer 8No. Any split bolts or ground lugs located underground shall be approved for earth burial. Components lo-cated outdoors shall be approved as suitable for wet locations.

-pose for which it is to be employed.

Rule 68-058 (2) requires pool-reinforcing steel to be bonded with a minimum of four connections equally spaced around the perimeter.

bonded in one location in accordance with Rule 68-058(8).

Question 10

Answer 10Yes, Rule 68-058 (1) requires deck-reinforcing steel to be bonded together and to other metal parts of the pool.

Question 11

Answer 11Rule 68-058 requires metal fences within 1.5 m of the inside walls of the pool to be bonded.

Question 12

Answer 12Yes. The gas pipe shall be bonded as per Rule 68-058 (1).




Page 4 of 7

Question 13Does Rule 68-058 require bonding of the metal covers of pool drains where the drain body is of non-metallic

Answer 13No. The cover does not have provision for bonding and it is not practicable to do so. The cover is a minor

as piping, pool reinforcing steel, ladders, diving board supports, and fences”. The cover is mounted on non-conductive material and does not have a reference to remote earth.

Question 14

Answer 14No, Rule 12-928 states raceways installed underground or in concrete slabs in direct contact with moist earth shall comply with Section 22 Rules for Category 1 locations.

Rule 22-200 requires individual conductors and non-metallic sheathed cables in Category 1 areas to be suit-able for use in wet locations. Non-metallic sheathed cables shall be of the NMW or NMWU type.

NMD-90 non-metallic sheathed cable is suitable for use only in dry or damp locations.

Question 15Is it acceptable to install an NMD-90 conductor in a surface mounted PVC conduit above grade, such as

Answer 15Yes, PVC raceway installed above grade is considered a dry or damp location.

house) it shall be sealed to prevent condensation in the raceway. Rule 22-302.

Question 16

Answer 16Yes, provided that the electrical wiring and the gas piping are separated by at least 300 mm (12”) horizontally within the trench. (Rule 12-012 and CSA Standard C22.3 No. 7 for Underground Systems)

Question 17With an above-ground pool, what is a minimum distance between an underground PVC conduit or cable, and

Answer 17Rule 68-056 applies to above ground, in-ground and other types of pools listed in Rule 68-000(2).




Page 5 of 7

If the PVC raceway/cable is supplying equipment directly related to the pool (pump, lighting, etc) and the circuit is GFCI protected, there is no minimum separation required.

If a PVC raceway/cable is supplying non-pool related equipment, it must be kept separated from the inside

(4) GFCI protection

Question 18If a pool, spa or hot tub is installed within 3 m of existing electrical equipment, does the equipment require

meter, etc.

Answer 18

3 m of the inside walls of the pool to be GFCI protected unless the electrical equipment is suitably separated from the pool area by a fence, wall, or other permanent barrier.

Yes, Rule 68-068 requires GFCI protection of the pump that is within 3 m of the inside wall of a pool unless it is suitably separated from the pool area by a fence, wall, or other permanent barrier.

Note:• If the pump is cord connected to a receptacle of 5-15R or 5-20R configuration, Rule 26-710(n) re-

quires that receptacles of 5-15R or 5-20R configuration of residential occupancies, installed outdoors, be protected by a ground fault circuit interrupter of the Class A Type. In this case it wouldn’t matter if the pump were located further than 3 m.

• If the pump is cord connected to a receptacle other than 5-15R or 5-20R configuration, and the pool pump is within 3m of the pool, the Code requires a GFCI of Class A type protection for the branch circuit supplying this receptacle.

• If the pump is cord connected to a receptacle other than 5-15R or 5-20R configuration, and the pool pump is not within 3m of the pool, GFCI protection is not required by the Code.

Question 20

Answer 20Rule 68-068 requires a fence, wall, or other permanent barrier. The intent is the barrier prevents an occupant of the pool area from contacting the electrical equipment unless it is GFCI protected.

In order to assess compliance with the Rule, a 3 m piece of string with one end held at the edge of the pool should not be able to reach the electrical equipment by going around the barrier or through a door or gate in the barrier.

The barrier should not have any openings or gaps that would permit a person to reach through and contact the equipment.




Page 6 of 7

Question 21

Answer 21If the receptacle were further than 3 m from the pool, a GFCI outlet would be permissible.

Rule 68-064 does not permit a receptacle to be located closer than 1.5 m to the pool. Rule 68-068 does not permit the GFCI protection to be closer than 3 m to the pool.

Question 22Where a portable (storable) pump motor is located within 1.5 m of a pool does the Code permit the use of a

Answer 22No. Rule 68-064 requires a receptacle to be located not closer than 1.5 m to the pool, however Rule 68-068 requires the GFCI to be not closer than 3 m to the pool. The GFCI protection for the receptacle would have to be located further than 3 m from the pool.

The emergency shut-off switch (stop button) shall be installed for each spa or hot tub except for a spa or hot tub installed at a dwelling unit. The emergency shut-off switch is required by Rule 68-404 for a public spa.

the installation and connection of emergency shut-off switches.

The emergency shut-off switch shall be independent of the controls for a spa or a hot tub.

The emergency shut-off switch shall comply with Rule 68-404 (4).

This would be accompanied by an emergency sign posted adjacent to the emergency stop button containing -

GENCY PHONE, AUDIBLE AND VISUAL SIGNAL WILL ACTIVATE.”

horizontally from the spa or hot tub unless they are an integral part of an approved factory built unit.

Question 23

Answer 23Yes, Rule 68-068(7) requires GFCI protection for the emergency shut-off switch located within 3 m of a pool or tub irrespective of voltage.

-nected such that tripping of the GFCI protector shall also cause the pump motor to stop.

Question 24Is an emergency shut-off switch for an existing public pool in supervised location, permitted to be located




Answer 24

Refer to Article 3.11.10.1 (12) of OBC for more information.

issue.

OESC Rule 68-302 requires electrical equipment forming an integral part of a hydromassage bathtub to be protected by a ground fault circuit interrupter of the Class A type. This Code Rule applies to permanently and cord connected hydromassage bathtubs.

Where a cord-connected hydromassage bathtub, spa or hot tub is intended to be installed the requirements of 68-306 shall be met.

Page 7 of 7




Page 1 of 3

Bulletin 75-3-4

Rules 75-324, 6-112Issued January 2011


Scope

single point rack(2) Alternate method for overhead conductor support

singlepoint rack

BackgroundThe best method of attaching a service mast to a building is by using the through bolt clamp assembly as

-It has been determined that two correctly installed fasteners will provide

adequate support in lieu of one sixteen millimeter through bolt. Consequently, a number of different surface

Direction

1. Wood Frame WallsA minimum of twoPrebored pilot holes plus counterbores are required for proper installation.

2. Brick Block or Concrete WallsA minimum of two, 3/8”’diameter by 1-7/8” long expanding type sleeve anchor installed in a 2” clearance hole.Hollow materials such as block or brick may require a different type of anchor than solid materials such as concrete.

.

1. Lag screws that have been hammered into the wood.

strength.)3. Lag screws used on masonry walls. Lead shields or plugs do not have adequate strength for mast attach-

ment.4. Sleeve anchors located in mortar joints.5. Less than 3 points of support.

In wood framing where it is necessary to span the distance between two studs, a section of galvanized steel support channel with a clamp, can be used to spread the load. Galvanized steel support channel may also be used on block or brick walls to ensure that the position of the two sleeve anchors is not too near the edge of the brick and not both in the same brick.




Page 2 of 3

Photo B1

Concrete Sleeve Anchor Concrete Single Expansion Anchor

Concrete Double Expansion Anchor Concrete Lag Shield Anchor

Single Point Rack Mast Clamp with Two Lag Screws

BackgroundOESC Rule 6-112(1) requires a means of attachment for overhead conductors and sub paragraph (6) indi-cates that bolts are required for securing the support.

Historically angle iron has been used as a method of supporting overhead conductors in the Province of On-tario.

DirectionThe purpose of this bulletin is to provide consistency in the use of angle iron for overhead conductor support.

1. Perforated light duty angle iron is not permitted.2. Angle iron is to have corrosion protection similar to an approved service mast.




Page 3 of 3

3. Refer to Diagram B1, the illustrated installation shall be permitted4. The consumers service conduit is required to be securely fastened and supported where it extends

through the roof line and the emergence of the conductor from the weather head is required to be a minimum of 150mm to a maximum of 300 mm above the support for the of attachment of the overhead conductor as required by Rule 6-116(b).

5. Angle iron shall be 4” X 4” X 3/8” hot dipped galvanized




Bulletin 75-6-0

Rules 2-024, 2-132, 8-102, 30-1002, 30-1030, 75-002, and 75-604,


Scope

(1) Introduction(2) General(3) Approval of equipment(4) Service equipment requirements(5) Low voltage surge protective devices(6) Voltage drop on roadway lighting circuits(7) Receptacles for decorative roadway lighting

(1) Introduction

This bulletin covers all Roadway Lighting Systems and similar installations on a Municipal or a Provincial right of way and all electrical work and electrical equipment associated with, or connected to these systems.

Other systems and similar installations that shall meet the requirements of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code

Street Signs, and Decorative Lighting Circuits.

(2) General

Roadway lighting systems shall be installed in accordance with Rule 75-604.

Bonding of roadway lighting luminaires shall be in accordance with Rule 30-1030.

Service entrance switches, inline fuse holders, fuses, and GFCI’s shall be approved for their intended use.

Roadway lighting system poles and other supporting structures need not be approved.

RationaleRoadway lighting system equipment and poles are manufactured to the Canadian Highway Bridge Design Code (CHBDC), Municipal Standards (MS) or the Ontario Provincial Standard (OPS).

Underground and dedicated roadway lighting systems shall meet the service entrance requirements of Rule 30-1002.

Page 1 of 7




Where no dedicated roadway lighting bus is available, single roadway luminaires shall be permitted to be connected to overhead 120/240 volt distribution circuits, which supply other customer loads, by means of a

B1.

Figure B1

Low-voltage surge protective devices or transient voltage surge suppressors are surge suppression products designed for repeated suppression of transient voltage surges on 60 Hz power circuits of low-voltage sys-tems, ie, those not exceeding 750 V.

High-voltage spikes can expose equipment and protective devices to possible damage. Transient voltage surge suppressors installed for Roadway Lighting Systems, where located outside of buildings do not present the same equipment or property hazards as surge suppressors would where installed indoors.

Therefore, overcurrent protection is not required for a low-voltage surge protective device on roadway lighting systems installed outside of buildings.

(6) Voltage drop in roadway lighting circuits

QuestionIs it acceptable to permit a voltage drop that exceeds 5% in a dedicated circuit feeding hardwired street

AnswerYes, provided that the voltage drop in a roadway lighting installation shall not result in a voltage at the lumi-naire that is outside the rated operating voltage limitations of the luminaire.

RationaleAlthough 8-102(1)(b) does not permit the voltage drop to exceed 5% from the supply side of the consumer’s service to the point of utilization, the installation methods for street light circuits may not easily meet this per-centage.

Approved street lighting ballasts are available with percentage voltage tolerances that exceed 5%. Roadway lighting systems by their nature must be able to withstand the elements. They are part of a life safety system

properly and can be accepted as part of the wiring installation as per Rule 2-024 (3).

Page 2 of 7




Receptacles fed from Local Distribution Companies (LDC) or Street Lighting Circuits (See Diagrams B1 - B4)

Where receptacles are installed for decorative lighting and are fed from a LDC or street lighting circuits, the receptacle circuit shall comply with the Ontario Electrical Safety Code.

ExceptionsWhere an existing circuit is to supply new receptacles intended for decorative lighting, inline fuse holders shall

(1) A Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) of the Class A Type protection is provided to protect the receptacle(s); and

(2) Any circuit less than 1.5m above grade is (a) Mechanically protected; or (b) Installed in rigid metallic conduit complete with metallic weatherproof boxes, intended to reduce the

likelihood of damage; and(3) Where there is no equipment bonding conductor present at the existing installation, a new bonding con-

ductor shall be established by connecting a bonding conductor to the system neutral on the supply side of any GFCI protection.

NoteThis practice shall only be permitted where the system neutral is multi-grounded and is connected to a grounding electrode within 5 pole spans, in either direction, of this connection. The neutral potential shall not exceed 10 volts under steady state conditions.

Rationale-

ard but shall not be used as a substitute for insulation or grounding…”

Page 3 of 7




Page 4 of 7




Page 5 of 7




Page 6 of 7




Page 7 of 7




Page 1 of 4

Rules 76-008,76-008, 76-016, 75-248


Scope

(1) Temporary services not exceeding 200A (2) Temporary services – Overcurrent protection(3) Receptacles used in construction projects

Direction(1) Where the temporary service is not in or on a building and does not exceed 200 amps, it shall be mount-

(a) On a pole; or(b) A treated solid wood post measuring nominally 6” x 6” and adequately braced for the conditions.

(2) Where the temporary service is on a pole, which is also a dead end pole for a secondary line, guying is required in accordance with Subrules 75-248(3) & (4).

(3) Where the temporary service is mounted on a nominal 6” X 6” treated post and is fed from an overhead supply, the overhead conductor shall be a slack span not to exceed 10 m in length; and(a) The post shall be guyed in accordance with Subrule 75-248(3); and(b) The point of attachment and vertical clearance of the overhead supply conductors shall be installed in

accordance with Subrule 6-112(2); and(c) Street and lane crossings of supply conductors to temporary post installations are not permitted.

(4) Overhead temporary distribution circuits shall be installed as required by Section 75 with the exception of dead end guys referenced in Subrule 75-248(4).

(5) Temporary services larger than 200 A shall be permitted, subject to special permission.(6) The supply authority may have additional requirements regarding poles for temporary wiring, based on

consideration for the work safety of their staff. Any such requirements may be obtained from the supply authority.

Notes:(1) A treated 6 x 6 wood post is not considered as a pole meeting the requirements of Section 75.(2) The reference to a nominal 6” X 6” post includes a dimensional post of 5 ½” x 5 ½”.includes a dimensional post of 5 ½” x 5 ½”.

Background:It is common practice on construction sites to use an overhead pole line to supply services for temporary power throughout a site.

Issues have arisen where overhead neutral support cable supplying distribution panels or load centers for temporary power are installed without proper overcurrent protection for the panel or tap conductors.

An example of a non-compliant installation is a load center that is supplied with a #10 AWG copper NMW




Page 2 of 4

cable that is tapped from an overhead 60 amp feeder. The load center does not have a main breaker and con-tains more than two branch circuit spaces and supplies power for multiple temporary construction receptacles. The installation is part of an overhead temporary construction service pole line.

Direction:Subrule 14-100(c) requires that the tap conductor have an ampacity not less than one-third that of the larger conductor from which it is supplied; be suitably protected from mechanical damage, be not more than 7.5 m long, and terminate in a single overcurrent device rated or set at a value not exceeding the ampacity of the conductor.

The #10 AWG conductors are of adequate size, the cable is considered as protected from mechanical dam-age by location on the pole and is normally less than 7.5 m in length; however the Subrule requires that the conductor terminate in a single overcurrent device. If the tap conductor terminates directly onto a panel board or load center buss, and the load center contains spaces for additional overcurrent devices, then the installa-tion is not code compliant. The installation does not meet the intent of Subrule 14-100(c) because the smaller conductors can be overloaded if additional overcurrent devices are installed. Back feeding and labelling a

meets the requirements of Subrule 14-100(c) to terminate on a single overcurrent device.

Note 1:

has an ampacity not less than one-third that of the larger conductor from which it is supplied;is suitably protected from mechanical damage (The cable is considered as protected from mechanical damage by its location on the pole.);is not more than 7.5 m long; andterminates in a single overcurrent device rated or set at a value not exceeding the ampacity of the conductor; but beyond the single overcurrent device the conductor shall be permitted to supply any number of overcurrent devices.

Note 2:Subrule 14-100(c) requires that the tap conductor terminate in a single main overcurrent device rated not more than the ampacity of the tap conductor, and that single overcurrent device can then supply any number of additional overcurrent devices. Diagrams B2 & B3 illustrate this requirement.

60 A Service

Box

Supply Service

LoadCenter &

Receptacles See Note 2

60 A rated

#10 AWG 30 A rated

tapSee Note 1

Additional temp services

LoadCenter &

Receptacles See Note 2




Page 3 of 4

Note:The 2 pole 15 amp breaker provides overcurrent protection for tap from feeder as per Subrule 14-100(c) and also provides overcurrent protection of receptacles as per Rule 14-600. The circuit breaker enclosure shall not be capable of holding additional circuit breakers.

Note:The 2 pole 30 amp breaker is the single overcurrent device for protection of tap as per Subrule 14-100(c). The single overcurrent device is permitted to be a back fed circuit breaker if it is in compliance with Bulletin 14-5-

individual outlets, etc as shown in the sketch.




(3) Receptacles used in construction projects

Background:Rule 76-016 states that receptacles having CSA configuration 5-15R or 5-20R installed to provide power for buildings or projects under construction or demolition shall be protected by ground fault circuit interrupters of the Class A type and the following questions have been raised.

Question 1:Is a permanently installed panelboard in residential construction with an ESA advanced connection authoriza-tion considered to be a temporary installation within the scope of Section 76 of the OESC?

Answer 1:No, a permanently installed panelboard in residential construction with an ESA advanced connection authori-zation is not considered to be a temporary installation within the scope of Section 76.

Question 2:Are 5-15R or 5-20R receptacles that are permanently installed in residential construction as required by Rules 26-700, 710, 712 and 714 within the scope of Section 76 when they are used to provide power for tools at construction or demolition projects?

Answer 2:No, in residential construction, 5-15R or 5-20R receptacles installed on a permanent basis are not within the scope of Section 76 and are not required to be GFCI protected unless mandated by other rules within the OESC.

Rationale for Question 1 and 2:Section 76 applies to temporary wiring installations, which are installations that will only last for a limited pe-riod of time. An example is a temporary pole service and receptacles that will be removed after completion of construction of the building. Rule 76-016 requires GFCI protection of these receptacles.

Panel boards, branch circuits and receptacles that are installed for future permanent use within a building un-der construction are not considered as temporary installations within the scope of Section 76 and Rule 76-016 does not apply.

Note:The Occupational Health and Safety Act, Regulation 213/91- Construction Projects requires that portable tools used outdoors or in wet locations be protected by a GFCI of the Class A type. If portable tools are plugged into permanently installed non-GFCI protected receptacles as described in Question 2, then portable plug in GFCI protective devices may be required for compliance.

Page 4 of 4




Bulletin 84-1-6Interconnection of electric power production sources

Section 84 and Rule 2-010


Scope

(1) Requirements for non-utility generating systems(2) Single-phase inverters connected to three-phase system(3) Disconnecting means and overcurrent protection for multiple inverters operating in parallel(4) Inverters approval

Non-utility generating systems are subject to inspection in accordance with the Ontario Electrical Safety Code. This Bulletin provides additional information to Section 84.

(1) ESA-SPEC-004 Electrical guidelines for inverter-based micro-generating facility 10 kW and smaller; and(2) ESA-SPEC-005 Process Guideline for the Installation of Parallel Generating Systems, 10 kW or Greater(3) CSA C22.2 No. 257 Interconnecting inverter-based micro-distributed resource to distribution systems(4) CSA C22.3 No. 9 Interconnection of distributed resources and electricity supply systems

GeneralThe Supply Authority requires consultation before planning an interconnection.

Protection and ControlProtection and control of non-utility generating systems is required in accordance with Section 84.

INTERCONNECTED” is acceptable as meeting the protection and control requirements of Section 84.

For generating systems based on non-inverter technology, or utilizing an approved stand-alone inverter, the protection and control required by Section 84 shall be coordinated with and acceptable to the supply authority,

the installed protection and control is acceptable to the supply authority.

For this reason, the Local Distribution Companies (LDC) must be involved with non-utility, electric power pro-duction installations.

Temporary connections may be authorized to permit calibration and coordination prior to generation.

Electrical work on any electrical installation shall not commence until plans have been submitted and exam-ined by the inspection department where the electrical installation involves any installations involving con-

by the OEB, and operating in parallel with a supply authority system.

Page 1 of 5




(2) Single-phase inverters connected to three-phase system

Question 1

three-phase utility system?

Answer 1No, unless the customer provides the following:•• The installation meets the inverter manufacturer’s requirements;

generation source for the purpose of applying Rules 84-008 and 84-018, and shall meet the following require-ments:•

on all phases, such that upon loss of LDC voltage on any one phase, the production source automatically disconnects all inverters simultaneously from the LDC system; and

•phases, such that upon loss of voltage in one or more of the electric power production source phases, the production source automatically disconnects all inverters simultaneously from the interconnected system.

Rationale 1

That is the basis that they are being connected to the grid and where applicable, the impact assessment

Hence Rules 84-008 and 84-018 are applied based on one 3-phase generation source.

the LDC is in agreement with the installation and Protection & Control (P&C) of the system. CSA standard C22.2 No. 107.1, Clauses 15.3.4.1 and 15.3.4.2 require a utility-interconnected inverter both a single and a three-phase to cease to deliver power on phase(s) that the inverter is connected to when the phase(s) voltage

Question 2-

CONNECTED” permitted to be connected to a three-phase utility system, similar to the Diagram B1 shown below?

Diagram B1 – Single-phase inverters connected to a three-phase utility system

Page 2 of 5




Answer 2:No, unless the customer provides the following:

a.b. The installation meets the inverter manufacturer’s requirements;

Rationale 2Connection of one or two single-phase inverters to a three-phase utility system creates unbalance in the grid and may pose a hazard if the inverter design and the utility grid does not tolerate the unbalance, hence it shall not be permitted unless acceptable to the LDC and meet the inverters manufacturer’s requirements.

Question 3Where two single-phase inverters are permitted to be connected to a three-phase utility system, will these be considered as one generation source for the purpose of applying Rules 84-008 and 84-018?

Answer 3No, where the unbalanced voltage is acceptable to the LDC, it shall be permitted to consider each inverter as a separate source for the application of Rules 84-008 and 84-018.

upon loss of voltage in the phase(s) to which the inverter is connected, the inverter will cease to deliver power to these phase(s), i.e. it will not be required for the inverter to sense other phases that it is not connected to and does not feed. Similarly, Rule 84-018 will not require each inverter to communicate to the other inverter which is connected to other phase(s) and disconnect upon its failure or disconnection.

Rationale 3-

tion source. The unbalance is already accepted by the LDC and is according to the manufacturer data. Failure of one inverter does not increase the unbalance. If one single-phase inverter is connected, the Code does not require it to sense the voltage on the phase it is not feeding. CSA standard C22.2 No. 107.1, Clauses 15.3.4.1 and 15.3.4.2 require a utility interconnected inverter both a single and a three-phase to cease to deliver power

in Table 16 of the Standard.

(3) Disconnecting means and overcurrent protection for multiple inverters operating in parallel

Question 4For an installation that incorporates two inverters tied to a common A/C feeder, does a single disconnecting means on the A/C common output, satisfy Rules 50-012 and 84-020? (See Diagram B2)

Page 3 of 5




Answer 4 No

Rationale 4

Rules 84-020 and 50-012 require separate disconnecting means for each power production source (inverter). The separate disconnecting means are also required for compliance with Rule 14-414. Diagram B3 shows an example of a code compliant installation.

Diagram B3 – Separate disconnecting means for each inverter

Question 5For an installation that incorporates two inverters tied to a common A/C feeder, does each inverter require a separate external overcurrent device to be installed at the tap point if the output conductors to each inverter are rated for the common feeder overcurrent rating (i.e. 60amps as per Diagram B2).

Answer 5Yes

Rationale 5Rule 84-010 requires equipment and conductors that are energized from both directions to be provided with overcurrent protection from each source of supply. Although the larger tap conductors do not require overcur-rent protection, the connected equipment (the inverter) does in order to comply with the rule. The inverter manufacturer’s installation instructions shall also be followed and overcurrent protection shall also meet their requirements (Rule 2-034). Diagram B3 shows an example of a code compliant installation.

If the inverters have integral overcurrent protective / disconnecting devices, then external devices, referenced by Questions 4 and 5 are not required to be installed; however the length of the conductors from the inverter to the point of common connection must then comply with Rule 14-100.

are considered as one generation source. The requirement for a separate disconnecting means and overcur-rent protection for each inverter referenced by Questions 4 and 5 is not applicable. For maximum number of AC modules or micro-inverters that are permitted to be connected to one branch circuit, manufacturer’s instal-lation instructions shall be followed.

Page 4 of 5




In the previous edition of the guideline for inverter-based micro-generating facility 10 kW and smaller (ESA

January 1st

2011. This direction is also posted on the ESA website.

After, January 1st -cation mark recognized in Ontario.

-

Page 5 of 5




Page 1 of 3

Bulletin 84-2-0

Rules 14-010, 14-100, 14-414 and 14-606

Issued January 2011

Scope

(1) Renewable energy generation connected to the load side of the service disconnect

Question 1 When parallel renewable energy generation is connected to the load side of a service box that supplies a panelboard, is this a violation of Rule 14-606(1) due to the fact that overcurrent protection(OCP) of the pan-elboard is no longer limited by the service box overcurrent device (power may come from the LDC, as well as the generator). (See Diagram B1)

Question 2When parallel renewable energy generation is connected to the load side of a service box that supplies other loads, is this a violation of Rule 14-010(a) due to the fact that overcurrent protection of the conductors/buss is no longer limited by the service box overcurrent device (power my come from the LDC, as well as the genera-tor). (See Diagram B1)




Answer 1Yes, this is a violation of Rule 14-606(1) for most applications (see Note 1 below). The panelboard is no lon-ger protected at 100% of its current carrying capacity.

Answer 2Yes, this is a violation of Rule 14-010(a) for most applications (see Note 1 below). The conductors/buss are no longer protected at 100% of their current carrying capacity.

Direction

• the sum of the ampere ratings of overcurrent devices in circuits supplying power to a busbar/panelboard or conductor shall be permitted to exceed the equipment ratings to a maximum of 120 percent of the rat-ing of the busbar/panelboard or conductor (see Diagram B1 for example of a non-compliant installation).

Suitable warning signs shall be placed on or adjacent to both disconnecting means (Solar PV discon-nect and Main disconnect as per Rule 14-414(3) requirements), Service meter, and Distribution panel, indicating that there is more than one source of supply.

• Where the sum of the ampere ratings of main service overcurrent device and added generation exceeds

the generation shall be connected to the line side of the service box, or the conductors/panelboards shall be upgraded to the increased ampacity ratings as required by Code

(unless a deviation has been granted, as per Rule 2-030).

Note 1 Rule 14-606(1) permits panel boards to be protected at more than their rating where more than 90% of the over current devices supply feeders or motor branch circuits.

-ria. If a designer is requesting to exceed the 120 percent current limitation based on the exceptions in Rules 14-606(1) or 14-100(b) stated above, calculations shall be supplied to show compliance to all other relevant Code rules, including Section 8.

Rationale for Note 1The permission in Rules 14-606(1) and Rule 14-100(b) does not allow unlimited/unrestricted overcurrent pro-tection of the panelboards and conductors.

For example, if the panelboard feeds 100% motor loads, then the maximum overcurrent protection for that panelboard must be calculated in accordance with Subrules 28-204(1) and (2).

If the panelboard supplies feeders that are 100% resistive heating loads, then the maximum overcurrent pro-tection for that panelboard must be calculated as per Rule 62-114.

If the panelboard supplies feeders supplying electric welders, then the overcurrent device is calculated as per Section 42.

If >90% of the o/c devices in the panel supply a combination of feeders for various loads and motors, then the maximum overcurrent rating ahead of that panel must be calculated using all the appropriate rules for the various loads.

Page 2 of 3




Rationale for DirectionThis standard deviation is permitted on the basis of the upcoming changes to the Canadian Electrical Code, as well as current Rules contained in the National Electrical Code in the U.S.. With parallel generation, all sources may feed loads supplied at the facility. Although unlikely, there is a possibility that conductors and panelboards may see an overload condition if services or feeders draw more demand than their rating.

Page 3 of 3



Ontario Electrical Safety Code - Bulletins GI-2-5

Page 1 of 3

Bulletin GI-2-5 Telephone Listing

Issued May 2011Supersedes Bulletin GI-2-4

BackgroundThe Electrical Safety Authority provides service through about 320 staff working from 1 Customer Service

Applications for inspection, inquiries about job status, equipment approvals, fees and billings should be done through the Customer Service Centre. Applications may be made by fax, telephone or email. Payments may be by account, American Express, MasterCard, Visa or cheque.

Inquiries of a technical nature about a particular job or questions about code compliance should always be directed to the inspector servicing the job location. For unusual jobs, inspectors may consult with their senior inspector/supervising inspector or their technical advisor.

Technical Advisors have been established in each region to provide interpretations of the code to contractors, consultants and inspectors. The Technical Advisors may be consulted on all problems where a settlement cannot be reached at a local level.

Interpretations of the code affecting jobs in more than one territory are made in consultation with the Provin-cial Code Engineer and Technical Advisors.

Requests for changes to the Canadian Electrical Code portion of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code may be made by anyone to the Canadian Standards Association (using as a guide the form Annex B found in Appen-dix C). Requests for changes to the Ontario amendments portion of the code (italicized rules) again may be made by anyone using form Annex B as a guide. Requests concerning the Ontario amendments should be sent to the Director – Codes & Standards, Chief Engineer

OFFICE AND ADDRESS NAME TITLE CONTACT INFO

155A Matheson Blvd. West 2nd FloorMississauga, OntarioL5R 3L5

David Collie President & CEO

Peter Marcucci Vice President /Chief Public Safety

Ted Olechna Director – Codes and Standards, Chief Engineer

[email protected] And BusinessStrategy

Jenifer Robert-son

Director – Safety and Business Strategy



Ontario Electrical Safety Code - BulletinsGI-2-5

Page 2 of 3

Scott James Director – Regulatory Policy and Program Evaluation

Stakeholder LiasonMaria Iafano Director -

Legislative Policy & Government Affairs

155A Matheson Blvd WestMississauga, OntarioL5R 3L5

Normand Breton General Manager

Utility Regulations [email protected]

Product Safety [email protected] (Option 7)

[email protected] (Option 3)

Peter Lambert Managing Director

[email protected]

Continuous Safety Ser-vices425 Britannia Rd ESuite 120Mississauga, OntarioL4Z 3E7

James Fraser General Manager

John Calabrese Technical Advisor

[email protected]

2140 Regent St Unit 15Sudbury, OntarioP3E 5S8

General Manager 1-866-778-9200 x7224

866-785-0209Dave Heron Technical Advisor

[email protected]



Ontario Electrical Safety Code - Bulletins GI-2-5

Page 3 of 3

Ralph Van Haeren Managing Director

[email protected]

400 Sheldon Dr. Unit 13Cambridge, OntarioN1T 2H9

Doug Millen General Manager

Jeff Thomson Technical Advisor

[email protected]

111 Colonade RoadSuite 200AOttawa, OntarioK2E 7M3

Peter Garrett General Manager

Kurt Budau Technical Advisor

[email protected]

425 Britannia Rd ESuite 120Mississauga, OntarioL4Z 3E7

Steve Smith General Manager

Technical Advisor

Email

PLAN REVIEW400 Sheldon DrUnit 5Cambridge, OntarioN1T 2H9

519-624-3564

519-624-3570

Ross Head AssistantTechnical Advisor, Plan Review Ross.head@electricalsafety.

on.ca



Ontario Electrical Safety Code - Flashes

Flash Index

There will no longer be a paper edition of the Flash Notices. A complete listing and a full release of the Flash Notices are available thru the ESA’s Website www.esasafe.com and the CD version of the Bulletins

The following is a complete list of all the Flash Notices:

Index

11-01-FL Damage to Underground Conductors during Excavation-Customer Owned Services

10-03-FL Electric In-Floor Heating System Installations

10-02-FL Hazards due to misuse of extension cords

09-10-FL Overhead power-line fatalities

09-09-FL Knob and tube wiring in residential installations

09-08-FL Aluminum wiring in residential installations

09-07-FL Isolated ground receptacle connected wrong

09-06-FL Delta to wye system conversions

09-04-FL Unapproved electrical animal stunners

09-03-FL Wiring of T-8 lighting

09-01-FL Death of a 14-year-old boy from electrocution

08-01-FL Electrical hazards found at baseball diamonds

07-02-FL Communication Grounding Hardware and Conductors to Meterbase Enclosures

07-01-FL Hazards due to misuse of extension cords

Page 1 of 2



Ontario Electrical Safety Code - Flashes

02-03-FL Industry alert on temporary ground connection

01-01-FL Dangers associated with gasoline spraying and incandescent extension handlamps (incandescent trouble light)

00-01-FL Dangers associated with high voltage installations

Page 2 of 2



Ontario Electrical Safety Code - Flashes 11-01-FL

Flash 11-01-FLDamage to Underground Conductors during Excavation-

Customer Owned Services

February 1, 2011

Recently there have been a number of incidents in which excavation, directional boring or auguring activity

-

Services beyond the demarcation point belong to the property owner and are not included in the utility locate.

-all locates prior

to commencement of the excavation. This will also include hand digging applications.

(a) the employer excavating shall ensure that all gas, electrical and other services in and near the area to

Privately owned underground services

Prior to excavating, the excavator must be aware of privately owned underground services such as under--

rages or shops located past the electrical meter, and driveway lighting to name a few which may exist on the boulevard or customer property. It is the responsibility of the private facility owner to locate their underground services which may involve the facility owner hiring a private locator.

Utility owned underground services

Utilities have a legal responsibility to locate all utility owned underground services up to the demarcation

ends. Depending on the electrical utility and the installation, the demarcation point will vary from site to site across the Province. Depending on ownership of the underground facility, underground service conductors located on the boulevard or customer property may or may not be included in the locate.

Page 1 of 1




Flash 10-03-FLElectric In-Floor Heating System Installations

August 18, 2010

-

-turer, or that have been damaged during installation.

The Electrical Safety Authority (ESA) is responsible for public electrical safety in Ontario as designated by -

and alterations to existing systems.

-tion box for the cold lead connections. No branch circuit wiring installation.

www.esasafe.com

YES, an application for inspection must be submitted to ESA to inspect the “electrical heating system” compo--

To apply for, or arrange an electrical inspection, please contact ESA’s customer service center at 1-877-ESA-

Page 1 of 2



Ontario Electrical Safety Code - Flashes10-03-FL

Branch circuit wiring from the electrical panel to the in-

licensed by ECRA of the ESA. The homeowner can also

for licensed electrical contrac-tor list.

Electrical wiring is complicated and can present safety hazards if not properly installed and maintained.

-tions as well as alterations to existing systems.

-

-www.plugin-

safely.ca for a list of licensed electrical contractors in Ontario

Page 2 of 2




Flash 10-02-FLHazards due to misuse of extension cords

April 2010

Ontario associated with the misuse of extension cords.

The Electrical Safety Authority warns consumers to use extension cords safely - follow these important rules. Only use extension cords:

-rior use, others interior use only, some for hard usage in wet locations, others not.• For temporary installations:

properly stored away for future use.

Always follow the manufacturer’s instructions.

Safe use of Extension Cords

• Will I use the cord indoors or outdoors? • What is the total current or wattage rating of the appliances I’ll use with the cord?

price to pay for safety.

outdoors has GFCI protection, your life may depend on it.

Extension cords are labelled with valuable information as to the use, size, current and wattage rating of the

American Wire Gauge (AWG) System, in which the larger the wire, the smaller the AWG number. For exam-ple, a 14 gauge wire would be larger, and can power larger wattage appliances, than a 16 gauge wire.

Page 1 of 2




To determine what size -- or gauge -- cord you will need, you will also have to determine how long you need -

tances. As the cord gets longer, the current carrying capacity of the cord gets lower. For example, a 16 gauge extension cord less than 50 feet in length can power a 1625 watt (W) appliance. A 16 gauge cord that is longer than 50 feet in length can only power an appliance up to 1250W. If you are going to use the extension cord with two or more appliances, you must add together the wattage rating for all appliances used on the cord to determine the gauge size you will need.

Power Bars

to determine if the power bar is suitable for your intended application. ESA recommends that you purchase power bars with a minimum 14 gauge copper conductor to ensure a higher level of safety. The practice of daisy chaining power bars is not recommended by ESA.

Figure F1 – Outdoor GFCI cord and receptacle

Page 2 of 2




Flash 10-01-FL

January, 2010 Supersedes FLASH 08-03-FL

--

naires), receptacles and switches. Fires are prevalent in both copper and aluminum wiring systems. Inves-

procedure.

to 84% for homes greater than 50 years old.

Electrical wiring is complicated and presents safety hazards if not properly installed and maintained. Home-

Electrical Safety Code by engaging a licensed electrical contractor to evaluate their electrical system if they

-trical Safety Authority. Homeowners should retain the services of a licensed electrical contractor to ensure their electrical installations are done correctly and safely. In addition, when homeowners have new electri-

-www.plugin-

safely.ca for a list of licensed electrical contractors in Ontario.

Page 1 of 1




Flash 09-10-FLOverhead power-line fatalities

May 1, 2009Supersedes FLASH 06-05-FL

There have been numerous accidents involving overhead conductor contacts, resulting in death and severe

A.

None of the victims in these fatalities understood the hazards of coming too close to a powerline. In -

for help.

B.contacted the Utility’s overhead primary line.

sites, particularly overhead conductors. The Occupational Health and Safety Act must be followed with respect to Limits of Safe Approach.

safe to proceed.

proper training to identify the hazards overhead.

exercise extreme caution that we do not impede on the Limits of Safe Approach. Look above!

C. Two fatalities involving contact with energized overhead power lines. One incident claimed the life

lowering the long metal support pole of a party tent and it contacted the overhead power line. Three -

boree in the United States.

Unfortunately, such accidents are not uncommon to Ontario and The Electrical Safety Authority. Fatalities involving power lines account for 50% of all electrocutions in Ontario in the past 8 years.

hydrant. It has always been there and it is not seen as a threat or danger.

Contact with overhead power lines will likely result in serious injury or fatality

Accidental contact with an energized power line is not forgiving. History has shown that contacting a power

Page 1 of 3




near electric power lines.

-

powerline.

a. Determine the safe distance of approach (limit of approach). The limit of approach is not the same for all power lines. It depends on the voltage the line is carrying. The higher the voltage, the

line de-energized by the local electrical utility or power supply authority.

close enough to contact the power line.

under a powerline creates the potential to come into contact with the energized conductor, and

powerlines

-lines running through it.

stop them, educate them, and help save a life.

Page 2 of 3




Voltage Minimum Distance3.0 m

4.5 m

More than 250,000 6.0 m

Page 3 of 3




Flash 09-09-FLKnob and tube wiring in residential installations


Issues with knob and tube wiring

insurers will not provide or renew coverage on such properties. In some cases, the insurance companies are

Knob and tube wiring, more recently referred to as open wiring, was a wiring method used in the early 1900s to 1940s in the residential sector. Over the years wiring installation practices have changed in the residential

-nance purposes.

Diagram F1- Typical knob and tube installation

-tacle circuits are permitted to remain in place if:

The conductors, where visible, appear to be in good condition.

report will identify visible electrical safety concerns in your electrical wiring.

Page 1 of 3




“Knob & tube” conductors should be replaced where exposed conductors show evidence of mechani-cal abuse and or deterioration, poor connections, overheating, alterations that result in overloading, or if changes to wiring contravene any section of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code.

-

practices:

Improper connections - adding receptacles and outlets on existing circuits or improperly connecting to the

-

receptacle.

-tion by Electrical Safety Authority.

Receptacles in existing knob and tube installations

the ungrounded type (two pin) receptacle, special caution must be exercised.

-ted to be an external bonding conductor that is connected to either the system ground conductor or a metallic

As an alternative to bonding, Rule 26-700(8) of the Code also states “grounding type receptacles without a bonding conductor shall be permitted to be installed provided each receptacle is protected by a ground

-

a GFCI dead front mounted in an outlet box next to the panel). Where this option is used, no bonding conduc-tor is permitted between outlets unless that bond conductor is in turn connected to ground.

GFCI protection of the receptacles does not provide a ground reference to the U-ground slot of the recep-

reference.

Two Pin (ungrounded) Three Pin (Grounded) Two Pin (ungrounded) Three Pin (Grounded)

Page 2 of 3




be installed. Extension cords are not to be used as a substitute for permanent wiring. The following shall be followed when installing new receptacles:

Outdoor receptacles shall be GFCI protected,Bathroom and washroom receptacles shall be GFCI protected.

listed in Diagram F2.

electrical systems.These include

Generally larger electrical capacity and more electrical circuits reducing the need to use extensioncords

Tamper resistant receptacles in homesGround fault circuit interrupters in bathrooms and outdoor locations as per the latest edition of the Ontario Electrical Safety CodeArc Fault Circuit Interrupters in bedroom receptacle circuits

-tion by Electrical Safety Authority.

MythsKnob & Tube wiring is unsafe.

method.

FactsKnob & Tube wiring is safe, provided it is properly maintained by competent licensed people as outlined above.

and tube wiring methods.The Ontario Electrical Safety Code 2002 edition contains rules that govern the installation of open type

installation of open wiring, which may still be installed to this day.

Page 3 of 3




Page 1 of 4

Flash 09-08-FLAluminum wiring in residential installations


Issues with aluminum wiring

the safety of aluminum wiring. In particular, purchasers or owners of homes built from the mid 1960’s until the -

-

Some homes may have a mixture of aluminum and copper wiring.

Reported problems with aluminum wiring have been related to the overheating and failure of aluminum wiring terminations. This is due to aluminums tendency to oxidize and its incompatibility with devices designed for

smell of hot plastic insulation may evidence these problems.

Each home will be different and must be assessed on its own. It is highly recommended the homeowner hire

As mentioned above, where problems exist with aluminum wiring they are usually found at termination points.

the panelboard) and visually inspecting terminations for signs of failure and overheating without removing or

connections, melted insulation, etc.

portion and then the necessary repairs made.

Replacement receptacles and switches shall be installed in compliance with the Ontario Electrical Safety




Page 2 of 4

Electrical DeviceReceptacle (rated 20 amps or less)

Receptacle (rated greater than 20 amps)

Switch (rated 20 amps or less)

Wire Connectors [intended for use withcombinations of either an aluminum conductor(s),a copper conductor(s), or both]

Electric Heater

aluminum conductor shall be made with a wire connector approved for copper to aluminum connections and -

proval for connection of the aluminum bonding conductor.

Terminations of aluminum conductors

binding terminal screws, about which the conductors can be looped under the head of the screw, shall be

and only one conductor shall be connected to any one screw.

Devices with “push-in” terminations shall not be used with aluminum conductors.

aluminum conductor and the device connection screw of a device approved for copper only connections. Pig-




Page 3 of 4

conductors, including the removal of insulation, the cleaning of the bared conductor, and the compatibility and

is conductive and should be used sparingly and any excess compound should be removed.

Where pig tailing is used, Rule 12-3036 must be considered with respect to the minimum volume of box

necessary to safely accommodate everything.

General inspection

Question

have copper tails installed as per information included in this Bulletin ( 12-28-*).

AnswerNo, If the devices are the original ones installed and show no visible signs of overheating or other damage,

Code compliant installation.

Rationale

-

be made.

Myths

Aluminum wiring is no longer used for interior wiring systems.

FactThe Ontario Electrical Safety Code permits the installation of aluminum wiring.

Aluminum wiring itself is safe if proper connections and terminations are made, without damaging the wire and devices approved for use with aluminum wire are employed. Aluminum wiring is widely used today for larger commercial and industrial feeders. Electrical distribu-tion companies use it widely throughout their distribution systems including the supply service cable

well as other structures.




Page 4 of 4

Aluminum wiring itself is safe and if proper connections and terminations are made without damaging the wire and using approved materials installed in accordance with the Ontario Electrical Safety Code and the manu-facturer’s instructions, there should be no problems with the aluminum wiring installation.




Flash 09-07-FLIsolated ground receptacle connected wrong

May 1, 2009 Supersedes FLASH 02-02-FL

previously installed “Isolated Ground circuit” had been altered and the insulated red bond conductor was con-

This could have been lethal.

For years, since the advent of isolated ground receptacles (see Photo F1), where AC90 (BX) cable or similar was being used, it was common practice to use a three conductor cable and tape the Red conductor Green at both ends. It would appear in this case, someone, somehow, placed this red conductor under the terminal of

plugged into the isolated receptacle.

bond and insulated green bond conductors are available (see Photo F2). Installations with taped green bond--

ing Isolated Ground Receptacles with a proper tester to ensure they have not been altered in this manner.

Photo F1 – Isolated Ground Receptacle

Photo F2 – Cable with both a bare bond and insulated green bond conductors

Page 1 of 1




Flash 09-06-FLDelta to wye system conversions


Caution should be exercised when converting Delta systems to Wye.

You must ensure that all unintentional grounds are removed before the system is converted.

Hazard

transformer has been changed from a “Delta” secondary (3 Wire) to a “Wye” secondary (4 Wire) system.

IssueBy design, a ground fault condition on a Delta system will not operate an overcurrent device, but will only indicate a grounded phase conductor.

all ground faults are not removed prior to the new service being energized. A fault would be introduced into a grounded system. Closing a switch into a fault can be extremely hazardous.The results may be immediate, with the operation of the overcurrent device. Or, if the fault is of a high enough

SolutionThe following safety procedures, in addition to the normal procedure is suggested when converting Delta to Wye

1. Inspect the Electrical system being converted, paying particular attention to the status of the Ground Fault

2. If the GFI indicates a fault (indicators of different brightness could be a sign of partial faults) further tests

the building or in another building on the same system. ALL FAULTS MUST BE CLEARED BEFORE

3. It is important that a “Grounded Circuit Conductor” (or neutral) be brought into the building as per Rule 10-204 and Bulletin 4-9-* and solidly grounded, regardless whether or not the customer does not have an immediate or perceived need for a neutral. This connection is essential for clearing faults on the system.

4. The grounded conductor shall not be smaller than that permitted by Rule 10-204(2) and Table 16 and

high enough for any increase in Available Fault Current (AFC) Level. See Rule 14-012 and 14-014.

the ground conductor may be an indication of a potential problem. 6. Overcurrent devices that operate once energized, could be an indication of a fault remaining on the sys-

tem and should not be ignored. Further investigation shall be conducted.7. The redundant Ground Fault Indicators should be removed.8. A connection authorization from ESA shall be arranged, before re-energization.

-tection.

Page 1 of 1




Flash 09-05-FLStudent receives burns while operating a key-type

lighting switchMay 1, 2009

Supersedes FLASH 09-05-FL

-

-

1. Staff and students should be cautioned about the potential dangers of attempting to tamper with these switches.

replace as necessary.

control type switch would provide isolation between the line voltage and the user.

Photo F1 Key Operated switches

Page 1 of 1




Flash 09-04-FLUnapproved electrical animal stunners


There was a recent fatality in Ontario resulting from the use of an unapproved electrical animal stunner. Electrical Safety Authority is concerned that unapproved or altered electrical animal stunners may be in use in

DirectionDo not use an electrical animal stunner unless it bears one of the approval labels. For a complete list of rec-

www.esasafe.com under Electrical Product Safety tab. Do not alter or

BackgroundElectrical animal stunners use bare metal parts energized at voltages up to 600 volts. These devices are

and Regulations.

electrical animal stunner. For further information contact Electrical Safety Authority at: www.esasafe.com or1-877-372-7233.

Page 1 of 1




Page 1 of 2

Flash 09-03-FLWiring of T-8 lighting


-ing causing overheating of the lamp base and deforming, melting or charring the lamp holder.

Background

start ballasts.

InstallationFigure F1 shows correct installation method. Two wires of the each lamp holder are recurred to be connected

holder contacts are in good condition and show no signs of arcing or pitting.

Figure F2 shows incorrect and not acceptable wiring method. This method uses T-8-bi-pin instant-start-lamp

through the lamp(s) cathodes, potentially overheating the lamp base and the lamp holder excessively, result-ing in lamp holder deformation, melting or charring and failure.

-tion. The document can be found on the website www.nema.org




Page 2 of 2

Figure F1 – Correct wiring method




Flash 09-02-FLLockout / tag-out an absolute necessity


Who establishes your in-house Lock out / Tag out procedureBoth the Ontario Electrical Safety Code (OESC) and the Ministry of Labour under the Occupational Health

Following a rigid procedure for LOCK/OUT will help avoid the risk of electrical contact

Items to be included within a LOCK/OUT procedure

Identify the switch to be used to de-energize the circuit.

Either visually examine or conduct testing to ensure that all phases have been de-energized.

the tester is operating properly.Whether doing testing or visual examination to ensure that all phases are open, you must still test for

improperly.

-

serviced28-602 Types and ratings of disconnecting means28-604 Location of disconnecting means

Page 1 of 1




Flash 09-01-FLDeath of a 14-year-old boy from electrocution


Chatham, Ontario, August 24, 1998 — Dr. Thomas Wilson, Southwestern Regional Coroner and Ross Suther-

Freddy died July 20, 1998, after he was electrocuted while operating a personal computer at his home in Dresden.

The computer, which had a three-pin plug, was plugged into an unapproved power bar. The ground pin of the

this home had been installed at some time in the past when two pin receptacles were the residential standard. The power bar had an internal manufacturing defect which allowed the computer to operate normally, while at the same time energizing the metal in the computer at 120 volts. The internal defect in the power bar would not have caused problems if the circuit had been protected with a proper ground connection. Freddy was electrocuted when he touched a metallic part on the computer.

www.esasafe.com under Electrical Product Safety tab.

receptacles or Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) receptacles which accept three-pin plugs installed

Page 1 of 1




Flash 08-02-FL

for students and parents August, 2008

Students leaving home to further their education through enrolment in a community college, university or simi-

away from the family home and the security of a safe home environment.

children to help them identify and correct potentially unsafe electrical situations.

For safety’s sake – check your new accommodation for these potential electrical hazards and have

Loose or damaged plugs and switches

Outlets and switches with missing cover plates

Outlets and switches that are warm or hot to the touch should be turned off immediately and replaced by a licensed electrical contractor

Exposed electrical wiring

GFCI-protected outlets, and two-prong outlets with three-prong outlets

www.esasafe.com

heavy-gauge cord should be purchased for use in the home

critical safety feature

-rides critical safety mechanisms

Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters (GFCIs) should be tested monthly to ensure they are in proper operating condition

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2

Consider purchasing a portable Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) from an electrical wholesale dis-tributor for use in areas where GFCIs are not present

The price of electrical safety is a small investment for peace of mind. By encouraging post-secondary school-

safe electrical practices for the balance of their life.

www.esasafe.comfor more electrical safety information.




Flash 08-01-FLElectrical hazards found at baseball diamonds

June 2008

Mississauga, ON

One of the main concerns is the use of electrical metallic tubing (EMT) as the raceway in light standards or tower installations. EMT was commonly used a number of years ago as raceway for electrical wiring in

where it has been used as a conduit in exposed installations, see Photo F2. The EMT has a tendency to shear off at the point where it exits the concrete base leading up into the light tower. This deteriorated conduit

-sures protecting the electrical panels from exposure to the weather have deteriorated over time and now allow

Some of the towers used to support the lighting are in a deteriorated condition.

In some instances there has been no bond wire used in the original installation.

The EMT can shear off at the point that it exits the concrete base leading up into the light standard.

to anyone in the area.

wires.The Ontario Electrical Safety Code prohibits the use of EMT conduit in wet environments.Many of the electrical panels are protected by wooden enclosures which are not weather-proofed and tend to deteriorate with outdoor exposure.

Most of the outdoor outlets are not GFCI protected. This poses a potential hazard where the public (and children) have unsupervised exposure to the electrical outlets. There is no way to ensure the condition of the electrical cords being used by the public in these receptacles.

ESA recommends all outdoor electrical receptacles are GFCI protected and tested monthly as per manufac-turers’ instructions.

Page 1 of 3




Light Standards and Towersvisitors from potential electrical hazards.

4. Assess the integrity of the EMT. If deterioration has occurred, the EMT should be replaced with an ap-proved conduit rated for exterior use.

5. Ensure connection boxes are not damaged nor have missing covers.6. Conduct annual routine inspections of the structural integrity of light standards and towers. ESA Inspec-

Electrical Panel and Enclosure

www.pluginsafely.ca for a list of Licensed Electrical Contractors.

For more electrical safety information, please visit our website at www.esasafe.com.

Photo F1

Page 2 of 3




Photo F2

Photo F3

Page 3 of 3




Page 1 of 1

Flash 07-02-FLCommunication Grounding Hardware and Conductors

to Meterbase EnclosuresFebruary 2007

Concerns have arisen from Local Distribution Companies, in regards to the attachment of communication

with the electrical power energized. Grounding devices attached to removable covers on meterbases could pose a hazard to these employees. The devices could dislodge the cover from its catch or the conductor in the device could interfere with the cover removal. There is also concern that the conductor could free itself from the grounding device and contact the exposed meter connections.

Bonding and Grounding hardware must be approved devices as per Rule 2-024 of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code and installed as per the manufacturer’s instructions. As well, these devices must not be installed directly to removable covers on meterbases. These devices must not distort or damage the meterbase enclo-

-

Examples of approved devices




Flash 07-01-FLHazards due to misuse of extension cords

January 2007

Ontario associated with the misuse of extension cords.

The Electrical Safety Authority warns consumers to use extension cords safely - follow these important rules. Only use extension cords:

exterior use, others interior use only, some for hard usage in wet locations, others not.For temporary installations:

--

nected and properly stored away for future use.

always follow the manufacturer’s instructions.

Safe use of Extension Cords

Will I use the cord indoors or outdoors? What is the total current or wattage rating of the appliances I’ll use with the cord?

price to pay for safety.

outdoors has GFCI protection, your life may depend on it.

Extension cords are labeled with valuable information as to the use, size, current and wattage rating of the

American Wire Gauge (AWG) System, in which the larger the wire, the smaller the AWG number. For exam-ple, a 14 gauge wire would be larger, and can power larger wattage appliances, than a 16 gauge wire.

Page 1 of 2




To determine what size -- or gauge -- cord you will need, you will also have to determine how long you need -

tances. As the cord gets longer, the current carrying capacity of the cord gets lower. For example, a 16 gauge extension cord less than 50 feet in length can power a 1625 watt (W) appliance. A 16 gauge cord that is longer than 50 feet in length can only power an appliance up to 1250W. If you are going to use the extension cord with two or more appliances, you must add together the wattage rating for all appliances used on the cord to determine the gauge size you will need.

Power Bars

to determine if the power bar is suitable for your intended application. ESA recommends that you purchase power bars with a minimum 14 gauge copper conductor to ensure a higher level of safety. The practice of daisy chaining power bars is not recommended by ESA.

Figure F1 – Outdoor GFCI cord and receptacle

Page 2 of 2




Flash 06-02-FLLocking HV switch

February 2006

A local LDC supplied power to a new customer owned gang operated high voltage switch. The high voltage

proper authorization from ESA.

-

also in contravention of the Ontario Electrical Safety Code.

out until connection has been authorized. Keys to the installation shall only be given to those who have au-thority.

Page 1 of 1




Page 1 of 2

Flash 05-01-FL

June 2005

Applied regulations and codesBoth the Ontario Electrical Safety Code (OESC) and the Ontario Health and Safety Act and Regulations

-

damage.

What can be done to avert the hazard-




Page 2 of 2

F1 – Fixture used as a trouble light




Flash 04-03-FL

March 2005

left more than a thousand people homeless, the damage extensive, resulting in multi-million dollar damage

-pied.

from the main electrical panel board located in the basement, and ran up the building through electrical clos-

the electric heating located in every individual apartment.

closet . The water entered the busway and caused a short circuit. The busway overcurrent and ground fault protection failed to clear the fault resulting in catastrophic failure of the busway, The failure resulted in an elec-

Following further investigation, ESA and OFM determined the busway protection failure was due to a malfunc-

to bind, preventing the switch from opening to clear the fault.

RecommendationsThe Electrical Safety Authority strongly recommends all owners, condominium associations, and rental management companies involved in high-rise buildings initiate a program of regular testing, calibration, and maintenance of electrical systems to ensure electrical systems in buildings function properly and safely. Test-ing, calibration and maintenance must follow what the manufacturers recommend.

Page 1 of 1




Flash 04-02-FL

February 2004

The Accident

before removing the victim. Without the help of the second person, this victim could have died.

Facts

Electricity is invisible, silent, dangerous and not obvious to most people.

-age.

-

-

body.

-

Page 1 of 1




Page 1 of 2

Flash 03-01-FL347 Volt lighting circuits kill one apprentice and severely

injured two othersJanuary 2003

Typically, many industrial and commercial lighting installations operate at 347 volts and do not have individual

such as ballast changes.

Several facts about The Ontario Health and Safety Act and Regulations (OHSA & Regs) that you should be aware of are:

Under the OHSA and regulations, employers and supervisors are responsible for

at a later date.

-

-




Page 2 of 2

Remember, these accidents did not have to happen.

others that electricity can and does KILL .




Flash 02-03-FLIndustry alert on temporary ground connection

March 2002

-

Purpose of temporary ground services

1. to pass current to ground in case of the line becoming inadvertently energized and cause aprotective device to operate, and

2. to drain any induced current that may be present from other lines in the vicinity that are still energized.

The current carrying capacity of the temporary ground must be at least the same as the lines that it is being attached to, preferably larger to provide a safety factor

Suggested GuidelinesWhen installing temporary ground connections, ensure that it complies with the OHSA section 42, of the Industrial Regulations. exist.

your safety in case the line was still energized.-

Page 1 of 1




Flash 01-07-FLElectrician narrowly escapes serious injury

July 2001

the terminal of an energized lightning arrester.

This contact could have been FATAL!

A serious hazard exists when electricians assume lightning arresters are de-energized when the main switch

of a main switch to protect the incoming supply conductors from surges. Extreme care shall be exercised to

The following is recommended practice for

an electrical enclosure.

Figure F1- Single Line Diagram

Page 1 of 1




Flash 01-05-FLTest for voltage before you work – It could save your life

May 2001

2. Ensure that the voltage testers they are using have been “Approved” and meet the minimum stan-

Safety Act. Use of an unapproved voltage tester is a violation of Ontario Electrical Safety Code Rules 2-034 and 2-306 and may result in charges being laid under the Electricity Act.

company and the Occupational Health and Safety Act.

OrHave “visible isolation of the contact surfaces” of the disconnecting device so you can ensure the

2. Ensure there is no voltage on the load side of all contacts of the isolating device (ensures contacts are actually open).

-

Page 1 of 1




Flash 01-04-FL

ungrounded steel studsApril 2001

-

been bonded to ground. During the renovation of the homeowner’s basement, metal stud framing was used

installed one of the screws penetrated a switch leg, energizing the complete metal stud assembly at 120 volts when the power was turned on.

circuit over current device will operate in the event the studs become energized.

-cal service box. Metal or steel boxes can be secured to the studs in compliance with the Ontario Electrical Safety Code or the metal frame can be separately bonded by a conductor to connect each isolated section, ensuring good electrical contact with all framing members.

a manner as to serve the following purposes:

-

Experience has shown that metallic wall assemblies using non-metallic wire and boxes are susceptible to

general concept of bonding metal studs.

-sembly, which is not intentionally bonded to ground and may become energized, to be bonded to the service

Page 1 of 1




Flash 01-01-FLDangers associated with gasoline spraying and incandescent

extension handlamps (incandescent trouble light)January 2001

The Electrical Safety Authority, together with CSA International and the Ontario Fire Marshal, are issuing

serious or fatal explosions.

-

Over the past few years there have been isolated fatalities from people using Incandescent Handlamps near -

dents where one individual suffered serious burns and a second succumbed to burns when gasoline came in contact with incandescent extension handlamps.

-

with the extension handlamps enclosure integrity abnormal test.

-

comply with the following:

substantial guard attached to the lamp holder or handle, and all exterior surfaces which may come in

They shall not be provided with receptacles for attachment plugs.

Page 1 of 1




Flash 00-01-FLDangers associated with high voltage installations

January 2000

In August of 1999 an electrician received severe burns to their left hand after contacting 2400 volts. This life.

During the replacement of a 2400 volt, 4 cells MCC, the victim came in contact with a 2400 volt power source

and into the door of the enclosure.

On investigating it was found that:

The transformer feeder was disconnected and grounded.

1978. The alternate feed was still connected and energized on the load side terminals of the cell. There was no signage or circuit diagram on the door indicating its purpose.

There was a schematic showing the second feeder but this was not supplied to the contractor doing the

This accident did not have to happen.Rule 36-006 (4) of the Ontario Electric Safety Code states: (4) Where the possibility of feedback exists:(a) Each group operated isolating switch or disconnecting means shall bear a warning notice to the effect that contacts on either side of the device may be energized; and(b) A permanent, legible, single-line diagram of the station switching arrangement, clearly identifying each point of connection to the high-voltage section, shall be provided in a conspicuous location within sight of each point of connection.

been alerted to the hazards within the high voltage cubicle.

The Electrical Safety Authority would like to advise all customers, to ensure that all high voltage in-

occurring again.

If you have had any additions or alterations to your high voltage switchgear your single line diagram

Post the Single Line Diagram in a conspicuous location within sight of each point of connection.

Page 1 of 1




Page 1 of 1

Flash 97-02-FLHazards in electrical rooms put people and property at risk

February 1997

Live electrical panels left open - cause danger

Industrial establishments leave live panels open for long periods of time. They noted that many people, other

systems

and property”:

(1) Bare live parts shall be guarded against accidental contact by . . . approved cabinets . . . a suitable

Permanent metal panel covers must be replaced as soon as possible

Poor “housekeeping” creates serious risks to people and property

hazards.

Rule 2-308 -

Rule 2-312

Safety is everyone’s concern and everyone’s responsibility.



Ontario Electrical Safety Code - Safety Alerts

Page 1 of 2

Safety Alert IndexThere will no longer be a paper edition of the Safety Alerts. A complete listing and a full release of the Safety Alerts are available thru the ESA’s Website www.esasafe.com and the CD version of the Bulletins

Index

09-05-AL The Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about Unapproved Decorative Lamps & Bulbs Distributed by Vickie Jean’s Creations

09-07-AL The Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about Counterfeit Lithium-ion Battery Chager

09-17-AL The Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about Unapproved Decorative Silk Flower Light sold at the CNE




09-25-AL The Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about AC Operated RF Wireless Remote Switch

09-26-AL The Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about PLATELITE INC. – Electrical Wiring Device Cover Plate with Integral Electroluminescent Night-Light

10-05-AL UL warns of a bicycle light with unauthorized UL power supply

10-07-AL The Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about Unapproved Whole Body Vibration

in lighting

with Portable Luminaires* / Table Lamps

10-11-AL UL warns of dental endodontic device

10-12-AL UL warns of potentially hazardous extension cord

10-13-AL UL warns of LED PAR 64 and PAR 575 stage lights with unauthorized UL marks

Page 2 of 2




10-20-AL The Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about Wordsworth Data Innovations Inc.

10-23-AL The Electrical Safety Authority Warns of Unapproved Straightening Irons

Protection

Dryer

11-06-AL ESA warns Consumers and Chiropractic Professionals of Unapproved Chiropractic Equipment

11-08-AL The Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about LED Pool Lights Sold by Executive Pools & Spas



Ontario Electrical Safety Code - Safety Alerts09-05-AL

Page 1 of 2

Safety Alert 09-05-ALThe Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about

Unapproved Decorative Lamps & Bulbs distributedby Vickie Jean’s Creations

April 06, 2009Product Safety Alert

Toronto, ONlamps and bulbs distributed by Vickie Jean’s Creations.

This product is unapproved and not tested to any Canadian Safety Standards. ESA is concerned of a poten-

Description/Models

4W / 130V.

Direction: Electrical Safety Authority requests consumers to stop using this product immediately.



Ontario Electrical Safety Code - Safety Alerts 09-05-AL

Page 2 of 2




Safety Alert 09-06-ALUL warns of mislabelled video game charger

June 01, 2009Product Safety Alert

Northbrook, Ill., June 4, 2009 -

and Canadian safety requirements.

Name of Product:

Number of Units: 4500 to 6000

Manufacturer:

Date of Manufacture: Unknown

as shown below:

Sold at: Known to be sold at www.amazon.com and may have been sold by other retailers.

Page 1 of 2




Photo of product:

Photo of product:

Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 1


Counterfeit Lithium-ion Battery ChargerJune 03, 2009

Product Safety Alert

Toronto, ON

for the United States and Canada. These Lithium-ion Battery Chargers have not been evaluated for safety by

Direction: Electrical Safety Authority is requesting consumers to stop using these products immediately.

Please see photos of the counterfeit product below.




Safety Alert 09-08-ALUL warns of USB AC/DC adapter with unauthorized UL Marks

July 2, 2009Product Safety Alert

Northbrook, Ill., USA -- June 25, 2009 --

product has not been evaluated by UL to the requirements of the appropriate standard for safety and is not -

ments.

Name of product:

Number of units: Unknown

Manufacturer: Unknown

Date of manufacture: Unknown

on the product:

Page 1 of 2




Photos of product:

Page 2 of 2




Safety Alert 09-09-AL


NORTHBROOK, Il -- June 26, 2009 -- -

This product has not been evaluated by UL to the requirements of the appropriate standard for safety and

requirements.

Name of product: EL-23W


Date of manufacture: 2004-present


: On the product:

Sold at

Page 1 of 2




Pictures of product and packaging:

Page 2 of 2




Safety Alert 09-10-ALUL warns of Class 2 power supply adapter with unauthorized UL Marks

August 18, 2009 Product Safety Alert

Northbrook, IL; -- August 18, 2009 --

-ments.

Name of product:



Product label marking:

On the product: A label attached to the power supply is marked with the following:

Sold by:

Page 1 of 2




Photo of vending machine:

Photo of Class 2 Power Supply:

Page 2 of 2




Safety Alert 09-11-ALUL warns of night light with unauthorized UL Mark


Northbrook, Ill., -- July 7, 2009 --

-

requirements.

Name of product:


Manufacturer:


On the product:

The product and label are marked with the following information:

Sold at: Known to be sold at www.amazon.com

Page 1 of 2




Photo of product:

Page 2 of 2




Safety Alert 09-12-ALUL warns of power supply with unauthorized UL Marks


Northbrook, Ill., USA -- July 9, 2009 --

not been evaluated by UL to the appropriate standard for safety for the United States or Canada and is not

safety requirements.

Name of product:

Number of units:



Page 1 of 2




Photo of product:

Page 2 of 2




Safety Alert 09-13-ALUL warns of candle warmers and air fresheners

with unauthorized UL Marks


Northbrook, Ill., -- July 15, 2009 -- -

These products have not been evaluated by UL to the appropriate standard for safety for the United States or

States or Canadian safety requirements.

Name of product:




Page 1 of 3




On the products:

Sold at: Known to be distributed at website http://www.kennedyscountry.com.

Photos of products:

Candle Warmer Model: 67318

Page 2 of 3




Candle Warmer Model: 67740

Air Freshener Model: 67971

Page 3 of 3




Safety Alert 09-14-ALUL warns of ceiling light with unauthorized UL Marks

August 13, 2009Product Safety Alert

Northbrook, Ill., USA -- August 6, 2009 -- -

This product has not been evaluated by UL to the appropriate standard for safety for the United States or

Name of product:

Number of units: Unknown quantity



The product is marked with the following information:

E91785

Date: 6 2006

A label attached to the product is provided with the following information:

09/05

LISTEDINCANDESCENT

Page 1 of 2




Photo of product:

Page 2 of 2




Safety Alert 09-15-ALUL warns of unauthorized UL Marks on power supply provided with

cordless drill


Northbrook, Ill., USA -- August 10, 2009 --

States and Canada. This power supply has not been evaluated by UL to the appropriate standard for safety

complies with the United States or Canadian safety requirements.

Name of product:

Number of units: Approximately 1600

Manufacturer:

Date of manufacture: February 2006 to present

On the product:

E244495

LISTED17TE

Page 1 of 2




Sold at

Photo of product:

Page 2 of 2






Northbrook, Ill. USA,

Name of product: Bright Effects Compact Fluorescent Lamp

Units: Unknown quantity

Manufacturer:

Date of manufacture: Units manufactured on and prior to July 2007

Hazard:hazard.

On the product:

E137657Self-ballasted Lamp

5K53

Page 1 of 2




Photo of the lamp:

Page 2 of 2




Safety Alert 09-17-ALThe Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about Unapproved

Decorative Silk Flower Light sold at the CNE

September 17, 2009Product Safety Alert

Toronto ON

Direction: Electrical Safety Authority requests consumers to stop using these products immediately.

Page 1 of 1Page 1 of 1






Northbrook, Ill., USA - Sept. 18, 2009 -

This product has not been evaluated by UL to the appropriate standard for safety for the United States or

or Canadian safety requirements.

Name of product:

Units:



The product is marked with the following information:

Date: 09-02

A label attached to the product is provided with the following information:

04/07E196267

ISSUE NO/No DE CATEGORIE

Sold by: Known to be sold by:Photo of product:

Page 1 of 2




Photo of product:

Page 2 of 2




Safety Alert 09-20-ALUL warns of pilot light with unauthorized UL Mark


Northbrook, Ill., USA - Sept. 1, 2009 -

This pilot light has not been evaluated by UL to the appropriate standard for safety for the United States or

States or Canadian safety requirements.

Name of product:


Manufacturer:


On the product:

Sold at: Known to be sold at: http://www.midwestequipment.com

What should you do: contact UL at: .

Page 1 of 2




Photos of product:

Page 2 of 2




Safety Alert 09-21-ALUL warns of bird deterrent systems with unauthorized UL Marks

October 1, 2009Product Safety Alert

NORTHBROOK, Ill. - Sept. 1, 2009 --

These products have not been evaluated by UL for use as a bird deterrent. The products are UL Listed elec-tric fence controllers intended to be used in the containment of livestock. The indicated use as a bird deterrent

Name of product:

Number of units: Up to 1000 Bird-B-Gone.

Date of manufacture:

Manufacturer: Woodstream Corporation

LISTEDELECTRIC FENCE

CONTROLLER 11NO

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




Safety Alert 09-22-ALUL warns of glue gun with unauthorized UL Mark


Northbrook, Ill., USA -- Sept. 29, 2009 -- -

uct has not been evaluated by UL to the appropriate standard for safety and is not authorized to bear the UL

Name of product:


Brand name: GOLD Tools Professional Tools


On the packaging:

Imported By/ Importe Par

Gold Tools

On the product:

Sold at: Known to be sold at:

140 Albert St South

Page 1 of 2




Product Photo:

Page 2 of 2




Safety Alert 09-23-ALUL warns of portable lamps and ceiling lamps with unauthorized UL Marks


Northbrook, Ill., USA - Oct. 1, 2009 -

Canada. These products have not been evaluated by UL to the appropriate standards for safety for the United

United States or Canadian safety requirements.

Name of product:

Number of units: 225 portable lamps and 160 ceiling lamps were produced.

Manufacturer:

Date of manufacture: August 2008

On the products: The products have a gray colored label with the following information:

E236833

E236833

Consumer contact:

Tel: +86.591.22268888 ext: 8305Email:

Page 1 of 2




Photos of the units:Models 56151 & 56155

Model: DE2207

Page 2 of 2




Safety Alert 09-24-ALUL warns of power supply adaptor with unauthorized UL Mark


Northbrook, Ill., -- Sept. 30, 2009 -- -


Name of Product:




On the product:

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2





AC Operated RF Wireless Remote Switch


Toronto, ON -

Name of product:


Manufacturer:

Importer: Dimplex North America and possibly other retailers nationwide.

Incidents/Injuries:

Electrical Safety Authority is requesting consumers to stop using these products immediately.

Page 1 of 2




Photos of the Product:

Page 2 of 2





PLATELITE INC. – Electrical Wiring Device Cover Plate with Integral Electroluminescent Night-Light


Toronto, ON

Name of Product: Electrical Wiring Device Cover Plate with Integral Electroluminescent Night-Light


Manufacturer: PlateLite Inc.ESA attempted to contact the manufacturer as part of ESA’s ongoing Investigation with no success.

Date of Manufacture: 2004

See photographs on Page 2.

Incidents / Injuries:

on the back of the Cover Plate.

release this Product Safety Alert. ESA strongly recommends that all PlateLite Inc. cover plates with a built-in glowing-type night-light be removed by a licensed electrician and destroyed. These devices connect directly to the power source within the electrical box, whether a light switch, dimmer, electri-cal outlet, etc.

Product Markings:

Page 1 of 2




Description/Models:

Electrical Wiring Device Cover Plate with Integral Electroluminescent Night-Light

Night Lights are visible as white stripe below each opening

Electrical Wiring Device Cover Plate with Integral Electroluminescent Night-Light

Lights are visible as white stripe below each opening

Back of Cover Plates showing Date Codes of 2004.03 and 2004.02

ESA strongly suggests having a licensed electrician remove any PlateLite Inc. cover plates with ANY date code.

Back of Cover Plates showing Date Codes of 2004.03 and 2004.02


Page 2 of 2




Safety Alert 10-01-ALUL warns of switch with unauthorized UL Mark

January 4, 2010Product Safety Alert

Northbrook, Ill., --

-plies with UL safety requirements.

-ence between the switches is described below.

Name of unauthorized product:




On the product: This switch has an unauthorized UL Recognition

What should you do: contact UL at: .

Manufacturer contact for the authorized product: http://www.canal.com.tw/

Page 1 of 1




Safety Alert 10-02-ALUL warns consumers of 2 in 1 AC adapters with an unauthorized UL Mark

January 13, 2010Product Safety Alert

Northbrook, Ill. -- Nov. 30, 2009 -- -


Name of Product:




Sold at: Unknown


DSL and PSP 2in1 AC Adapter Model: 5819233 (AP2918)

Input: 120V AC 0.049A 60Hz Output: 5.2V DC 450mA

I.T.E. POWER SUPPLY 65EJ

E229119

DSL and PSP 2in1 AC Adapter Model: 5819233 (AP2918)

Input: 120V AC 0.049A 60Hz Output: 5.2V DC 450mA

I.T.E. POWER SUPPLY 65EJ

E229119

Page 1 of 2




Photographs of the product

Page 2 of 2




Safety Alert 10-03-ALUL warns consumers of nightlights bearing unauthorized UL Listing Marks

February 10, 2010Product Safety Alert

NORTHBROOK, Ill., -

Safety requirements.

Name of product: Disney Nightlight




Sold at:

MADE IN CHINA 120V 60Hz

MAX7Watts C7 25100 E304373

LISTED NIGHTLIGHT

97TJ

MADE IN CHINA 120V 60Hz

MAX7Watts C7 25100 E304373

LISTED NIGHTLIGHT

97TJ

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




Safety Alert 10-04-ALESA warns consumers about Portable Air Compressors Manufactured by Zhejiang

Xinlei Mechanical & Electrical Co., Ltd.April 1, 2010

Product Safety Alert

Toronto, ONPortable Air Compressors. These products did not have the required Thermal Protector installed resulting in

products immediately.

Name of Product: -

Number of Units: Unknown

Manufacturer: -turer as part of ESA’s ongoing investigation with no success.

Date of Manufacture:

Incidents/Injuries:

Please see photos on page 2

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




SAFETY ALERT 10-05-ALUL warns of a bicycle light with unauthorized UL power supply


Northbrook, Ill. -

States and Canada. This power supply has not been evaluated by UL to the appropriate standard for safety

complies with United States or Canadian safety requirements.

Name of Product:




On the product:

LI-ION CHARGER

OUTPUT: DC 8.5V/1800mA

E241618

Sold at: Known to be sold at http://dealextreme.com/

Page 1 of 2




Photo of product:

Page 2 of 2




SAFETY ALERT 10-06-ALThe Electrical Safety Authority, Health Canada and Underwriters Laboratories Inc. Warn Consumers about Possible Laceration Hazard associated with Dishwashers


the dishwasher door that required stitches at a hospital emergency department.

The applicable appliance manufacturers were alerted of the reported incidents.

hazard and to consider the following safeguards:

- Take care to anticipate and avoid sharp edges while performing cleaning / wiping or other types of

that can expose additional hazards. Always ensure the access panel is securely put back into posi-tion to avoid the possibility of a child or animal having access to hot or moving parts.

dishwasher as they may contain additional safety information. These documents can typically be

--

Underwriters Laboratories Media Contact:

Phone: +1 847 664-1508E-mail:

For Picture go to page 2

Page 1 of 2




About Underwriters Laboratories

http://www.ul.com/newsroom

Page 2 of 2




SAFETY ALERT 10-07-ALThe Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about Unapproved Whole Body

Vibration Plate Type Fitness Equipment: “T-Zone” & “Crazy Fit”


Toronto, ON

Safety Alert.

Description/Models:

Further information is available at:

Direction: Electrical Safety Authority requests that consumers to stop using / permanently unplug / discon-necting these products immediately.

Page 1 of 1




SAFETY ALERT 10-08-ALThe Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about Unapproved Massage

Chairs Sold by Paradigm Marketing


Toronto, ON

-

Seller:

V6B 2W9


Page 1 of 1




SAFETY ALERT 10-09-ALThe Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about

Unapproved Headboards with Built-in lighting


Toronto, ON made of an expanded foam type material with one or more built-in light bulbs.

-

Description/Models: Possibly various design styles similar to those shown below. These headboards were

mirror frame. The photographs below show sections of the headboard ensemble that were allegedly involved

and the type of foam material may be more susceptible to overheating. They were manufactured in Italy.

Direction: Electrical Safety Authority requests consumers to stop using / permanently unplug / disconnecting

to cut off the power cord at the entry point into the headboard. Dispose of the power cord as per local regula-tions.

Page 1 of 1




SAFETY ALERT 10-10-ALThe Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about

Potential Fire Hazard associated with Portable Luminaires* / Table Lamps


hazard.

• Locate the power cord such that it does not pose a tripping or entanglement hazard.

• Do not leave young children unsupervised when they can reach luminaires.

• Follow safety warnings / assembly guide / usage guide as supplied with the Luminaire. Never use the Luminaire for any other purpose than what it is intended for.

• NEVER allow a child to place a luminaire under their bedding for reading purposes.

Power Cord PlacementDo Not Cover Shade with Place Luminaires away from

the reach of Children

* Portable Luminaire – a complete lighting unit designed to accommodate the lamp(s) and to con-nect the lamp(s) to circuit conductors.Lamps and similar types of lighting products]

Page 1 of 1




SAFETY ALERT 10-11-ALUL warns of dental endodontic device

May 6, 2010Product Safety Alert

Northbrook, Ill., USA -

for the United States and Canada. This product has not been evaluated by UL to the appropriate standard

products comply with United States or Canadian safety requirements.

Name of Product: Endomax Smart

Number of Units:

Brand Name:


Type ELVolts 4.5V-/9.6V-

Amps 0.03AInternally Powered Equipment

Secaucus New Jersey-USAKnown Place of Sale:

Page 1 of 2




Phone: 201-617-1101

Page 2 of 2




SAFETY ALERT 10-12-ALUL warns of potentially hazardous extension cord


NORTHBROOK, Ill. -

Name of Product:



Hazard:


On the Product: The product bears a counterfeit holographic label with the follow-ing information:

LISTED CORD SETBW-8737

13A125V

1625WSuitable for use with outdoor appliances

Store indoors when not in use

Page 1 of 3




PT-3712W

LISTEDE137398

Sold at: What You Should Do: UL recommends that consumers stop using the product immediately and return it to the place of purchase.

Photo of the Product:

Page 2 of 3




Photo of Label

Page 3 of 3




SAFETY ALERT 10-13-ALUL warns of LED PAR 64 and PAR 575 stage lights with unauthorized UL marks


FOR IMMEDIATE RELEASE

Northbrook, Ill.

Canada. These products have not been evaluated by UL to the appropriate standards for safety for the United

United States or Canadian safety requirements.

Name of Product: -


Manufacturer:


See the photo

Sold at: Known to be sold on eBay and may have been sold by other retailers.

Photo of products:

Page 1 of 1




SAFETY ALERT 10-14-ALUL warns of Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) with inadequate corrosion protection


NORTHBROOK, Ill.

distributors were found not to comply with United States or Canadian safety standards and are not authorized

Product Description:


Manufacturer: Guangdong Walsall Steel Pipe Industrial Co. Ltd.

Defect:

-lowing:

E234340** WALSALL*

Page 1 of 2




** : Or E244932 or E312420

Example Label:

Page 2 of 2




SAFETY ALERT 10-15-AL


with control number 3175310.

sold and used in Canada.

Hazard:-

tor are not approved components.

Description/ Models:

Direction: Unplug and stop using the product immediately.

Page 1 of 1




SAFETY ALERT 10-16-ALIntertek Testing Services Warns Consumers of a Euro-Master, Model Strong and

Open Master, Model OP-1 Garage Door Openers Bearing an Unauthorized ETL Listing Mark


-

Page 1 of 2




Page 1 of 2




SAFETY ALERT 10-17-ALUL warns of AC/DC adapters with unauthorized UL Marks


-

requirements.

Name of Product:




On the unauthorized products’ marking label:

Page 1 of 2




Sold at: Unknown

Photos of the adapters with unauthorized UL marks:

Page 2 of 2




SAFETY ALERT 10-18-AL

Chrisha Creations Bearing an Unauthorized ETL Listing Mark


-


Direction: Unplug and stop using the product immediately.

Page 1 of 2




SAFETY ALERT 10-19-ALThe Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about Liform Lite

Industrial Co., Ltd. Track Light Heads with Unauthorized UL Mark

Sepetember 20, 2010Product Safety Alert

-ments.

Name of Product:

Manufacturer:ongoing Investigation with no success.

On the product: -

What you should do: Electrical Safety Authority requests that consumers stop using the product immedi-ately.

Page 1 of 1




SAFETY ALERT 10-20-ALThe Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about Wordsworth Data

Sepetember 20, 2010Product Safety Alert

The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying consumers about counterfeit power bars that have not been tested to any Canadian Safety Standard.

Description:

Hazard: The power bars have reverse polarity and switching of the neutral conductor which may pose a

Direction: Electrical Safety Authority requests that consumers to stop using / permanently unplug / discon-necting these products immediately

Page 1 of 1




SAFETY ALERT 10-21-ALUL Warns of Electric Bike Charger with Unauthorized UL Marks


products comply with appropriate United States or Canadian safety requirements.

Name of Product:


Manufacturer:


Known to be Sold and Distributed at:

130 Oakdale Rd.

Canada

on the product

Page 1 of 1




SAFETY ALERT 10-22-ALUL warns of LCD television with unauthorized UL Marks

November 16, 2010Product Safety Alert

-ated with a Polaroid LCD television manufactured by the Proview Electronics Company. The television bears

UL to the appropriate standards for safety for the United States and Canada and is not authorized to bear the

Name of Product:


Manufacturer:

Date of Manufacture: 2007 through August 2010

Sold At: Various locations.

What you should do: Contact Proview Electronics at:

Proview Electronics Co Ltd1 Pau Sheng Road6th Floor

Page 1 of 2




Picture of the TV

Picture of the Marking Label

Page 2 of 2




SAFETY ALERT 10-23-ALThe Electrical Safety Authority Warns of Unapproved Straightening Irons

December 17, 2010Product Safety Alert

Description / Models:tattoo design on the iron and the packaging.

Sold By:

Unit 42

V8V 4V1


Photo of the Straightening Iron

Page 1 of 2




Photo of the Straightening Iron and packaging

Page 2 of 2




SAFETY ALERT 11-01-ALIntertek warns of Incredible Nails Set Bearing an Unauthorized ETL Listing Mark



Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




SAFETY ALERT 11-02-ALUL Warns of Class 2 Power Units Bearing Unauthorized UL Marks


NORTHBROOK, Ill.-

ucts have not been evaluated by UL to the applicable Standard for Safety and are not authorized to bear the

be packaged with LED decorative lighting and may have been packaged with other products or sold individu-ally.

Name of Product: Adapter AC-DC - Class 2 Power Units


Date of Manufacture:

Manufacturer:

Page 1 of 2




Photo of the Products:

Page 2 of 2




SAFETY ALERT 11-03-ALUL Warns of Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) Elbows and Bends With Inadequate

Corrosion Protection


NORTHBROOK, Ill

Product Description:


Manufacturer:

Date of Production: June 2009 through June 2010

Hazard:

Example Markings:

Page 1 of 1




SAFETY ALERT 11-04-ALIntertek Testing Services Warns Consumers of Turboion Croc Designer

Ceramic Ball Hair Dryer



control number.


Page 1 of 1




SAFETY ALERT 11-05-ALUL Warns of Electric Signs with Unauthorized UL Marks


NORTHBROOK, Ill., --

comply with the United States or Canadian safety requirements.

Name of Product: Electric Sign

Number of Units: 110

Manufacturer:

Date of Manufacture: 2009 to present

On the product: -

Page 1 of 2




Photo of Product:

Page 2 of 2




SAFETY ALERT 11-06-ALESA warns Consumers and Chiropractic Professionals of Unapproved

Chiropractic Equipment


-

Description / Models:

Manufactured by:

What you should do: Electrical Safety Authority requests that consumers and Chriopractic Professionals to stop using the product immediately.

Zenith 440 Zenith 460

Page 1 of 1




SAFETY ALERT 11-07-ALIntertek Testing Services Warns Consumers of HerStyler products bearing

March 1, 2011Product Safety Alert

the applicable safety standard and is unknown if they are in compliance. It is unknown of how many various


HerStyler Classic Zebra Hair Straightening Iron

Page 1 of 2




HerStyler Turbolite Straightening Iron

Page 2 of 2




SAFETY ALERT 11-08-ALThe Electrical Safety Authority Warns Consumers about LED Pool

Lights Sold by Executive Pools & Spas


-ment sold by Executive Pools & Spas in Ontario.

Seller: Executive Pools & Spas

Canada P7C 4C3 Telephone: 807-622-6546

Direction: Electrical Safety Authority requests consumers to disconnect and stop using these pool lights immediately.

Page 1 of 1




SAFETY ALERT 11-09-ALUL Warns of Hair Straightener Flat Iron with Unauthorized UL Marks for Canada


-

requirements.

Name of Product: Red Lion Flat Iron Number of units: UnknownManufacturer: Red Lion CosmeticsDate of Manufacture: UnknownKnown to Be Sold at:

Red Lion

170W

Photograph of the unit:

Photograph of the label:

Page 1 of 2




Photograph of the packaging:

Page 2 of 2



Ontario Electrical Safety Code - Recalls

Page 1 of 6

Recall IndexThere will no longer be a paper edition of the Recalls. A complete listing and a full release of the recalls are available thru the ESA’s Website www.esasafe.com

Index

Williams-Sonoma




Page 2 of 6

RCL09-43 The Recall RCL09-43 has been withdrawn and replaced with Safety Alert 09-06-AL

Sold Exclusively at Wal-Mart







RCL 09-89 Samsung Recalls Over-the-Range Microwave Ovens

RCL 10-04 Creative Co-op Recalls a Ceiling Luminaire

RCL 10-11 Liquidation World Recalls Christmas Lights

Control Modules

Page 4 of 6




1992 to 1998

Page 5 of 6




RCL 10-41 Molenaar LLC Recalls Electroluminescent Night Lights

RCL 10-53 Nature’s Expression recalls Salt Lamps

Page 6 of 6




Page 6 of 6






Ontario Electrical Safety Code - Recalls RCL09-19

Recall RCL09-19

February 18, 2009

a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immedi-ately.

Approximately 800 units in Canada.

None reported.

USA and Mexico

heater.

www.ritchiefount.com or the place of pur-chase.

www.csa-international.org

Page 1 of 2



Ontario Electrical Safety Code - RecallsRCL09-19

Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 2

Recall RCL09-20


Approximately 682

The treadmills can speed up unexpectedly while in use due to a malfunction with the lower control

-

gray with rectangular uprights. The 530T style treadmill is 81 inches long by 32 inches wide. The 445T style treadmill is 72 inches long by 32 inches wide. The treadmills have a display panel on a console as wide as

United States

Consumers should immediately unplug and stop using the recalled treadmills. Contact Cybex to

www.Cybexintl.com.

-




Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 2

Recall RCL09-21

-lowing consumer product. Consumers should unplug and stop using recalled products immediately.

in retailers’ inventory.

Electrolux Canada Corp.

eyes from contact with battery powder.

hand vacuum and free-standing charger. Units involved in the recall have 9.6-volts printed on a serial plate

EL 1000A

EL 1001A

EL 1002A Ergorapido White

EL 1005A Ergorapido

EL 1006A Ergorapido

EL 1007A Ergorapido




independent retailers.

The affected models were sold in Canada from November 2007 to March 2009

Consumers should immediately unplug and stop using the recalled vacuums and contact Electro-lux for a free replacement of the handheld portion which contains the batteries.

-

and model numbers provided above.

www.UL.com.

Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 2

Recall RCL09-22

announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled prod-ucts immediately.

recalled.

China

Consumers should immediately unplug and stop using the recalled clothing irons and contact Conair at the number listed below for instructions to receive a comparable product.

-

-www.ul.com




Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 1

-

-

On the Product: The units have a label with a counterfeit UL Recogni-

UL recommends manufacturers stop purchasing and using the product immediately and return it to the place of purchase.




Page 1 of 2

Recall RCL09-24

-

recalled products immediately.

787 units sold in Canada.

All-Clad has not received any reports of incidents in Canada. All-Clad has received 23

Exclusively through Williams-Sonoma.

China

obtaining a free replacement.




Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 2

Recall RCL09-25

-nounced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled prod-ucts immediately.

90 sold at the retail level in Canada.

charging of the battery. The precise cause has not been determined.

There have been three reported incidents in the United States of minor property damage.

-

China

-ately unplug and stop using the device.

for further information on this Recall.

1-800-233-0462

-




Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 2

-nounced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

1500 sold at the retail level in Canada

-cated on the bottom front panel cover of the product in the middle. The model number is located in the middle

sales.

China

-

may be extremely hot.

Ltd. should call for further information on this recall.

www.ul.com.




Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 1

voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

-ported.

China

for a full refund.




Page 1 of 2

Recall RCL09-28


Approximately 300 units in Canada.

The recalled products have not been evaluated for any Canadian Standards and do not bear any

Canada.

Sold between August 2008 until April 2009.

China

Saver for a full refund.




Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 1

Recall RCL09-29

-tary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

55 units in Canada

Maruson Technology Corp


none reported.

-

March 08 through March 09

China

arrange for a product exchange.




Page 1 of 2

On the product:

UL recommends that consumers stop using this product immediately and return it to the place of purchase.

Extra Lighting Mfg Ltd.




Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 2

recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

Approximately 200 units.

None reported at this time.

2008 to March 2009

China

The recalled products have not been

ESA issued a safety alert for this product in March 2009.




Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 1

May 01, 2009


-

China




Page 1 of 2

May 11, 2009

voluntary upgrade and corrective action on the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using

5308 in Canada

component.

2007-2008

China




Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 2

May 14, 2009

– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Ridge Tool Company has announced a voluntary recall of the following product. Customers should stop using recalled products immediately.

-

Approximately 270 affected units were sold in Ontario and approximately 902 affected units were sold in Canada.

Ridge Tool Company

The setscrews that retain the brush holders in the affected motors many not be properly tightened.

this recall.

-sion. Customers should stop using the affected unit immediately and contact Ridge Tool Technical Services per the contact information set out below.

.




Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 2

May 11, 2009

voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immedi-ately.

74 units were sold in Canada.

No incidents involving this product have been reported.

China

Consumers should stop using the recalled AC Adaptor and contact Lenovo to receive a free re-placement part.

Web site at www.lenovo.com.




Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 2

May 14, 2009

– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Catalina Lighting has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immedi-ately.

been reported.

the recall.

China

Consumers should immediately stop using the recalled lamp and contact Catalina Lighting.

www.catalinalighting.com.

-




Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 1

May 11, 2009


Animated Ocean Lamp

4 units in Ontario and in Canada.

China

to return.




Page 1 of 2

May 12, 2009

-nounced a voluntary recall of the following consumer products. Consumers should stop using recalled prod-ucts immediately.

White W14A3714

W14A5084

Walgreens in USA.

China

may have been imported and sold in Canada.




Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 2

May 14, 2009


244 in Canada.

An electrical fault and the build up of calcium from hard or medium water can cause an obstruction

-

receiving a free replacement unit.

www.senseoexchange.




Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 2

Recall RCL09-40

May 14, 2009


5 in Canada.

machines. The model name is printed on the top of the unit. The recall includes units with and without a cart.

The product is still being distributed—the recall only impacts 5 popcorn machines which were sold in Canada. The units in question were sold between September 2008 through October 2008.

China

-range for a free repair including shipping.

-




Page 2 of 2




Recall RCL09-41

May 19, 2009

– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Wagner Spray Tech Corp. has an-nounced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

Wagner Spray Tech Corp.

product is plugged into an electrical outlet.

China

repair.

www.wagnerspraytech.com.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 2

Recall RCL09-42

May 21, 2009


Canada333 35 326

334 52 180

335 226 303

336 39 1252

337 330 2026

-

instrument reading.

-placement.




Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 2

Recall RCL09-44

May 25, 2009

has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

720 in Canada


China

listed telephone number below for a full credit.

Customer Service – 800-237-4115 ext-225.




Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 2

Recall RCL09-45

-nounced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using the recalled products immediately.

compliant with the Canadian Standards for product safety.

-

obtain a replacement product.

Customer Support

L3R 2M8




Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 2

May 28, 2009

– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Schneider Electric has announced a -

ment of affected devices immediately.

Schneider Electric

See catalogue number table below. This recall affects the listed catalogue numbers

Electrical distributors across Canada.

USA

Switches with one of the indicated part numbers and having a date code within the indicated range

your convenience.

Schneider Electric

-www.csa-interna-

tional.org. www.ul.com




Page 2 of 2

manufacture date code as shown in the photos below.




Page 1 of 2

May 28, 2009

-nounced a voluntary recall and corrective action program of the following single-cup pod brewers. Consumers should stop using recalled pod brewers immediately.

2827 of the affected units were sold in Canada.

consumer.

10 reports of pod drawer malfunction and 1 report of minor burns have been received.

United States

two replacement pod brewers.

www.bunn.com.

www.ul.com.




Page 2 of 2




Recall RCL09-48

– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Tyler Refrigeration has announced a voluntary recall of the following commercial product. Commercial customers should stop using recalled prod-ucts immediately.

Certain refrigerated food display cases.

There are 211 units in Ontario.

and the property damage was limited to the display case and some of the food stored in it.

-

USA

-

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




Recall RCL09-49

– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Applica Canada Corporation has an-nounced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

glass carafe or an 8 cup thermal carafe.

Approximately March 2006 to March 2009.

China.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




Recall RCL09-50


1892 in Canada.

-ards.

None reported.

China

Consumers should stop using the product immediately and return to point of purchase for complete refund.

Consumer should call 905 270 6333 for further information regarding this recall.

Page 1 of 3




Page 2 of 3




Page 3 of 3




Recall RCL09-51


-ers.

-pectedly during cleaning.

ColorStainless Steel 171884

Orange 220623Teal 220624

Cranberry 242275Olive 344476

454482

March 2002 through March 2009.

China

free replacement coffee grinder.

and 9 p.m. MT or visit the company’s Web site at .

www.ul.com.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




Recall RCL09-52

Recallreceived additional reports.

– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that The Toro Company has re an-nounced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

About 5000 in Canada

pieces.

-factured between 2000 and 2002. The electric blowers have serial numbers that range from 000055100-

United States

Consumers should stop using the recalled blowers immediately and contact Toro to receive a replacement blower.

www.toro.com. The Toro Company ©

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2





.

March 2009 to May 2009.

China

www.ul.com

Page 1 of 1




Recall RCL09-54

Company has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using the recalled product immediately.

Some or all of these units were produced with an incorrect thermal overload. The units therefore do not comply with CSA listing.

-

There have been no reports of incidents.

China

Consumers should immediately stop using the recalled air compressor and return it to any Wal-Mart for a full refund.

1- 800-241-0448www.chpower.com

The affected units were intended for sale and distribution in the U. S only.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




Recall RCL09-55


6 watts.

China

Consumers should immediately unplug and stop using the product.

store with proof of purchase and arrange for a product refund.

Ryan Lalande

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




product. Consumers should unplug and stop using these products immediately.

Thane

-ard to consumers.

2 -

China

Consumers should immediately stop using Affected Units and contact Thane to receive a free repair

as well as matching both the reference number and model numbers provided.

Consumers may contact the company at 1-877-451-9759 anytime to verify whether they

Web site at www.h2omopservice.ca

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Wagner Spray Tech Corp. has an-nounced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

Wagner Spray Tech Corp.

An electrical component failure inside the heat guns can cause them to continue to produce heat af-

is touched and igniting nearby combustibles.

damage have been reported.

inches wide.

China

Consumers should immediately stop using the recalled heat guns and contact Wagner for a free replacement product.

www.wagnerspraytech.com.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




Recall RCL09-58


counters have also been reported.

-

front of each unit.

-

produce drawer or on the inside ceiling of the refrigerator.

Page 1 of 3




All units

030104

030105

111605

112305

041006

United States of America

.

www.UL.com.

Page 2 of 3




Page 3 of 3




Page 1 of 3

Recall RCL09-59

Frigidaire Consumersshould unplug and stop using recalled products immediately.

consumer.

.

2009.

The United States

matching both the serial and model numbers provided below.

who purchased their product at Sears Canada should call Sears Canada toll free any time at 1-800-469-4663

www.UL.com.




Brands

Top Load Washer -

White-West-inghouse

-

WasherLaundry Center

* Not all serial numbers within these ranges are affected. Consumers with washers that fall within these -

Laundry Center

outer edge of the door near the handle.

Page 2 of 3




corner of the underside of the lid.

Page 3 of 3




– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Applica Canada Corporation has an-nounced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

Applica Canada Corporation.

some property damage.

-

Canadian Tire and Sears Canada.

China

Consumers should stop using the product immediately and contact Applica Canada Corporation to

.

Page 1 of 3




Page 2 of 3




Page 3 of 3




Frigidaire Recall -ucts. Consumers should unplug and stop using recalled products immediately.

and two reports of minor property damage.

the unit. The information plate appears on the right side of the frame.

Page 1 of 3




with these Letters and Num-bers

Serial Number Range

C970-68802C970-68803C970-68804C970-68808C970-68809C970-68830C970-68832C970-68833C970-69803C970-69804C970-69808C970-69809

or

with these Letters and Num-bers

Serial Number Range

or

Page 2 of 3




Retailers across Canada.

2008.

Canada and the United States

www.smoothto-prangerecall.ca. Consumers can contact Sears toll free any time at 1-866-691-9948 to verify whether they have an Affected Unit and to arrange for a free repair.

www.csa.ca

and digital displaysSerial plate is located by

opening the range drawer at the bottom of the unit.

Page 3 of 3




– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Maytag Corporation has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product.

Recall

-

Maytag Corporation

-

September 2000 through May 2004.

United States

Consumers should immediately contact Maytag to determine if their refrigerator is included in the

where it was purchased.

www.repair.maytag.com.

www.UL.com.

serial numbers printed on a label located on the top middle or left upper side of the refrigerator liner and have the following model and serial number combinations.

Page 1 of 2




Serial Numbers with Model Numbers withSide-by-sideRefrigerators

Refrigerators

Page 2 of 2




– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that One World Technologies has an-nounced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

Ridgid 10-inch Table Saws

One World Technologies has received three reports of shafts failing when used with a

China

Consumers should immediately stop using the recalled table saw and contact One World Technolo-gies to schedule a free on-site repair.

www.ridgid.com.

Page 1 of 2




www.ul.com.

Page 2 of 2




– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying Canadian customers who may have gone cross-in the U.S. only

that the company has announced a voluntary recall of the product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

About 4.2 million

-

-

China

Consumers should immediately stop using the product and return it to the point of purchase.

www.ul.com

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Siemens Canada Limited has an-

company to remedy the problem.

054 units of the affected products in Ontario and 3669 units in Canada.

-cess to live internal parts.

-

Siemens Canada Limited

USA

User should replace potentially defective handle shield in accordance with the installation instruc-

www.csa-international.org.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should unplug and stop using recalled products immediately.

-aging and the adaptors are gray in colour.

China.

Consumers should immediately stop using adaptors and return to the place of purchase for a refund or dispose them off according to local waste regulations.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




contact the manufacturer for a free in-home repair.

supply is not disconnected.

None reported.

the front of the thermostat.

arrange for a free in-home repair.

Page 1 of 3




Brand Name here

Page 2 of 3




Page 3 of 3




hasannounced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled prod-ucts immediately.

-ards.

China

Consumers should immediately stop using mini glue guns and return to the place of purchase for a refund or dispose them off according to local waste regulations.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that E-Lumine has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

E-Lumine

-ards.

E-Lumine

2004

China

Consumers should stop using the product immediately and return it to the place of purchase or dispose off according to local waste regulations.

Page 1 of 1





111 in Canada.

China

-tional for directions on how to receive a replacement or a full refund.

.

Page 1 of 2




AFFECTED

NOT

AFFECTED

Page 2 of 2





been reported.

United States

-

.

www.ul.com

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Sony has announced it will voluntarily replace the consumer product listed below. Consumers should stop using the affected product and contact

charge.

AC adapter for laptop computer.

Sony of Canada Ltd.

-38CE

Sony of Canada Ltd.

China

Consumers in Canada with the affected product are instructed to contact Sony Canada to obtain an improved replacement AC adapter at no charge.

ul.com

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Canadian Tire has announced a vol-untary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

Not yet determined

Canadian Tire

Two identifying features.

product is NOT included in the recall and the customer can continue to use as directed.

should be returned to Canadian Tire for a full refund.

Canadian Tire

China

for a full refund.

www.ul.com

2009.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2





-

on the box.

the electric prong 120 and 300 and the last two are 09 you have the heater that is being recalled.

The product is distributed through various Canadian retailers. The quantity of the affected heaters in

--

st 2009 and October 30th 2009

China

you purchased.

or contact our toll free number at 1-866-207-4055 from 8 am to 5 pm EST.

Page 1 of 2




last two digits are 09 you have the heater that is being recalled.

Page 2 of 2




-


-sumers.

March 2007 to October 2009.

China

about free remedy options.

-call.com.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

-

lever for toasting. Two slots for toasting bread and similar products are located on the top of the toaster.

China

-

-

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




-nounced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product in the U.S. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

. None of these products were sold in Canada.

China

-

.

-www.ul.com

Page 1 of 1




obtain further information to facilitate the exchange.

.

2009.

China

to verify

charge together with a prepaid envelope and instructions on how to return the affected charger.

Consumers in Canada -tween 9am-5pm EST or visit for information and support on the Charger

www.ul.com

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




Recall RCL09-81


6

damage has been reported.

-

April 2009

China

Page 1 of 1




Recall RCL09-82

– The Electrical Safety Authority in cooperation with Eaton is notifying the public that Eaton has announced a voluntary recall of the following product. Owners and operators with recalled switches should

non fused.

Eaton Corporation USA

-

internal switch is still closed. Either of these could result in a potentially unsafe condition

None.

Eaton - Canada

USA

Owners and operators of these recalled switches should review the date code located on the car-

the product and for a replacement switch.

The red circle indicates the date code location inside the case of the switch

Page 1 of 2




60A General Duty Safety Switch

The red circles indicate where the package label date code islocated.

Page 2 of 2





747 units sold in Canada.

China

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




Recall RCL09-84

has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled prod-ucts immediately.

24 units.

None reported.

November 2006 to October 2009.

China

Wellington Street for a full refund.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




Recall RCL09-85

– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Costco Wholesale Canada Ltd. has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled prod-ucts immediately.

1779 in Canada.

7 incident reports ranging from -ries or property damage reported other than to the item itself.

Costco Wholesale Canada Ltd.

China

Wholesale for a full refund.


Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Costco Wholesale Canada Ltd. has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled prod-ucts immediately.

6 incident reports ranging from . -ries or property damage reported other than to the item itself.


China

Wholesale for a full refund.


Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Superior Electrics Limited has an-nounced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

Approximately 2046 units were sold in Canada.

2007 to March 2009

China

Consumers should stop using the product immediately and contact Superior Electrics Limited for a free replacement household product.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




Recall RCL09-88

of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

9 units were sold in Ontario or Canada.

-ards.

Consumers should stop using the product immediately and contact the manufacturer.

Page 1 of 1




Recall RCL09-89

should stop using recalled products immediately.

Samsung Over-the-Range Microwave Ovens.

-

-

None reported.

The recall involves Samsung 1000 watt over-the-range microwave ovens manufac-

TOTAL

450 - 450

Serial No. - -

340 475 815

Serial No. -

200 185 385

Serial No. -

cavity.

Coast Wholesale Appliances Ltd.

Malaysia

Canada to schedule a free repair.

website at

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 2

Recall RCL09-90

-nounced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products

The recalled products have not been evaluated to Canadian Standards and may pose a safety

None reported

provided with pictures below.

USA

recall to register for exchange and obtain detailed instructions.

visit




A

2 Outlet Power Bar

Steel Housing 20-foot power cord Attached to a steel cart

B

3 Outlet Power Bar

Steel Housing 20-foot power cord Attached to a steel cart

C

4 Outlet Power Bar

Steel Housing 20-foot power cord Attached to a cart, workstation or table

D

10 Outlet Power Bar

Steel Housing 20-foot power cord Attached to a workstation or table

Page 2 of 2




Recall RCL09-91

– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Chatters Canada Limited has an-nounced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

42.

st -ber 9th

this Notice.

Chatters salons

st th

-gust 1st th

of August 1st th

return the iron to their nearest Chatters salon for an exchange or store credit of equivalent value.

1-888-944-5055.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




Recall RCL09-92

voluntary recall of the following consumer product in the U.S. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

consumers.

China

receive a gift card for the full amount of the purchase price.

www.ul.com

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




Recall RCL10-01

-ers should stop using recalled products immediately.

456 units in Canada.

-sumer reported receiving a minor cut to his hand.

model number is printed on a label on the bottom of the blenders.

November 2006 through November 2008

China

receive a free replacement blade assembly.

www.haieramerica.com.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




Recall RCL10-02 Recalled by

--

ers should stop using the recalled products immediately.

-ards to consumers.

in the U.S only.

China

-

The affected units were intended for sale and distribution in the U.S. only


Page 1 of 2




Brand

Wal-Mart U.S.

Comfort-Aire

Page 2 of 2




February 9, 2010


84 units sold and affected in Ontario.

Canada

Consumers should contact the manufacturer to coordinate steps for product approval and required arrangements.

1-888-832-3728

Page 1 of 1




Recall RCL10-04

has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immedi-ately.

84 Lamps

August 2008

UL label shows the number E236833.

On Product: -

White curved metal ceiling lamp with beads attached.

China

Consumers should stop using the product immediately and contact Creative Co-op to arrange returning the product to the place of purchase.

Safety Alert

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




Recall RCL10-05

onsite inspection and free repair if necessary.

Approximately 550 in Canada.

The oven may have gaps in the insulation where overheating can occur and when used in the self-

-

model number and serial number can be found on the underside of the control panel.

www.thermador.ca

www.ul.com .

Page 1 of 2




SEC,SECD 272 and 302 C272 and C302

HUNTINGTON BEACH, CA. OVEN

C ( A5 ) LISTED 43WJ

FOR HOUSEHOLD USE E212130

MODEL: SEC302BS 01FD 8608000067

? 1-888-xxx-xxxxRATING AC ONLY, ( A2 ) WIRE, 1 PHASE,

( A3 ) ( A4 ) A MADE IN USA OF US AND IMPORTED PARTS

Model #

Serial #

Page 2 of 2




February 1, 2010


Lysol Steam Mop. Canadian model number SM10LC.

Conair

-

Conair has received one report of this incident. Conair Corporation in the US has re-ceived 14 reports of hot water forcefully spilling out of water reservoir compartment including two minor burn

This recall involves the Lysol Steam Mop by Conair with model number SM-10LC. The

March 2007 through October 2009.

China

Consumers should immediately unplug and stop using the recalled Lysol Steam Mop and contact Conair at the number listed below for instructions to receive a free replacement steam cleaning mop.

or email con-

-www.ul.com

3000 units were evaluated by QPS and bear the QPS mark. These units are included in the 8700 total units covered by the recall. For more information about QPS, please visit www.qps.ca

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




February 1, 2010

– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Liebherr has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

Approximately 751

R 1400 RB 1400 RI 1400 RBI 1400

The refrigerators come individually or as the refrigerator compartment of the following SBS 24 0

SBS 24 I 0 SBS 24 5 SBS 24 I 5

2009.

Consumers are advised to contact Liebherr to schedule a free in-home repair.

.

Page 1 of 3




Page 2 of 3




Page 3 of 3




Page 1 of 3

Recall RCL10-08

February 2, 2010

immediately.

About 52 000 copies were distributed in Canada.

-

See page 2 of this recall for photos of front covers of

See publication dates in Table-1 of this recall.

diagrams used are affected. ESA strongly recommends hiring a licensed electrical contractor to rectify any -

tion done in Ontario be inspected by ESA

www.sunset-recall.com




Title Units Suggestedprice

Repair

«AmeriSpec Manueld’entretien de la mai-son»

978-0-376-00180-1 0-376-00180-12006

Lowe’s Complete

and Repair

978-0-376-00922-7

978-0-376-01098-8

0-376-00922-5 September2005

1999Lowe’s Complete 978-0-376-00928-9 0-376-00928-4 700 May 2008

Repairs978-0-376-01581-5

978-0-376-01025-4

0-376-01581-0 3281995

1975Sunset Complete 978-0-376-01594-5 0-376-01594-2

1999

Title Units Suggestedprice

978-0-376-01411-5

978-0-376-01397-2

978-0-376-01399-6

0-376-01411-32006

1998April 1990

978-0-376-01258-6

978-0-376-01256-2

0-376-01258-7 October1998

1985978-0-376-03849-4 0-376-03849-7 997

2004

- Wiring978-0-376-01596-9 0-376-01596-9

2009

Page 2 of 3




Page 3 of 3




Recall RCL10-09

February 2, 2010

should stop using recalled products immediately.

53

-

CRL153 through CRM059

The model number and manufacturing date code are included on the data label located on the top or side of

are not affected products.

China

-

www.homelite.com.

-www.homelite.com.

-www.csa-international.org

Page 1 of 2




HUCA7000

Page 2 of 2




Recall RCL10-10

February 9, 2010


Approximately 900 units.

-ard to consumers.

-

1627121 or 1628626 and Safari Lamps with model number 1627124 or 1628626.All models have batch

China

returning the product for a full refund.

www.lamprecall.org or email -call.org

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 2

Recall RCL10-11

– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Liquidation World has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immedi-ately.

Christmas Lights

Approximately 3200

Liquidation World

The affected products have not been tested to determine whether it is compliant with the Canadian

Liquidation World

China




Page 2 of 2

Description/Models:

AssortmenItem Number Item Description Primary SKU/PLU/UPC List Price UnitsRX9 869085100000655 XTT TREE TOPPER ANGEL UL -DWO 764878834456 14.99 34RX9 869085100000656 XTT TREE TOPPER STAR UL -DWO 764878831318 9.99 509RX9 869085100000657 XTT TREE TOPPER STAR UL -DWO 764878868871 7.99 149RX9 869085100000957 XTT TREE WHITE 4FT LED -DWO 764878699048 59.99 18RX9 869085100000960 XTT TREE WHITE 6FT LED -DWO 764878693220 79.99 59RX9 869085100000999 XMAS 100OUTDR BLULGHT UL -DWO 012495959824 5.99 84RX9 869085100001000 XMAS 100OUTDR REDLGHT UL -DWO 012495959817 5.99 207RX9 869085100001001 XMAS 100OUTDR CLRLGHT WHT-DWO 012495959800 5.99 195RX9 869085100001002 XMAS 100MULTI LGHT WHTWIR-DWO 012495959794 5.99 361RX9 869085100001006 XMAS H/D 100 LGHTS CLR UL-DWO 012495959763 9.99 795




February 25, 2010


84 units


None have been reported.

Consumers should immediately unplug and stop using the product. Consumers who have pur-

a product refund.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




February 24, 2010

– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Stanley Convergent Security Solu-


248 shipped to Canada.

--

United States

-tion and replacement connectors. End users will have any connectors replaced at no charge until all affected pin connectors and pin strips are replaced.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2





minor property damage occurred.

The recall involves the Mastercraft model 54-2973-4 battery charger distributed with

the charging stand at the bottom of the receptacle for the battery stem. One hour versions of the charger are not affected.

Canadian Tire

China

information on having the free replacement charger shipped to them.

information and a free replacement charger.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




February 24, 2010

immediately.

The company received two warranty claims of burned or melted solenoids that resulted in

the machine itself have been reported.

The machines are designed to be installed on top of ice storage bins or ice dispens-

-

-

residential ice machines are not involved in this recall.

United States

Page 1 of 2




www.scotsman-ice.com.

www.ul.com.

Page 2 of 2





Number of the affected units in Ontario and in Canada.

USA

-placement.


Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 2


-

property damage.

pictures below.

-

China

be safely reconnected to a suitable outlet without the use of the plug in remote control receiver.

www.recall.dimplex.com





Page 2 of 2

This style of recalled plug-in receivers haveModel Numbers 47-1001 and 47-1010-R





Manufactured between 2005 and 2006 with distribution into 2007.

China

be safely reconnected to a suitable outlet without the use of the plug in remote control receiver.

www.recall.dimplex.com

www.UL.com

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




-nounced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled prod-ucts immediately.

2 units in Ontario


Model 10330

May 2007

China

a refund.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 2

– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Niles Audio Corporation has an-nounced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

Niles Audio Corporation

reported.

appears on the lower left side of the front panel. Units with a software version lower than 3.26 are affected.

China

Consumers should immediately stop using the recalled receivers and contact Niles Audio for a free

who purchased the recalled receivers.

nilesaudio.com

www.ul.com.




Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 2

-luntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately


92630-8870 USA

the connector tip.

The recall affects certain Targus-branded universal power adapters for laptops that

Wal-Mart Canada Corp.

China

Consumers who have in their possession an affected unit should stop using the unit immediately and contact Comarco to return the affected unit and receive a replacement unit.

comarco

model and serial numbers.




.

Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 2

-

-

-


None reported.

China and USA

products.

www.simpleh2o.ca




Page 2 of 2

Opaque plasticWise Light




Page 1 of 2


reported incidents in Canada.

March 2007 through August 2009.

China

Consumer should immediately stop using the recalled professional compact dryer and contact

website at www.dannyco.com




Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 2

May 19, 2010


87 in Canada.

area.

specialty stores.

November 2007 – August 2008.

China

-

www.

www.ul.com




Page 2 of 2




May 19, 2010

– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Radio Systems Corporation has an-nounced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

Radio Systems Corporation10427 Electric Ave

consumers.

Radio Systems Customer Care phone number.

China

Customer Care at 1-800-732-2677 for instructions on how to receive a free replacement power adaptor with the return of the old power adaptor.

Radio Systems Canada

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2

Radio Systems Canada

-www.ul.com




Page 1 of 2

May 19, 2010

– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Schneider Electric Canada has an-

330 units across Canada.

Schneider Electric Canada.

-

1002 to 1014 only. The date code is stamped on the product label located next to the handle. The date code is also stamped on the product carton.

Schneider Electric Canada distributors.

Mexico

-cian only.

Schneider Electric

-

immediately.




Page 2 of 2

should contact Schneider Electric immediately.





-ing recalled products immediately.

493 units in Canada and 93 in Ontario.

Some of the power cords may not be routed properly or securely seated in the cord rewind assem-

received from Ontario or Canada.

accompanied by a green dot or green slash are safe for use. All other date codes are safe for use.

The following vacuums with the model numbers and carton date codes below are affected.

All date codes accompanied by a green dot or green slash are safe for use.

Page 1 of 2




repair.

-

Page 2 of 2




-nounced a voluntary Recall of the following consumer products. Consumers should stop using affected prod-ucts immediately.

-

Canada

www.hrvinfoline.com.

-

Page 1 of 3




Page 2 of 3




Page 3 of 3




The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Maytag Corporation has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

Ontario.

Maytag Corporation

Maytag has received 12 reports of dishwasher heating element failures that resulted in

been reported.

-

is printed on the front of the dishwasher. The model and serial numbers are printed on a label located inside the plastic tub on a tag near the left side of the door opening. Serial numbers will start or end with one of the

with with

Page 1 of 3




United States

• Stop using the dishwashers immediately.

Consumers should contact Maytag directly and not return the recalled dishwashers to the retailer where it

www.repair.maytag.com.

-www.ul.com or www.csa-international.org respectively.

Page 2 of 3




Page 3 of 3





-

This product is a front load washing machine without auxiliary water heating manufac-

located on the bottom right side and on the bottom door frame of the washers.

Brand

Begins

China

and contact Mabe Canada for a free repair. Consumers should not operate their washer until the unit is re-paired.

mabe.ca.

Page 1 of 2




-

appearance

Page 2 of 2




The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Eaton has announced a voluntary recall of the fol-

replacement of the devices immediately.

Eaton Corporation

The Surge protector may experience an internal short circuit when inserting a plug into one of the

China

Owners and operators of the affected units should stop using them immediately. Steps should be -

www.ul.com.

Page 1 of 1




-untary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

were shipped for distribution in Ontario.

United States

-tion of the nearest service center to receive a free replacement of the tires.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Siemens Canada Limited has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Users should stop using recalled products immediately.

150 units across Canada.

Siemens Canada Limited

None reported in Canada.

incorrect lubricant in the handle area of the affected products. The lubricant will cause a deterioration of the

Mexico

Users that have the affected products should contact Siemens immediately to receive a replace-

Siemens Canada Limited 1-888-303-3353.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Walmart has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product sold at Walmart stores in the U.S. only. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

-

China

the point of purchase.

Page 1 of 1




a voluntary recall of the following consumer product in the U.S. Consumers should stop using recalled prod-ucts immediately.

www.prym-consumer-usa.com.

www.UL.com.

Page 1 of 1




– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Superex Canada Ltd. has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immedi-ately.

Superex 1000 W – 19 sold in Ontario Superex 1500 W – 44 sold in Ontario Superex 3000 W – 45 sold in Ontario

Superex Canada Ltd.


None have been reported

and Superex brands.

Taiwan

Consumers should immediately unplug and stop using the product. Customers should contact

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Wagan Corporation has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immedi-ately.

2692

Wagan Corporation

None reported.

-

China

for a replacement unit.

Wagan Corporation Customer Service 1-800-231-5806

31088 San Clemente St.

Page 1 of 1





351 in total.

The products have not been tested to determine whether they are compliant with the Canadian Stan-

Page 1 of 3




October 2008 – May 2010

United States and China

-plies Limited to arrange return or repair of the product.

Scott Robinson1-866-736-7738 x233

Page 2 of 3




Page 3 of 3





Approximately 25000 in Canada

None reported.

China

Stop using the product immediately and return it to the place of purchase or discard it in accor-dance with the local Regulation.

www.multicraftimports.com

Page 1 of 1




the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

Electroluminescent Night Light

been reported.

September 2005 - September 2009

USA

Consumers are required to immediately remove product from use and discard safely in accordance with all applicable local and provincial regulations.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Williams-Sonoma has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immedi-ately.

Units may heat food or liquids to temperatures exceeding the target temperature of 98 degrees

heat baby bottles or baby food. The bottle warmer is green

underside of the warmer.

China

Consumers should immediately stop using the recalled bottle warmers and call Williams-Sonoma for instructions on how to return the product for a full refund.

-www.williams-sonoma.com.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




following consumer product in Ontario. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

9519 in Ontario.


None reported.

November 2007 –May 2010

for a refund.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Sharp Electronics of Canada Ltd. has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immedi-ately unless otherwise instructed.

990 in Canada

-

the display.

Affected Serial Number Ranges002832837 – 00283519004857501 - 00485902004857501 - 004859020004861401 - 004864020004872001 - 004878800

No other model numbers or serial numbers are affected.

March 2010 through August 2010.

China

Consumers should immediately contact Sharp to arrange for a free replacement of affected stand

www.sharp.ca then go to the

www.ul.com.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 2


The Spotlight charging adapter may overcharge the battery and cause venting or rupturing of the

The One Million Candlepower Spotlight is a halogen rechargeable spotlight.

China

the refund and returns will be posted on www.spotlightrecall.org and will be available through the Call Center

-recall.org.

-www.ul.com




Page 2 of 2




– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Siemens Canada Limited has an-nounced a voluntary recall of the following products.

-

that were assembled in Mexico are affected.

-

Mexico

End-customers that have the affected or potentially affected products should contact Siemens immediately for more information.

or recall website

-www.CSA.ca.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2





340 in Canada.


None reported

USA

further instructions.

9711 Mason Ave

800-821-9449

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 2


There are a total of 1042 affected units in Canada of those 350 were sold in Ontario.

accents with a 3-level touch switch. The shade consists of a mushroom pleated fabric. The regular selling

China

Sears urges consumers to stop using this product and return it to their nearest Sears store for a full refund.




Page 2 of 2





a serious facial laceration.

the sanders. The model number is printed on a label on the sander. The date code is stamped on the under-side of the sander where the dust bag is inserted.

China

free replacement platen to hold the sandpaper.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




recall for the following consumer products. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

None reported.

China

Consumers should stop using the product immediately and return it to the place of purchase.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




-er products. Consumers should unplug and stop using recalled products immediately.

Electrolux Canada Corp.

-

consumers.

-age in Canada related to these issues.

Page 1 of 4




E30EC65ESSE36EC65ESS

Retailers across Canada.

2010.

Canada

www.rappeltablesdecuisson.ca www.smoothtoprangerecall.ca or www.rappelcui-sinieresurfacelisse.ca

www.csa.ca

Page 2 of 4




Page 3 of 4




Slide-in serial plate – left side of oven with door open

Page 4 of 4





or Canada.

See chart below.

Retail stores nationwide and appliance dealers.

Consumers who have one of the recalled dishwashers and want more information or

to

page at .

www.ul.com

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Nature’s Expression has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

Salt Lamps

402 in Ontario and 1567 in the rest of Canada.

Nature’s Expression


None reported

and bulb.

Nature’s Expression

Canada

Expression directly.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 2


-

with this condition to date.

The model number and date code can be found on the nameplate label located on the right-hand side of the enclosure.

United States of America.

Consumers should not touch any openings of the units that are exposed due to label curling or

-www.UL.com




Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 2

The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Costco Wholesale Canada Ltd. has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immedi-ately.

Seasonal Specialties LLC USA.


China

them to Costco Wholesale for a full refund.

call the customer service department at 1-800-463-3783.

www.ul.com




Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 2


www.ul.com




Page 2 of 2




Page 1 of 2

– The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Emerge Technologies has an-nounced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

The affected products have not been tested to determine whether they have been compliant with the Canadian Standards for product safety.

China




Page 2 of 2




-tary recall of the following consumer products. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

Coralife

Energy Savers Unlimited


None have been reported.

April 2009 until November 2010

April 2009 – November 2010.

China

Consumers should immediately unplug and stop using product. Consumers who have purchased -

uct refund.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




-tario has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using the recalled products immediately.

143 in Canada.

None reported

This recall involves the Sunea CMO RTS motor used to operate retractable awnings.

tube.

Consumers should immediately stop using the recalled awning motors and the awning’s manual

the unit to protect against anyone using the awning. Contact Somfy ULC to receive free installation of a re-

www.somfysystems.com.

www.ul.com

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2





375 in Canada.

The models have a grounding system and trigger switch that could cause ground wire abrasion

September 2009 to August 2010

Tool Corporation for repair.

-

www.UL.com

Page 1 of 2




988 989 990 991 992001 002 004 005 008

Page 2 of 2




voluntary recall of the following consumer products. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

One reported incident of exposed wiring.

numbers appeared on the boxes.

-

male plug cap.

China

Page 1 of 2




-

Page 2 of 2





No.White Label Model Number

82021957 0 98719010397 -door

82021874 0 98719015569Listed Outdoor in Non-Lit

63005987 400630059872Listed Outdoor

62978390 400629783900 White White Wire CSA Listed

63006159 400630061592Wire CSA Listed Outdoor

Page 1 of 4




No. White Label Model Number

72184708 400721847081Outdoor in Non Lit Tray

63005953 400630059537

82021817 0 98719015521

82021858 0 98719015583

63006134 400630061349

63006126 400630061264 Wire CSA Listed Outdoor

72186380 400721863807 Wire CSA Listed Outdoor

63006050 400630060502

82021700 0 98719016597Listed Outdoor

84106934 400841069349 Listed Outdoor in Storage Con-tainer

84107019 400841070192Outdoor in Storage Container

Page 2 of 4




China

them to the retailer for a full refund.

-

Page 3 of 4




Page 4 of 4





3758 sold in Ontario and an additional 4894 sold in rest of Canada

China

return product to a store location for a full price store credit voucher.

or visit website at www.xscargo.com

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




recall and product upgrade replacement of the following products. Affected devices are to be replaced im-mediately.

-mum rating.

Canadian Tire Corporation

Most of the affected units were distributed in 2008 and early 2009.

China

asp?language=english

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




using recalled products immediately unless otherwise instructed.


-

being hit by a piece of metal during the cutting operation.

name printed on it and attached to the rear of the saw.

China

Consumers with Affected Units should contact Ryobi immediately to receive a free inspection of

www.ryobitools.com.

www.ul.com

Page 1 of 3




Page 2 of 3




Data Plate

Table-Saw in its Consumer Packaging

Page 3 of 3





Clamp meters and multimeters.

Approximately 1077 sold in Canada.

or very low voltage reading while testing a live circuit with unsafe voltage.

None reported.

-

China

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




voluntary recall of the following consumer product in the US. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

China

-

please visit www.ul.com

Page 1 of 2




Model number is on label at the top center of the back of the freezer.

Model number is on label at the top center of the back of the freezer.

1004000001 1004000001

Page 2 of 2




has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer products. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

About 10 000 across Canada.

An electrical short circuit in the night lights can cause it to overheat and smoulder or melt which can

AmerTac has received nine reports from the United States of the recalled night lights

Rona stores across Canada

May 2009—September 2010

China

www.amertac.com or www.recall-center.com

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2



Ontario Electrical Safety Code - Recalls RCL 11-001

-untary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

3 units sold.

The affected product has not been tested to determine whether it is compliant with the Canadian

-ther instructions.

Page 1 of 2



Ontario Electrical Safety Code - RecallsRCL 11-002

The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Wal-Mart Canada Corp. has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

1342 in Canada.

Cuori Electrical Appliances Co. Ltd.

One reported incident of a consumer received a cut during using the product.


China

Canada Retail Store

Return to the nearest Wal-Mart Canada Retail Store for full refund.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Wal-Mart Canada Corp. has an-nounced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

301 in Canada.

Cuori Electrical Appliances Co. Ltd.

None


China

Canada Retail Stores.

Return to the nearest Wal-Mart Canada Retail Store for full refund.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

Spa Equipments

69 pieces.


USA and China

Customers should immediately stop using the affected products and return them to a store location for a full refund.

Page 1 of 4




Page 2 of 4




Page 3 of 4




Page 4 of 4




The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Wal-Mart U.S. has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product that was sold in Wal-Mart U.S Stores only Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

damage beyond the heater.

heater.

China

Consumers should immediately stop using the recalled heater and return the product to any Wal-mart U.S store for a full refund.

www.walmart.com

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2





677 in Canada

-

-

Page 1 of 2




www.csa.ca

Page 2 of 2




The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Schneider Electric has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product.

proximity to the inverter.

-ing the owner to feed power into the electrical grid. The recalled units were manufactured between September

The brand name is printed on the front of the unit.

Page 1 of 3




864-0002 864-0126 864-1001-02 864-1012864-0107 864-0127 864-1002 864-1013864-0108 864-0128 864-1004 864-1014864-0111 864-0130 864-1005 864-1015864-0112 864-0131 864-1006 864-1016864-0114 864-0132 864-1006-02 864-1018864-0116 864-0133 864-1007 864-1019864-0117 864-0135 864-1008 864-1021864-0118 864-0136 864-1009 864-1022864-0119 864-0139 864-1009-02 864-1032864-0124 864-0140 864-1010 864-1032-02864-0125 864-1001 864-1011

X-864-0002 X-864-0125 X-864-0140 X-864-1012X-864-0107 X-864-0126 X-864-1001 X-864-1013X-864-0108 X-864-0127 X-864-1002 X-864-1014X-864-0111 X-864-0128 X-864-1004 X-864-1015X-864-0112 X-864-0130 X-864-1005 X-864-1016X-864-0114 X-864-0131 X-864-1006 X-864-1018X-864-0116 X-864-0132 X-864-1007 X-864-1019X-864-0117 X-864-0133 X-864-1008 X-864-1021X-864-0118 X-864-0135 X-864-1009 X-864-1022X-864-0119 X-864-0136 X-864-1010 X-864-1032X-864-0124 X-864-0139 X-864-1011

China

repair of the inverter.

China

Page 2 of 3




repair of the inverter.

Page 3 of 3




The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Metal Ware has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

-ard.

been reported.

National mass merchandisers and retailers and online at www.nesco.com and other websites.

China

Consumers should immediately stop using the recalled product and contact NESCO for instructions on how to receive a free electronic control module.

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




February 9, 2011

-ing recalled products immediately.

-

product data label.

Page 1 of 3




BACK

China

Page 2 of 3




-

www.UL.com

Page 3 of 3




February 15, 2011

has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer products. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

An electrical short circuit in the night light can cause it to overheat and smoulder or melt which can

-

not received any reports of incidents with these night lights occurring in Canada.

square window on the front and a button for changing the screen colour. Model 71194 and 327879 resemble a computer mouse with white plastic housing and inset translucent windows on the front and sides.

China

Consumers should stop using the recalled night lights immediately and unplug them from the wall.

www.amertac.com or www.recall-center.com

Page 1 of 2




-

Page 2 of 2




February 11, 2011


Weller 100 watt soldering irons.

electrical arc that could cause a minor burn.

one in Canada.

-

-uct has been purchased.

The Weller 100 watt soldering irons were manufactured and sold to commercial dis-

Mexico

Page 1 of 3




Page 2 of 3




Page 3 of 3




February 22, 2011

The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Schneider Electric Canada has announced a

immediately.

Schneider Electric Canada.

circuit in the correct sequence as expected.

Mexico

Customers should stop using the product immediately and contact Schneider Electric for return instructions and free replacement pushbuttons.

Customers should contact the Schneider Electric Canada Recovery Administration team at your earliest convenience. Schneider Electric Canada


Page 1 of 2




Type SKRU push button assembly

Push button label showing catalogue number, date code (1041) and CSA certification mark

Carton label showing catalogue number and date code (1041)

The SKRU pushbutton may be mounted in a SKYP pendant

control station

Page 2 of 2




February 24, 2011



-


China

-

-site at

-

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




February 22, 2011


-

– 2005.

China


Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2




The Electrical Safety Authority is notifying the public that Liebherr has announced a voluntary recall of the following consumer product. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

Liebherr-Canada Ltd of Ontario

model numbers and index numbers listed below. The refrigerators were sold individually or as a side-by-side

label located behind the bottom drawer on the left interior side of the single door refrigerator.

Austria

Consumers with recalled refrigerators should contact Liebherr immediately to schedule a free in-

www.liebherr.ca

Page 1 of 4




Page 2 of 4




Page 3 of 4




Page 4 of 4




recall of the following consumer products. Consumers should stop using recalled products immediately.

311 sold in Ontario.


None reported.

China

Page 1 of 2




Page 2 of 2





5685 McLaughlin Rd

The affected products have not been tested to determine whether they are compliant with the Cana-

Page 1 of 3




China

Consumers should disconnect and stop using the affected products immediately and return to place of purchase for a refund or dispose of them in accordance with applicable waste regulations.

Page 2 of 3




Page 3 of 3



Documents

Electrical Safety Code Bulletins 2009